Home

Advantech GeniDAQ User's Manual

1. Starting to run tasks Figure 4 1 Display Designer Screen Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer Display Toolbox k c Conditional Button Control LS BER Numeric Control CH Slider Control a Numeric String Bar Graph Display H Trend Graph Display Es uma XY Graph Display E HE Text String Display ABC Rectangle Cell C Oval Cell Line Cell A Binary Button Control Menu Button Control Knob Control Indicator Display Conditional Text Display Analog Meter Display Historical Trend Display Conditional Bitmap Display Group Box Display Rounded Rectangle Display Polygon Cell Event Log Display Figure 4 2 Display Designer s Design Toolbox e For more information about the Historical Trend Display refer to Chapter 6 Historical Trending System Creating and Configuring a Display When you create a new strategy GeniDAQ creates a display by default You can create more displays by selecting File Add Delete Add Display from the main menu or you can delete a display by switching to the display and selecting File Add Delete Delete Display from the main menu Advantech GeniDAQ Strtgy Fie Edt Setup View Window Em Help Hew Dh KE E BEE OP Add Delete Add Task Open Ctel 0 Delete Task Close Add Display dave Ctel s SEKR Delete Display Save with Password Add Mam Script
2. ooooccccccccccnnnnnnonnononcnnncncnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnncnncnnnnnnnnnannnnns 4 6 Select the ln Eiere n EE 4 7 Attached Bitmap will Appear in Display WiNdOW e eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeegs 4 7 Figure 4 9 Example of Send to Back Bring to te EE 4 9 Figure 4 10 Example of Send to Back Bring to Front AE 4 9 Figure 4 11 Connection Configuration Dialog BOX EEN 4 11 Figure 4 12 Indicator Display Item in Workspace WiNndOW cccccccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececesaeaeaeaanaaaaaeaeaeaeasaeaeaeaeaeaeanananaaanees 4 11 Figure 4 13 Indicator Display Item Configuration Dialog BOX ccccccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseaesenaeanaeeseseseeeseeeeeeeeananaeas 4 12 Figure 4 14 Numeric String Display Item in Workspace Window cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecaeaeaaeaaaaaaesasaeaeaeaeaaananeaaes 4 12 Figure 4 15 Numeric String Display Item Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooccccnnnnnnnnccccccncncncononenenononononnnnnnnnconononononononononnononos 4 13 Figure 4 16 Conditional Text Display Item in Workspace Window ooooococonncnnnnnnnnincccncnenenennnnoninonononononononnnnnonnnncononononininnnnoss 4 14 Figure 4 17 Conditional Text Display Item Configuration Dialog Box 4 14 Figure 4 18 Bar Graph Display Item in Workspace Window oooconinccicicicicicicicinoninonenenenonononononnnncnnonononnonononnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnonenonnss 4 15 Fjquito 4 19 Bar Graph
3. Reset from The trigger block any digital type block used to apply a digital high low to reset start the counter A digital high applied to this input resets the counter and stops counting A digital low allows counting to occur No reset input is treated as a low input counting will free run in this case Hold from Any digital type block used to hold the count at the current value A high digital signal applied to this input stops counting at the current value A low applied to this input will enable resume counting No hold input is treated as a low input e Wiring In Event Counter Block accepts data as input reset and or and then displays the data in the configuration dialog box e Wiring Out Event Counter Block outputs the current counter value to connected block s Working with File I O Blocks File I O blocks are used to perform file I O operation The blocks include Data File Blocks Block Information Data File Block COutput 1 floating point Figure 3 21 Data File Block Information Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 21 3 22 Interface e Number of inputs 0 e Input type none e Number of outputs 1 e Output type float This block has output capability By using this block data can be retrieved from a file The data will be retrieved one line at a time with each system scan sample When the end of the data is reached it will be re scanned loop back w
4. Analog Meter Display Item E Tag METER Description METER Input from SELECT UK Tics settings Show as Cancel E Number 7 ask displayyvirtual Number 5 Tag name Channels Channel O g Figure 4 11 Connection Configuration Dialog Box Indicator Display Item gt Advantech GeniDAQ Display Designer DISP1 D eWl BS GEG m GER Serres Ki For Help press Fl Figure 4 12 Indicator Display Item in Workspace Window Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 11 Description An LED indicator displaying the output state of a tagged digital block may be simulated here by specifying a digital tag name from the Task variable A digital 1 turns on the indicator and a O turns 1t off The color and size of the indicator may be chosen Configuration Dialog Box Indicator Display Item Fa Input from Style Rectangle Cancel Color for ON 1 state Color for OFF 0 state O Red C Black Hep Figure 4 13 Indicator Display Item Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Input from The Indicator Display Item may be drawn and interfaced to a Task block variable with a certain tag name When in associated configuration dialog box double click on the Indicator Display Item you must first choose which Task block s data you would like to display You can select the available icon blocks by pressing the select button and setting the appropriate task displ
5. Cancel Tag hame Channels Channel 0 Help Figure 4 20 Connect Bar Graph display with Task You can choose the bar s color the range the orientation vertical or horizontal and the style of the bar graph The style section is a series of check boxes allowing you to choose whether you see an outer frame bordered bar or whether or not you want numbers or tick marks to be displayed Style This field 1s used to specify the graph style as filled bar or moving mark Bar Color This field is used to specify the color of graph There are 16 colors provided in GeniDAQ Range This field is used to specify the value range that is displayed by the bar graph Orientation This field is used to specify the orientation of bar graph motion That is you can set the bar graph to move either vertically or horizontally Options This field is to enable disable the display of outer frame boarded bar Y numbers and tick marks on the bar graph Analog Meter Display Object gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 Fle Edt Setup View Window Rim Help e D co amp 2s e GER ae B BE Pf k onmp man eege wO OC Y For Help press Fl Figure 4 21 Analog Meter Display Object in Workspace Window Description The Analog Meter display object displays output data from the Task block during runtime in the form of an analog meter The Analog Meter may be drawn and interfaced to a Task block var
6. Update times d Figure 5 20 Temperature Measurement Block Configuration Dialog Box Field Description Device Item field Specifies the device or OPC item associated with the block For using Advantech DLL driver interface you should install daughterboard for signal amplification with Device Installation program before configuring the Temperature Measurement block Channel Chooses the analog input device channel Input range Chooses the input range 1f applicable Expansion channel Chooses the expansion mux card channel Temperature scale Chooses the desired temperature scale in degrees C Celsius F Fahrenheit K Kelvin or R Rankine Thermocouple type Chooses the type of thermocouple that the hardware supports Establish DDE Link Allows you to establish a link with other Windows applications See DDE Blocks Client and Server Update times Changes the effective scan rate of this particular block The value entered acts as a divisor the scan rate divided by the update rate gives the effective scan rate for this block Wiring Information Wiring In No wiring input connection Cannot accept input message will be displayed Wiring Out Temperature Measurement block transforms the analog input data from the I O device into linearized temperature data in degrees C F K or R Thermocouple types supported are J K S T R and E Connecting Your Devices 5 17 Counter Frequency Measurement Pul
7. oooooocononininnnnnnnnccncnnnnnnonononononenonnnnnnnononononnnononinininnoness 4 32 Figure 4 42 Numeric Control Display Item Configuration Dialog BOX oooooocccnccnnnccccccccccnconenonenenoconononnnononononnonnononononononnnnnnnss 4 33 Figure 4 43 Knob Control Display Item in Workspace Window ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaenecesananaeaaaeeseseneeeeeeesanaeas 4 34 Figure 4 44 Configure Knob Control display item E 4 35 Figure 4 45 Slider Control in Workspace Window ccccceccccceceeeeeeeeeeeececeeeceeeesesesesaeaaaeseeeaanaeaeaeaanaeaeaeaeanaeaeaeananananananaaees 4 36 Figure 4 46 Configure Slider Control display item cccccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenesesesaeeeseaaaaesaeanaeanaeaeaeaeanananaeaeaeananeaeaneees 4 37 Figure 4 47 Configure Rectangle Drawing Display Item Configuration Dialog BOX 0oooococcccnninncnnncccncccocononenenenocnnnnonicinnnnnos 4 38 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Figure 5 8 Connecting Your Hardware With Genf 5 2 Tie Add Devices Too ar ICON EE 5 3 Device Installation Utility Main Screen BEE 5 4 Device Configuration Dialog BOX EE 5 4 UO Device Installation Dialog Box Showing New Device ooooocococococcncoccncncnccnnnnnnnnnnonononononononnnnnnnnonnnnonononononenininnnss 5 5 OPC Server Properties Configuration Dialog BOX AAA 5 6 OPC Item Select Configuration Dialog BOX ENNEN 5 7 arere TUT BOCK EE 5 7
8. 2 28 Indicator Display Item Si re Round or Ellipse e E Figure 2 42 Link BasicScript output to indicator display 6 Refer to Tutorial 1 Step 9 to save the strategy file as TUTOR6 GNI 7 Run the strategy file If you type 0 in the numeric control display item the indicator display item will be red if the AIl current value is positive otherwise the indicator display item will be green Tutorial 7 BasicScript block with Virtual TAG block Purpose The purpose of this tutorial is to guide you on how to use BasicScript block and Virtual TAG block to calculate or analyse I O data Function Add three blocks in Task1 window The first one is an AI block in Task1 that inputs values from Advantech DEMO I O channel 0 The second one is a virtual TAG block that stores the max value of Al block The last is a BasicScript block that calculates the max value of AI block and stores it into virtual block After that use five items in display designer to show the current AI value label the max AI value and add a lamp for max value changed Procedure 1 Refer to Tutorial 1 to start GeniDAQ and create a new task and display 2 Create a virtual TAG in system by clicking on the SETUP menu and choose the Add Delete Virtual Tags option as follows Tutorial 2 29 Mil Tas Kiel Tage Figure 2 43 Add Virtual TAG A pop up window will be displayed to add or delete virtual tags Choose VR1 at input field and press ADD butt
9. 3 When you finish tracing the execution of your script click the Start tool on the toolbar or press F5 to run the balance of the script Click the End tool to halt execution of the script When you are stepping through a subroutine you may need to determine the procedure calls by which you arrived at that point in your script Here s how to use the Calls dialog box to obtain this information To display the Calls dialog box 1 Click the Calls tool on the toolbar Script Designer displays the Calls dialog box which lists the procedure calls made by your script in the course of arriving at the present subroutine 2 From the Calls dialog box select the name of the procedure you wish to view 3 Click the Show button Script Designer highlights the currently executing line in the procedure you selected scrolling that line into view 1f necessary During this process the instruction pointer remains in its original location in the subroutine When you are stepping through a subroutine you may want to repeat or skip execution of a section of code Here e how to use the Set Next Statement command to move the instruction pointer to another line within that subroutine To move the instruction pointer to another line within a subroutine 1 Place the insertion point in the line where you want to resume stepping through the script 2 From the Debug menu choose the Set Next Statement command The instruction pointer moves to the
10. Connecting Your Devices 5 13 Wiring Information e Wiring In GeniDAQ will display a window with the error message Cannot accept input e Wiring Out Passes the hardware device data to a connected block directly For All Channels output the output value is from 0 to 2416 For Channel 0 to Channel 15 output the output value 1s 0 or 1 Digital Output 5 14 Input 0 Integer Output 0 Integer _ Figure 5 17 Digital Output Block Block Information Interface e Number of inputs 1 e Input type integer e Number of outputs 1 e Output type integer Description This block has input capability that accepts another block s integer data and then forwards the data to the selected I O device The Digital Output block supports e Advantech I O hardware includes plug in DA amp C cards and ADAM 4000 5000 modules e OPC standard interface Dialog Box Configuration Digital Dutput Properties Ea Tag bo Description fie Device bem Select LU settings M Enable Block output Cancel Eart Ehanneli Help He Initial value Block joo Hes Eharnnel Et l On Initial value settings Ge No initial value Initial value Restore the previous stop value DDE T Establish DDE link Connect Update times p P Service Topic Iten Figure 5 18 Digital Output Block Configuration Dialog Box Field Description Device Item field Specifi
11. End Sub See Also GetTag function Tag object type Value Property Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs GetTag function Syntax Set tagObj GetTag tableName tagNames Description Returns an object of type Tag Comments The GetTag function takes the following parameters e tableName String expression containing the name of the task or display or virtual e tagName String expression containing the name of the tag block Should be capitals Example Sub Main dim MyTag as Tag dim voltage as single set MyTag GetTag TASK2 AI1 voltage MyTag Value End Sub See Also Tag object type tagObj Value property tagObj Lock method 10 32 Syntax tagObj Lock Description Locks the value of the tag to prevent the written by another code Comments If you write a tag value in multiple tasks such as virtual tags you must lock it before write the value Then GeniDAQ will lock the value of the tag to prevent the written by another code in other tasks simultaneously After you complete the change you must unlock it Note if you just read the value you don t have to lock it Be careful to use the method Example Public NR As Long Public key As Long Sub SERL dim MyTag as Tag set MyTag GetTag VIRTASK VR1 key MyTag Lock T key gt 0 Ehen VR1Cnt MyTag Value 2 MyTag SetLockedValue key VR1Cnt MyTag Unlock key key 0 end i
12. Thermocouple Two dissimilar metals with a voltage output proportional to temperature ANSI types Type Composition Max Degrees F J Iron Constantan 2192 K Chromel Alumel 2501 T Copper Constantan 752 E Chromel Constantan 1832 R Platinum Plat 13 Rhodium 3214 S Platinum Plat 10 Rhodium 3214 B Plat 6 Rhod Plat 30 Rhod 3308 C Tu 5 Rhenium 26 Rhenium 5000 Thermocouple Break Protection A safety feature to indicate when a thermocouple has failed in an open circuit condition Its purpose is to eliminate the possibility of an ambiguous reading In the case of a temperature controller it elimi nates the dangerous condition of thermal runaway Transducer A device which converts temperature pressure level length position etc into a voltage current frequency or pulses etc Wheatstone Bridge A full resistance two 2 wire bridge with RTD power source zero and sensitivity adjustments bal anced at some reference temperature Heating or cooling causes a resistance change and discrete circuit unbalance which indicates the temperature Various RTD bridge network connections use 2 3 or 4 wire hook up arrangements depending on the accuracy required in the temperature measurement These are designed to balance out lead wire resistance between the sensor and the bridge Accuracy obtained is usually 2 wire gt 0 5 0 5 50 degrees C 3 wire gt 0 25 0 5 0 25 0 5 degrees C 4 wire gt 0 15 0 25 0 1 0 25 deg
13. Where d is the I O device The Digital Input section cannot initialize properly Usually a driver software problem but can also point to the I O device hardware Digital Input section if I O card register checking is done by the driver Temperature initialization failure on d Where d is the I O device The Temperature section cannot initialize properly Usually a driver software problem Can also point to the I O device hardware Analog Input section if I O card register checking is done by the driver Analog input section failure on d Where d is the I O device Cannot receive analog input data from the I O device Can be a problem with the driver software Also could be a problem in the I O device hardware Analog Input section However this error can also occur if the I O card base address set on the I O device does not match that of the software configuration setting Analog output section failure on d Where d is the I O device Can be a problem with the driver software Also could be a problem in the I O device hardware Analog Output section However this error can also occur if the I O card base address set on the I O device does not match that of the software configuration setting Runtime Error Code Listing A 3 Digital output section failure on d Where d is the I O device Can be a problem with the driver software Also could be a problem in the I O device hardware Digital Output section Howeve
14. password user ID time of day will be logged when user logs in or out 3 Alarm information and acknowledgment if Alarm Log Block has been connected 11410139399 11 35 10 LO LO ALOG 1171071999 11 35 19 LO ALOGI 1171071999 11 35 29 HI ALOG1 11710 1999 11 35 30 HI HI 4L0G1 11710 1999 11 35 30 HI HI 4L0G1 nin 11 3534 o Figure 9 3 Event Log Viewer Alarm Acknowledgment dialog box Event Log Viewer Alarm Acknowledgment Dialog Box This item can be invoked by selecting Event Log from the View menu while the strategy is running If you want to hide this dialog box click on the Event Log menu option again and the dialog box will disappear JE l So eer d AR I il 4 ts AR 4 La Aen High Ap A Low Los Aen i Hg Hp Mam A ie Figure 9 4 Invoke Event Log option Runtime and Security System 9 5 9 6 While the strategy 1s running alarms may be acknowledged by double clicking on the Alarm Log Event ALOGI HI etc Alarms will be in the color red until acknowledged The shortcut word is I or L You can press Alt 1 or Alt L to enable disable this option Print events After you enable the Event Log option this Print events option will be activated and you can enable disable it If you enable the Print events option you can select to print all GeniDAQ events that occur or alarm events only This enabled setting will output events immediately to the connected
15. File View Help OS ia 2 E Oh Advantech OPC Browser a Local ODC Servers op Advantech ADAM aj Advantech Modbus af DSSLOPCTLSampSery a FactoruboftInProc aj FactorySoft Sample tf ICONICS Akbon etver a ICONICS Data Work 32 a ICONICS ModbusOPC y ADAMSOL ADAM OI Ta 0 13 57 24 Good c ADA M5024 4014 M5024a 0 13 57 31 Good c AD4M5051 4D14M5051a Off 13 58 18 Good ADAMSO56 AD AMS056a Off 13 58 19 Good El Advantech OPC Dem Monitor Ol Advantech ADAM 3 Group Add an Dem Successfully Figure C 17 OPC Client Features e Setup dialog box for defining the default name and default setting for configuration files e Tree Browser for an overall view of your system setup e Moveable Tree Browser and toolbars Connecting the OPC Server When OPC servers are installed to the system they are registered so that clients can find them and users can view them in a list To make a client server connection the user must first choose a server The server name selected for example Advantech ADAM is used to get a class ID which in turn is used to create a COM object If the user selects a server that is not currently running the system starts the ADAM OPC Server C 19 server and then creates the object in that server on behalf of the client Once the COM object is created the client application has an IOPCServer interface as defined in the OPC specification This is the main interface to the OPC serve
16. SCHERER LOOM as ege wDOoOOCG Y For Help press Fl Figure 4 37 Conditional Button Control Display Item in Workspace Window Description The Conditional Button Display Item has both input and output capability The output may be interfaced to a Task Block variable with a certain tag name The button is pressed by use of the mouse and a digital 1 or 0 is sent to the tagged digital Task Block The Conditional Button Display may also be toggled by use of the ENTER key 1f the focus 1s currently on the Conditional Button The focus a standard Windows term refers to which display item currently can be controlled by the keyboard Focus may be Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 29 shifted from one display item to another using the TAB key Using conditional buttons Supervisory Control may be achieved The input may be interfaced to a Task Block variable with a certain tag name and is used for controlling the button o status from the Task by sending a digital or 0 instead of with the mouse The size of the display may be re sized with the mouse The size and properties of the font used in the button text can be changed in this block by pressing the Font button in the Conditional Button Display Item dialog box Configuration Dialog Box Conditional Button Display Item Ea Tag CBTN1 Label ka Input from SELECT Normal label color Black MM Depressed label color O Ped Privilege l
17. Tag Block Tag 74G1 Description NeT L1 Attaching to Display virtual Tag Tag name DISPT sl Det sl Cancel Help Figure 2 36 Configure TAG to link with display item 4 Connect the TAG block to Alarm block in Task1 by wire link Take TAG value as the input value for alarm block and compare the value with hi hi hi lo and lo lo field of alarm block If the TAG value is exceeded or beyond the set values of the alarm block an alarm value will be output to the button display i Task Designer TASK e OR ES Figure 2 37 Connect TAG block to alarm block 5 Double click indicator display item in DISP1 to configure it and link to the output value of alarm block in Task1 You are advised to add two label display items in DISP1 for showing hi and lo alarm values In this example the label display items are Upper Limit 80 and Lower Limit 20 Tutorial 2 25 2 26 fei Display Designer DISP 1 Upper Limit 80 Lower Limit 20 Input Value 50 e Figure 2 38 Run strategy file TUTOR5 GNI 6 Refer to Tutorial 1 Step 9 to save the strategy file as TUTORS GNI 7 Run the strategy file and type a value in the numeric control item If you type 50 in the field you will find the indicator display is green However if you type 81 or 19 the indicator display will be red Tutorial 6 BasicScript block Purpose The purpose of this tutorial is to give you a guide on how to program t
18. 1 e the display block etc Average Block Fa Tag 451 Description RER Averaging method Ge Moving average Whole average Cancel Number of points to be averaged ro Help Figure 3 14 Average Block Configuration Dialog Box e Wiring In Average Block accepts the wiring input data as sampled data and performs calculation e Wiring Out Average Block outputs the average value to the connected block On Off Control Block Block Information ae ing pol nput 1 integer floating point On Off Control Block SetPoint floating point gt Output 1 floating point gt Figure 3 15 On Off Control Block Information Interface e Number of inputs 2 input and setpoint e Input type integer float float e Number of outputs 1 e Output type float Description This block allows both input and output The input consists of a measured value feedback to be controlled to within a certain tolerance deadband determined by a setpoint either dynamic or static The output is either digital low or high depending on controller output Theory Non proportional control in which the controlled process input is either fully ON or fully OFF depends on whether the measured value feedback is above or below the control point setpoint deadband Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 15 3 16 On Off Control Block E Tag JONF1 Description Wigi
19. 6 2 The two buttons on the left are ld Previous Section button Push it to scroll the historical data to previous section q Backward button Push it to scroll the historical data back a half page The two buttons on the right are fe Forward button Push it to scroll the historical data forward half a page hi Next Section button Push it to scroll the historical data to next section The three buttons in the middle are GoTo button Push it to go to a specific time de Search button Push it to go to a specific value Latest page button Push it to go to the latest page Note A section is a collection of data spanning for a day or for a duration from the started run time to the stopped point Configuring a Historical Trend To configure a historical trend 1 Double click the trend The historical trend configuration dialog box appears Historical Trend Display Item EN Tag HI5T1 Sampling rate UK Number of samples in each graph point ox Cancel 1 Chart span Number of graph points in one span En Help Grid setting Show grid Vertical lines interval f O fe y CN e S Horizontal lines interval 2 Tics settings of ticks fro Start ticks 5 End ticks 5 Historical trend channel Color O Cuar M ADL DELETE Figure 6 2 Historical Trend Configuration Dialog Box Historical Trending System 6 3 2 Press the ADD button The tagname selection dial
20. Choose the default state of the window either Normal Maximize or Hide Click OK to save your configuration changes or click Cancel to close the Display Properties dialog box without saving your changes Attaching Detaching a Background Bitmap You can import a bitmap file as a background picture for a display window Switch to the display window and select File Attach Bitmap from the main menu The following dialog box appears A standard Windows Open dialog appears to enable you to select a bitmap from your computer s drives To attach a background bitmap 1 Select File Attach Bitmap from the main menu 2 A standard Windows Open dialog box loads Select the bitmap that you want to add to your display and click the Open button Look irr E Showall EA ce Boller bmp File name Boiler bmp Files of type Bitmap Files bmp Cancel Figure 4 7 Select the Bitmap to Attach SE 3 The bitmap will appear aligned with the top left corner of your display window D isp lay Deaener DISP TT Ts eT Figure 4 8 Attached Bitmap will Appear in Display Window Note A previously attached bitmap picture can be removed by choosing File Detach Bitmap from the main menu Working with Objects Once you have created a new display window in your strategy you are ready to populate it with display objects control objects and cell objects GeniDAQ provides an intuitive environment for editing and arr
21. Click once on the File menu and choose the Save option from the submenu A window will pop up to save your strategy file The saving operation 1s the same as any other Windows file saving operation Enter the filename tutorl gni choose the desired directory and press the OK button The strategy file will be saved to disk Tre Figure 2 10 Configure a trend graph item 2 10 Save As Counter S Showall3 T Ode J MutiT ask E demod Ont Pid Geif ag File name sTATGY save as type GeniDag Files gni a Cancel Figure 2 11 Save a strategy file SE After saving your strategy file you can run this strategy file immediately Click on the Run menu and choose the Task option on the drop down menu The strategy file will be executed and Numeric Display item and Trend Graph Display Item will immediately show the current value in the Display window like the following Figure 2 12 Start to run strategy file Tutorial 2 11 2 12 Figure 2 13 Strategy file execution results Tutorial 2 Multiple Displays and switching Purpose The purpose of this tutorial is to teach you how to design multiple display windows in GeniDAQ and switch the display window while running Function Use Advantech DEMO I O device AI block to acquire simulated I O data and show the data by numeric value and trend chart in different display windows Add a menu button on each dis
22. Figure 1 12 Click Yes to Install the DCOM98 Components cccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesenenenananeananaeaaeaaaaeaeanaeaeaeaeaaeaaeaenes 1 14 Figure 1413 Setup Complete Dial g BOX daa 1 14 Figure 1 14 Removing GeniDAQ From the Computer cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenecesenseanananeaeanaeauaaaaasasueaeanaeaeaeanseganenenes 1 16 Figure 1 15 GeniIDA Start EE ee 1 17 Figure 1 16 The Add Devices Toolbar Icon EE 1 20 Figure 1 17 Device Installation Utility Main Screen EE 1 20 Figure 1 18 Device Contiguration Dialog BOX ad 1 21 Figure 1 19 I O Device Installation Dialog Box Showing New Device ooooooooncncnnncccccccccccconononononononononnnnononconononononononononnnnonoss 1 21 Figure 1 207 Open the Alar Gn MACU EE 1 22 ele le EE e e een De LA UE 1 23 Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 2 7 COMI AG WATOMIN AE OM nee aa 2 4 New Strategy files E E 2 5 Adda MAN A ON rreeter rr ere ry 2 6 Contig re Al plock ee Ee 2 7 SWITCH WR El Ee E 2 8 AGC a n me icaldisplay tenisi nei ee a e e e A E A E E EA A AE AES 2 8 Configure a NUNCA AM a a a a ae a a aea e aea EE Taa E 2 9 Figure 2 8 Connect A ia 2 9 FIQUIS 2209 Add AMENA A EE 2 10 ell el lee a trend graph tem BEE 2 10 Pique 21 ge MS A A AA A ee 2 11 Fig r 2 12 St rt t TUN MAS MM A aut ove erate A Acer eae 2 11 Figure 2 13 Strategy tile elei EE 2 12 Fig re 2 14 ee E BASA Mie ele EE E 2 13 Figure
23. Help Update times Tas range From 5 0 To 5 0 aes range From 0 To 40 i Figure 4 24 Trend Graph Display Item Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Type Select the kind of trend graph that you want to use in your display e YT Trend Graph For the YT Trend graph you can choose the colors and the ranges that will be displayed You next need to choose which Strategy Editor block s data you would like to display corresponding with your chosen trace colors Available icon blocks are displayed in a list box labeled Input Blocks Any number of blocks can be interfaced for display in one graph however eight seems to be the practical limit By double clicking on each desired icon block tagname tagnames are selected for graphical display When blocks are selected an asterisk appears to the left of the tagname As you select tagnames for display you can choose separate trace colors for each tagname The color for a trace is displayed and can be changed each time a selected tagname is highlighted with the mouse You can also change the style of your graph The style section is a series of check boxes displaying available options e Background Color Select the background color e Input from Select the data source e Trace Color Select the color of the data line e Style Select the optiosn that you want to use the customize the appearance of your trend graph display e Range of x axis En
24. Sub SCRI dim MyTag as Tag set MyTag GetTag DISP1 BBTN1 if MyTag Value 1 then SystemsSstop end if End Sub See Also SystemExit SystemExit method Syntax SystemExit Description Stops the execution of GeniDAQ and exits the GeniDAQ program Example Sub SCR1 dim Mytag as Tag set Mytag GetTag DISP1 BBIN1 if MyTag Value 1 then SystemExit end if End Sub See Also SystemStop Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 23 GetNodeState method Syntax GetNodeState Description Retrieves the communication status with a remote node Example Sub SCR1 Dim Conn as Integer Conn GetNodeState Nodel ZE Conn ze AT then Outputs Disconnect with Nodel else Outputs Connect with Nodel end if End Sub OverRunTimerSwh method Syntax OverRunTimerSwh Description Enables or disables the timer overrun message for a task that issues the command Comments You can use the command at input values in a dialog box Example Sub SCRI1 dim MyTag as Tag set MyTag GetTag DISP1 BBIN1 if MyTag Value 1 then OverRunTimerSwh 1 enable the timer overrun message else OverRunTimerSwh O disable the timer overrun message 10 24 end 1f End Sub UpdateHoldFile method Syntax UpdateHoldFile Description Records current values and restore them at next system start Comments This command is onl
25. function in I O blocks It allows you to browse the pre defined tags in the OPC server and you only need to click on the item that you want to access Please refer to Chapter 5 Connecting Your Devices for the details TCP IP Networking Capability GeniDAQ s networking capability allows a computer in the control room to display data being collect ed by computers on the factory floor or vice versa This means that data and field processes can be viewed or monitored in real time from anywhere on your network GeniDAQ implements a network system that supports peer to peer communication using the TCP IP protocol It allows networking status to be logged and viewed for network monitoring and maintenance In addition it also provides browsing functions to configure remote tags for network input blocks Please refer to Chapter Communicating Through TCP IP Networking Supports Different Sized HMI Models GeniDAQ allows you to build your front panel interface for different sizes of HMI models from 5 7 inch to 15 inch You can develop your application on Windows NT or Windows98 95 and then run it on these operating systems or Windows CE With GeniDAQ you don t have to buy and learn different application software packages for different models It significantly reduces your development effort and cost New Hardware Support GeniDAQ is based the 32 bit DLL driver to support Advantech data acquisition and control hardware Now GeniDAQ supports Adv
26. integer e Number of outputs 1 e Output type integer Description This block has both input and output capability A software event counter that counts digital rising edges digital high events from any block supplying digital information 1 s and 0 s The block s output can be sent to another block Each count is performed with each scan therefore counting speed is equal to the sample period of the system By connecting a high digital value to the reset input the count can be reset to its starting value and counting is stopped A low value to the reset input will enable counting If reset input is not connected this value is simply treated as a low By applying a high digital value to the hold input the count may be temporarily held at the current value A low on the hold input will resume counting Event Counter Block E Tag CNT1 Description e Start count at o Stop count ak 100 Cancel Increment decrement Du i Help he Automatically reset to start count upon reaching stop count Figure 3 20 Event Counter Block Configuration Dialog Box 3 20 Start Value An integer value at which the Counter will start maximum 65535 Stop Value An integer value at which the Counter will finish The value can be above or below the Start value maximum 65535 Increment Decrement Each integer up down count will be equal to this value Input from The block from which you would like to count pulses rising edges
27. which will be described in Chapter 10 Advanced BasicScript Programming For Your Specific Needs A task is a collection of icon blocks A display is a collection of display items Icon blocks and display items are the building blocks of a strategy You can see them as similar objects except that display items have a graphic representation provide some kind of GUI when running while icon blocks do not They are connected to each other by connection wires or invisible links The connections between icon blocks are visible in the Task Designer window The links are referred to as wires because of their appearance The connection between an icon block and a display item or one display item and another is not visible Hence these are referred to as Links Each task and display has its own properties When first created default properties are assigned to the new task or new display Users can change properties according to their needs A task has properties Introduction 1 17 such as scan period sample rate starting method and stopping method A display has properties such as display name visibility etc Any number of blocks and I O devices can be used at one time limited only by your system s speed and memory It is suggested that the number of software icon blocks not exceeded 1024 and I O blocks not exceeded 512 Otherwise system performance may be adversely affected From small applications interfacing only a few blocks th
28. which you can change are as follows e When you type keywords they appear in blue e When you type identifier text it appears in black e When you type comments beginning with either an apostrophe or REM they appear in green Selecting Text You can use either the mouse or the keyboard to select text and other characters in your script Regard less of which method you use you should be aware that in Script Designer you can select either a portion of one line or a series of whole lines You cannot select a portion of one line plus one or more whole lines When you are selecting multiple lines and start or end your selection partway through a line Script Designer automatically extends the selection to include the entire starting and ending lines To select text with the mouse 1 Place the mouse pointer where you want your selection to begin 2 While pressing the left mouse button drag the mouse until you reach the end of your selection and release the mouse button Or While pressing Shift place the mouse pointer where you want your selection to end and click the left mouse button The selected text is highlighted on your display Another way to select one or more whole lines with the mouse is to start by placing the mouse pointer in the left margin beside the first line you want to select The pointer becomes a reverse arrow which points toward the line of text Click the left mouse button to select a single line
29. 1 e Input type string e Number of outputs 8 e Output type string Description The RS 232 block or Serial Interface block is used for communication between the GeniDAQ host computer and other serial devices other computers ADAM modules etc that support the RS 232 standard Data in the form of a prompt string can be sent out to the serial device and the response can be fed to another block within GeniDAQ If the prompt string is to be static not to be changed then the string is entered in the dialog box by the user As a dynamic alternative the prompt string may be sent in the form of an input to the block by connecting a BasicScript block or other block capable of outputting string variable types This block has output capability that supplies other blocks with a string from the serial port The RS 232 block supports the standard serial port devices Dialog Box Configuration Seral Port Properties E Tag SER1 Description BERT Devicerltem Select Final character lt CR gt as Idle oS msec after prompt Cancel Walt P A msec for response Heim ph Y melld no response Hep Init string More Prompt string Order of transmission E Send before receive Send ony Receive only Data in response to String 0 Starting at li Ending at i E Figure 5 29 Serial Port Interface Block Configuration Dialog Box Field Description Device Item field Specifies the COM port device a
30. 11 34 59 Hl ALOGT TITEI CIs se LO ALONA 11181000 11 35 18 LO LO ALOGA TITEI 14 35 17 LO ALDO 11181000 11 35 29 HE ALOGA VII T7 14 35 38 HI HI ALOHI 1118 1000 11 35 38 HI HI Dutt acknowledged 11 45 34 IFR 11 35 37 HI ALOHI Strategy alara qoi stopped at 14 45 47 1118 1000 logoff at 11 95 57 14 18 4997 Figure 7 5 Viewing the Log File in Windows Notepad Summary The Alarm Log Event provides comprehensive logging for your running strategy In addition to provid ing real time information and statistics log files can be saved to provide a historical record of what happened during the strategy 7 6 O Communicating Through TCP IP Networking Overview GeniDAQ is designed to support both stand alone and small scale networked applications All nodes can share data with each other For example you can install individual I O servers on each node to avoid I O server loading and increase overall performance GeniDAQ uses TCP IP to provide connectivity for GeniDAQ nodes Microsoft s TCP IP is available for Windows NT and Windows 95 98 nodes and is built into both of these operation systems Contents e Network Architecture e Configuring IP addresses and node names for remote nodes e Configuring network input blocks to map remote tags e Enabling event log to check network messages e TCP IP Setup in Windows 98 95 e TCP IP Setup in Windows NT e Troubleshooting e Summary Network Architecture The GeniDAQ pr
31. 2 15 Configure display switch to DISP lA oda 2 13 Figure 2 16 Configure display switch to DIS Pi A ee a ve 2 14 Figure 21 77 Change ee 2 14 Figure 2 18 Add two Al blocks and a single Operator block ooooooooocononincncnccccccccocococonenononononononononononnnnononnnnonnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnss 2 15 Figure 2 19 Select OUTPUT ATADO A eine 2 15 Figure 2 20 Select the operand of Single operator ceccceccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenecesenaesenananananeaaaeeeaeaeneeeaeaeeeaenananananenanas 2 16 Figure 2 21 Wire two Al blocks to a single operand block oooooonnnnncncncicicocococononnnnonononononononononcononononononononononononenononnonenenenos 2 16 Figure 2 22 Wire two Al blocks to two single operandS ccccccccccccceeeeecececececeeeecececececseeeseeeaanananananeaeeeneaeeeeeeeseneeseanenenanes 2 16 FIQUIe 2 23 View th CXSCULON ere EE 2 17 Figure 2 24 eege TEE 2 17 Figute 2 25 en e Leen Ree ET 2 18 Figure 2 26 Add a binary button CONTO A ce ed ee ete a 2 19 FIQUIS 2 2 Add a binary b tt n control tu NEE 2 20 Figure 2 28 Add two rectangle drawing items a eee ae 2 20 Figure2 29 Conhg re Drawing tem NEE 2 21 le lee 2 21 Figure2 31 RUN strategy tle TUTO RA CEN AA A AA A A a 2 22 Figure 2 32 Add numeric control and indicator display item E 2 23 Figure 2 33 Configure indicator display and link to Task cccccececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecececeeeeeenenanenaananaeaaaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeeeaaeenenes 2 23 Fiqure 2 34
32. 2 LALLBERT AN I dam tb Exit Figure C 9 ADAM OPC Server s File Menu New Lets you make a new server configuration file Keyboard shortcut lt Ctrl gt lt N gt Open Lets you open an existing server configuration file You can select TDB file types Keyboard shortcut lt Ctrl gt lt O gt Save Saves the current server configuration file to the default path for configuration files with the name you specify The default path for configuration files is the same path where you installed the server You can change the default path by entering a new location in the Default Path tab of the Tool s Setting Defaults for I O Driver Configuration File Name and Path If you save a new server configuration file the Save As dialog box prompts you to enter a name for your server configuration file Keyboard shortcut lt Ctrl gt lt S gt Save As Lets you enter a new name and file type for the current server configuration Save As Dialog Box Options e Save In Field Lets you select the directory that you want to store the file in e File Name Field Lets you save a file with a new name or in a different location by entering a new file name in the File Name field or by selecting a new directory in the Save In list To save a file with an existing file name select the name in the list or enter the current name e Save as Type Field Lets you specify the type of file you want to save the configuration as Import CSV Lets
33. B is control B etc letters A to Z are upper case only Backquote character CON 99 which is also called a grave accent means the next character will be recognized literally rather than converted to a special character For example is the ASCII 124 2 is the character and is a single backquote character because the first single backquote character protects the second one from being converted More button By pressing More button an Additional Response Strings dialog box will appear Data in response to String 1 Starting at lo Ending at o d Data in response to String 2 Starting at o Ending at Py Data in response to String d Starting at lo E Ending at o E Data in response to String 4 Starting at lo Ending at o 4 Data in response to String 5 Starting at lo E Ending at o LG Data in response to String 6 Starting at lo l Ending at o 4 Data in response to String Y Starting at jo Ending at o y Cancel Figure 5 30 RS 232 Block s Additional Response String Dialog Box In this dialog box you can specify up to seven 7 additional response starting and ending locations with respect to characters in the string e Wiring In RS 232 blocks accept input data as prompt string If a prompt string is to be in static mode not to be changed then the string 1s entered in the dialog box by the user As a dynamic alternative the prompt string m
34. BSTR szTagName id 26 boolean IsTagEnabledX long dwTagID id 27 boolean EnableTag BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName bool bEnable id 28 boolean EnableTagX long dwTagID bool bEnable id 29 long LockTag BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName id 30 long LockTagX long dwTagID id 31 boolean UnlockTag BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName long Key id 32 boolean UnlockTagX long dwTagID long Key 1d 33 boolean SetLockedData BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName long Key long pParam id 34 boolean SetLockedDataX long dwTagID long Key long pParam id 35 boolean SetLockedDataExp long 1pDB long Key long pParam id 36 void ClearAllLockedTag id 37 boolean IsTagLocked BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName id 38 boolean IsTagLockedX long dwTagID id 39 boolean GetRunStatus id 40 short GetTagType BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName id 41 short GetTagTypeX long dwTagID id 42 long GetTaskHandle BSTR szTaskName id 43 boolean SetLockedTagDataLongX long 1pDB long Key short wDataType short Index long id 44 boolean SetLockedTagDataFloatX long 1pDB long Key short wDataType short Index float id 45 boolean SetLockedTagDataSTRX long 1pDB long Key short wDataType short Index BSTR AFX_ODL_MI coclass DBCTR32 ETHOD BCTR32 B33 2DFE 11D3 900C 002018650916 Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center 11 15 default d
35. Band Rate 9600 sl ET Baty sl mov low El Data Bits 8 ET sl Stop Bits jh y Figure D 1 Port Properties Configuration Dialog Box Step 2 Add New Device To add a new device choose Add New Device from the main menu or push the corresponding button on the toolbar E Sample wb Modbus File Add Edit View Help D New Device Ctrl D New Group Ctl G New Tag Ctl T Name Type Location Multiply Cit STRING WORD o EI Simulate Creates a new device Modbus has O Tags Figure D 2 Select Add New Device From the Main Menu new Device e ele ciel a e new Tag Tew Ltr oup Figure D 3 Click the New Device Icon on the Toolbar The Device Properties dialog box appears Device Properties Name Modbus401 1 Device Type ModBus D Word Swap Comm Port coma sl Address H Timeont 1000 Simulate LO does not access the physical device ei Figure D 4 Device Properties Configuration Dialog Box Type in the name of the new device for example MODBUS4011 Select the represented device module from the Device Type combo box and choose MODBUS Specify the COM port of the PC node of the newly added connected device for example COM2 and set the device address to this COM port After doing this click OK Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 5 D 6 Step 3 Add a New Group After adding the new device MODBUS RTU4011 y
36. Dialog BOX ooooococcccccnconononononncncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonennnnnnnonononnnnnnnnneneneneneneneninos 6 5 Figure 6 5 Search Configuration Dialog BOX EE 6 5 Figure 6 6 Select File HIST Conversion from the main men EEN 6 6 Figure 6 7 Historical Data Conversion Configuration Dialog BOX sseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeceeseseceeeeeeeeeeeseeseneneess 6 7 Figure 6 8 Conversion Complete Notification BOX AANEREN 6 7 Figure 6 9 Viewing Historical Trend Data in Windows Notepad c oooooococococicininnncnncncncnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonononnnononnnnnnnenenenenenenininos 6 7 Fig re 2 1 The Alarm Log Block Architecture alcista A A A EAR 7 2 Figure 7 2 Runtime Preference Configuration Dialog BOX e 7 3 Figure 7 3 Alarm Log Block Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooococccococonoononononononncncnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenenenenenenens 7 4 Figure 7 4 The Alarm oystem at ln dl csi AA a 7 5 Figure 7 5 Viewing the Log File in Windows Notepad NNN 7 6 Figure 8 1 GeniDAQ Network Architecture s in iieri cioinn neairt ia Ea de iere EAEE ea EEE EAE keene Aea EATE nadie iE a 8 2 Figure 8 2 Network Settings Configuration Dialog BOX 0oooooccccccononononnnnnnoncncnenenennnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenenenenenins 8 3 Figure 8 3 Network s Advanced Option Dialog BOX AANEREN 8 4 Figure 8 4 Network Input Block Information Diagram ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeec
37. Display Men ET 4 15 Figure 4 20 Connect Bar Graph display with Task ensalada guetectbecudsesveebsteseausdapenete 4 16 Figure 4 21 Analog Meter Display Object in Workspace WindoW ooooonicininccicicicicocononenonenenononononononononononononnnnnonnnnnonononnnnnnnss 4 17 Figure 4 22 Analog Meter Display Object Configuration Dialog Box 4 18 Figure 4 23 Trend Graph Display Item in Configuration WiNdOW c oooooonnnnnnncnnnnnncnenenrnnnenennnnononenonononononnnnnnnononnnnnnnononininnnnnnnss 4 19 Figure 4 24 Trend Graph Display Item Configuration Dialog BOX 0ooooooononinnnccicccicicicononenonenenononnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnononos 4 20 Figure 4 25 XY Graph Display Item in Workspace Window cccccccceeeceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaesesesesaeaeananaeeceseseneseeesananaeas 4 21 Figure 4 26 Trend Graph Display Item Configuration Dialog BOX 0ooooooocnncnnnccccccccccccononononenononononnnnnononononnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnoss 4 21 Figure 4 27 Conditional Bitmap Display Item in Workspace Window c oooooccnnnnnncicicicicicinenenenenenoconononononnnonononnnnnononononnnnnnonoss 4 22 Figure 4 28 Conditional Bitmap Item Configuration Dialog BOX 0oooocococcccccocconononcncncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonononononnnnnnnonononnnnnononinnnnnnnnns 4 23 Figure 4 29 Text String Display Item in Workspace Window 4 23 Figure 4 30 Text String Display Item Configuration Window cccccceceeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececesaeaeaeaaaaaaaaeaeaaaaaeaeaeaeaea
38. ENT rie Elie 10 9 Figure 10 4 Using the BasicScript Debugger ccceccececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseenenenenesananaeanenaanananaeananaeananananaeaeaaaenenaeeneees 10 11 Figure 10 5 Tracing a Script Stateme ntsi A AAA ASERRE Nena EARE 10 12 Figure 10 6 Setting and Removing Breakpoints cccccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseceeeenenenesananananeaeanaeaeaaasaeanaeaeanauaeanananananananaes 10 13 ele Ile O27 AGG ai Wale iV All Al EE 10 16 ele lg Main SCHEMA ans alas 10 19 PIQUKe 109 El DUE ONO EE 10 20 FlqUiro 10 105 POSEIASK Scnpt EdItO EE 10 20 Figure 10 11 BasicScript Block e te EE 10 21 Figure 11 1 Data Center Programming Interface EEN 11 2 Figure 1 2 Data Center Data Str ct re vesis ueis eeen rean See Aar Eak EEE e AEAEE EAEE EEA Ea AEE 11 3 Figure 11 3 The Tags Greated By ET R TE 11 4 Figure 1 45 Create a NEW V ee 11 8 Figure 11 5 Name Your Project Gole DB EE 11 8 ele lee DESIGN YOUE FORM EE 11 9 Figure 11 7 Running the Example Program EE 11 11 Figure 12 1 Select Windows CE and the screen size in the New Strategy Dialog Box 12 6 Figure 12 2 Save Your Strategy File with a gce File Extension ccccccccconncicnncccnnoconononnononononononinnonononnononononononcnnnnononoss 12 6 Figure C 1 Creating a New Device from the Main Men REENEN EEN C 4 Figure C 2 Creating a New Device from the New Device Toolbar ICON ononncicicicicccccccccnncncncnnnnnnonononnononononnnnononononnononnnnns C 4 Figure
39. EndofList Listl AddItem TaskList Get TaskList GoNext Wend End Sub Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center 11 9 11 10 Private Sub List1_ Click Text1 Text Listl List Listl Listindex bOK TagList SelectTask Text1 Text List2 Clear While Not TagList EndofList List2 Addltem TagList GetTagName TaglList GoNext Wend End Sub Private Sub List1_KeyDown KeyCode As Integer Shift As Integer Textl Text Listl List Listl Listindex TagList SelectTask Textl Text List2 Clear While Not TagList EndofList List2 Addltem TagList GetTagName TaglList GoNext Wend End Sub Private Sub List2 Click Text2 Text List2 List List2 ListIndex fBuf DBCenter GetTagDataFloat Textl Text Text2 Text 0 Text3 Text Str fBuf End Sub Private Sub List2_KeyDown KeyCode As Integer Shift As Integer Text2 Text List2 List List2 ListIndex fBuf DBCenter GetTagDataFloat Text1 Text Text2 Text 0 Text3 Text Str fBuf End Sub 5 Launch GeniDAQ builder and run a project for example demo gni Then execute the VB program Select Task 1 in the Task list field it retrieves and shows all available tags under the Task 1 in the Tag list Then click AI tag it shows its value in Tag value field Figure 11 7 Running the Example Program Please refer to strategy GoleDB example in the GeniDAQ installation directory for the details Type Library Source for OLE Automation Interface GniDAQ odl type
40. Figure 5 9 Analog Input Block Configuration Dialog BOX oooooococcccccononononcnnoncncnnnnnnnnnnenenennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnononnnnnnnnnennnnnnnenenenenos 5 8 Figure 5 10 Analog Input Scaling E e RE 5 9 Figure 5 11 Analog Input Block s Wiring out Dialog Box 5 10 Figure 5 12 Analog Output Block Information dvi ii A AAA A A A A id ts 5 11 Figure 5 13 Analog Output Block Configuration Dialog BOX oooooococococcccocononononnanononcnncnnnnncnnnnonononnnonononnnononenononononenenenenenens 5 11 Figure S214 Digital INPUE Ce 5 12 Figure 5 15 Digital Input Block Configuration Dialog BOX ccccocccccncccoocononcccncnononccccononnnnnnnnnnnonnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nnnncnnnncnnnnnnns 5 13 Figure 5 16 Digital Input Block s Wiring out Dialog BOX cccccccccncononononononcnoncncnnnnnccnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn aaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 13 Figure 5 17 Digital QUIOUE leie ET 5 14 Figure 5 18 Digital Output Block Configuration Dialog BOX eee teeter terre tee eee aaa aaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 15 Figure 5 19 Temperature Measurement BIOCK ccecceceeee cree eee REENEN ENEE 5 16 Figure 5 20 Temperature Measurement Block Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooccccconcoconcncocnncncnccnnonnnnnnnononononononononinenenenenonos 5 17 Figure 5 21 Counter Frequency Measurement Pulse Output Block oooooooccccccococcccccococcncococononenenenenonononnnnnnnnnnonenonnnnnoneneness 5 18 Figure 5 22 Event Counter Freq
41. For Tag command e To retrieve set values of tags in the Data Center via Basic Script Make sure that the data is correct Refer to the Data Center for data types of tags The user can also use Variant type in the Script to retrieve or set values of tags e Ifthe channel count of the specified tag is greater than 1 the user needs to use the Tag Array n command to retrieve set a value for channel n Make sure n does not exceed the maximum number of channels If using the Tag Value command to retrieve set a value it will be the channel 0 For Output command e Don t use these commands in main script or pre post task script It is only for a Basic Script block e Select the correct command to output the value For example if you need to output a string select OutputS command and pass a string type parameter We strongly recommend you to define an error trap routine OnError to handle runtime errors Otherwise it may damage BasicScript engine Please refer to the on line help for OnError Statement Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 39 Limitations Strings are limited in length to 32764 characters The data area that holds public variables is limited to 16 KB The size of source code script is limited to 65534 characters Arrays can have up to 60 dimensions Variable names are limited to 80 characters Labels are limited to 80 characters SS he ZE E ee ee E The number of open DDE channels
42. Geer ee Atach Bima it ES Detach Ettmap b amp w Bok Oe Ge ak Gh Se Be a a ee a ee Oe u HIST Conversion Loeb poseo aro ape Pot emp hie hes ee Aa eee eS oo EE e RER 5TRTGY1gm 3 D emelh TRI GY 3 gm Let Add a new Display object and create a new Display win Figure 4 3 Adding and Deleting Displays You can also add and delete displays by choosing the Add Display and Delete Display icons on the Display Designer s toolbar Add Display icon Figure 4 4 The Add Display and Delete Display Toolbar Icons After you create a new display window you should configure the runtime properties of the display windows Switch to the display window and then click on the Setup Display Properties menu A Display Properties configuration dialog box appears Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer Display Properties E Default state alar Ge Normal Maximize C Replace ew Figure 4 5 Display Properties Window You can also open the Display Properties configuration window by clicking on the Display Properties toolbar icon Display Properties Icon E BE 4 T adriana M Figure 4 6 Display Properties Icon on the Task Designer Toolbar Field Descriptions e Title Type the name of the display that you want to appear in the window s title bar e Style Choose the style of the display window either Overlap or Replace e Default state
43. Installation Utility DEVINST EXE to install and configure your device before using I O blocks within GeniDAQ It applies to Advantech I O hardware The basic steps are as follows The following example installs and configures a demo board and you follow this general procedure to set up and configure any device that you need to use 1 Launch the Device Installation Utility by selecting Add Devices from the main menu Alternative ly you can click the Add Devices toolbar icon which is available in both the Task Designer and Display Designer Add Devices Toolbar Icon D e er a SR pm je Figure 5 2 The Add Devices Toolbar Icon 2 The Device Installation Utility loads as shown below Connecting Your Devices 5 3 Advantech JO Device Installation Installed Devices Y My Computer List of Devices y Advantech DEMO Board al Advantech COM Devices fi Advantech CAN Devices PCL O41 MIC 2630 PCM 3 i E Advantech PCI 1710 ly Advantech PCI 1710HG a AE E Figure 5 3 Device Installation Utility Main Screen The Installed Devices pane displays the Advantech hardware that is currently set up to run on your computer The List of Devices pane shows Advantech hardware for which the drivers can be installed to enable their use 3 Highlight the Advantech DEMO Board entry in the List of Devices pane and click the Add button A configuration dialog box is displayed to configure the device that you are adding Advantech Demo b
44. Log File block Please refer to it for the detailed Working with DDE Blocks You can use DDE blocks to share data with other applications such as Excel or PLC s DDE drivers DDE allows you to exchange data between GeniDAQ and other Windows applications There are two DDE blocks included in GeniDAQ known as DDE Server and DDE Client In addition there are four blocks that have DDE capability built into them These include the Analog Output Digital Input Digital Output and Temperature Measurement blocks For these four blocks DDE capability is accessed through the dialog box that appears when you setup the blocks DDE Server Block Block Information DDE Input 1 integer floating point string gt SE Figure 3 29 DDE Server Block Information Note The version of Advantech GeniDAQ CE doesn t support DDE Server Block 3 26 Interface e Number of inputs 1 e Input type integer float string e Number of outputs O e Output type none The DDE Server block provides data from GeniDAQ to another Windows application Since DDE uses a broadcast type communication the DDE server will publish its data and other applications have the responsibility to find it and use it as they wish When a block is connected to the DDE server block a link 1s established Double clicking on the DDE server block will tell you the name of the Service Topic and Item This information is what the other applications wi
45. New Tag Cl Multiply Grebe Figure D 10 The Add Menu New Device Let s you add a new device configuration New Group Let s you add a new group configuration to group related tags in one device New Tag Let s you add a new tag configuration in one device Multiply The tag Multiplier provides an easy and fast method for creating many tags without having to individu ally enter all of them Using the Edit Menu The commands that appear in the Edit menu are for cutting copying pasting deleting and modifying configuration data You also can configure the COM port in this menu Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 11 D 12 Edit Cut Ctrl Copy Lu Paste Ctl Delete Del Forts Properties Ctrl P Figure D 11 The Edit Menu Cut Let s you cut the selected tag Copy Let s you copy the selected tag Paste Let s you paste cut tags to the device Delete Let s you delete the selected tag Ports Let s you define the configuration of the selected COM port Properties Let s you define the configuration of selected devices groups and tags Using the Help Menu The commands that appear in the Help menu are for displaying the MODBUS RTU OPC Server online help and version number Help About Modbus Help Contents Figure D 12 The Help Menu About MODBUS RTU Displays related information of MODBUS RTU modules Help Contents Displays online help information of MODBUS RTU
46. OPC Server Configuring the l O Driver with the Tool To configure the MODBUS RTU OPC Server with the tool 1 Click the New button in the File menu to create a new configuration file 2 Click the New Device button in the Add menu to add a new device to the Tree Browser 3 Click the New Group button in the Add menu to add a new group for selected device 4 Click the New Tag button in the Add menu to add a new tag for selected group 5 Modify the fields in the Properties Viewer as needed To modify the fields in the Properties Viewer 1 Select a device group or tag from the Tree Browser and click the Properties button in the Edit menu The fields for the selected item appear in the Properties Viewer 2 Edit the fields you want to change Adding and Modifying Devices To add a new device to your server configuration 1 Click the Add Device button on the Add menu of the Configuration toolbar The new device appears in the Tree Browser and the fields for entering device properties appear in the Device Properties dialog 2 Enter the properties for the new device Edits to a field do not take effect until you remove the focus or cursor from the field and click the OK button To modify an existing device 1 Select the device you want to modify from the Tree Browser 2 Select the specified device and click on the Properties button in the Edit menu bar The Device Properties dialog will be displayed for device modification 3
47. Outputs 1 if OP1 gt OP2 0 otherwise Outputs 1 if OP1 lt OP2 0 otherwise Outputs 1 if OP1 gt OP2 0 otherwise Outputs 1 if OP1 lt OP2 0 otherwise OOO e A teee Logical NOT of OP1 Outputs 1 OP1 inverse of OP1 Outputs the square root of OP 1 Outputs the log of OP1 base 10 Outputs the natural log of OP1 base e Outputs e OP1 Junction block see below Figure 3 12 Single Operator Calculation Block Operators and Functions Operators with an asterisk next to them require an integer operand Some of the above mentioned operators need only one operand while others need two The logical operators AND OR XOR require two operands which must be integers Other operators ABS NOT INV SQRT LOG LN EXP JCT only require one operand which can be either integer or floating point format depending on the operator Some care is needed when providing input operands to certain operators The MOD and operators cannot have 0 zero as an operand to avoid a divide by zero situation In the same way some opera tors SQRT LN LOG require a positive value as an operand Runtime errors will occur if these rules are not followed Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 13 Input 1 integer floating point Input 2 integer floating point 3 14 The JCT operator has a special function of simply outputting its input It s useful for connection between a butt
48. Please refer to it for the detailed PID Control Block Block Information Feedback floating point SetPoint floating point Dynamic P floating point YW PID Control Dynamic floating point Block Dynamic D floating point YW Trigger integer Figure 3 17 PID Control Block Information Output 1 floating point Interface e Number of inputs 6 feedback setpoint dynamic P dynamic I dynamic D and trigger signal e Input type float float float float float integer e Number of outputs 1 e Output type float Description This block allows for input and output The input consists of a measured value feedback to be controlled by the setpoint value either dynamic or static The block s output is the controller output Theory A controller is capable of receiving a signal from a sensor usually temperature within a process and regulating an input to that process in order to maintain a selected value or set point control point The PID controller is the most widely used type of process controller It is the ability to tune its control action to specific time constants and therefore to deal with process changes over time These features have earned the PID controller wide acceptance To perform the control the object is to measure the difference error between the desired value setpoint and the measured value feedback and re
49. Rate in the Group Parameters dialog box specifies the rate at which data notifications should be sent back to the client assuming that data has changed This is also the rate at which items are scanned on behalf of this client To write a value to an item select the item in the OPC Client windows and choose Write Value to Item from the OPC menu The client writes the value typed in the Write Item Value dialog box to the correct item in the Group object The method of writing data is determined by the synchronous check box When data is written synchronously the call to the server blocks until the operation has completed which may take a long time When data is written asynchronously the call to the server returns quickly and the operation is carried out on another thread When the write has finished the client devise interface is notified with the results The user can disconnect from the selected server by choosing Disconnect from the OPC menu The Disconnect command unregisters the device interface releases the Group object and then releases the Server object Releasing an object means that the client is no longer interested in the object so the system can delete the object in the server Configuring the OPC Client The OPC Client is used as a test case to debug an OPC Compliant Server and access some of the OPC variables and parameter configuration 1 Start the OPC Client ADIANTELA lant OPCChent Figure C 18 Starting the OPC
50. Response Strings dialog box shown below Connecting Your Devices 5 25 5 26 Note The Init String and Prompt String fields allow the user to enter control characters in the range of ASCII 0 to ASCII 31 For example entering This A B C I String M is converted to This lt Ctrl_A gt lt Ctrl_B gt lt Ctrl_C gt lt ESC gt String lt CR gt where lt Ctrl_A gt is ASCII 1 and lt ESC gt is ASCII 27 ASCII Enter Meaning 0 NO Null 1 A Start of Heading 2 B Start of Text 3 C End of Text 4 D End of Tape 5 AE Enquiry 6 AF Acknowledge 7 AG Bell 8 AH Backspace 9 Horizontal Tab 10 AJ Line Feed 11 AK Vertical Tab 12 AL Form Feed 13 AM Carriage Return 14 AN Shift Out 15 MO Shift In 16 CR Data Link Escape 17 AQ Device Control 1 18 AR Device Control 2 19 AS Device Control 3 20 AT Device Control 4 21 AU Negative Acknowledge 22 AV Synchronize 23 AW End of Transmitted Block 24 AX Cancel 25 SY End of Medium 26 eZ Substitute 27 el Escape 28 AN File Separator 29 A Group Separator 30 NA Record Separator 31 A Unit Separator The string entered will be converted to a final string using the following scheme 1 The character followed by a character from CO to 66 gt gt 1s interpreted as the lower 32 control characters in the ASCII table is NUL A is control A
51. TOPAP Networking CapabDillly sanitaria 1 5 Supports Different Sized HMI MoOdelS ooccccccccooocccconcocccnoccnnnnonononononnnncnnnanenons 1 5 NEW Hardware SUDDOLU E 1 5 Enhanced Aistotical TEN E 1 5 Enhanced Virtual Tag with Multiple Data Type Gupport 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 5 Enhanced Save and Restore Functions cccccccconcccnnncccnnnnnnonocononancnnnnnnnnnnanennnnonnnanas 1 5 EE 1 5 User Interface Enhancements ooocccccconnconcconoconccononnnnononnconononanononnnancnnonnnnnnnononanennss 1 5 Porting Device Configuration to Another Machine essannnnnssennnnnensennnnnesssennneeenne 1 6 Project Management 1 6 New Basic ege e Tunn e E 1 6 System Control Block and Event Log Display Item for Version 4 1 1 6 OPC Servers for GeniDAQ Version A 1 1 6 INSTAMA MON eccee ec ole Oa aceon 1 6 System e Een EE 1 6 Installing Advantech GeniDAQ 0ooocccccnnncccnccccoonnccccnnnnonononnononnnonononononononnnannnnnennnnninnss 1 7 Inserting the Anti Piracy Hardware Key Dongle snnannnnnnnnnennnnennnsneresrresreneeenne 1 15 DORA EE 1 15 Uninstalling Advantech Genf 1 16 e Reuter E ER 1 17 How Does GeniDAQ Work ciaci n 1 17 ROJEC Ee 1 18 ele EE 1 18 Task Rent 1 18 Se DE ee 1 18 e O dek 1 19 Multithreaded Runtime Engine nia A A 1 19 Quick Start to GeniDAD cccoccccococccccccconnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononononaonnnnnnannnanannnnnan 1 19 Compatibility and Upgrade Information oooonnc
52. Taiwan ROC Tel 886 2 2218 4567 Fax 886 2 2218 1989 Internet http www advantech com tw Europe Advantech Germany Karlsruherstr 11 1 D 70771 Leinf Echterdingen Germany Tel 49 0 711 797 333 60 Fax 49 0 711 797 333 85 Advantech Italy Via Don Verderio 4 B 20060 Cassina de Pecchi MD Italy Tel 39 2 95343054 Fax 39 2 95343067 Mainland China Beijing office No 7 6th Street Shang Di Zone Haidian District 100085 Beijing China Tel 86 10 62984345 47 62986314 17 Fax 86 1 62984341 42 Shanghai office Room 701 7th Floor Hua Fu Building A 585 Long Hua W Road 200232 Shanghai China Tel 86 21 64696831 64697910 Fax 86 21 64696834 Limited Warranty Advantech Corporation does not warrant that the GeniDAQ software package will function properly in every hardware software environment Advantech Corporation makes no representation or warranties of any kinds whatsoever with respect to the contents of this manual and specifically disclaims any implied watranties or fitness for any particular purpose Advantech Corporation shall not be held liable for errors in this manual or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the use of this manual or its contents Advantech Corporation reserves the right to revise this manual at any time without prior notice About This Manual Advantech GeniDAQ is a comprehensive flexible human machine interface application environment that supports th
53. Windows applications can exchange data with AO block and or output data to hardware device s directly For more information about DDE see DDE Blocks Client and Server Wiring Information Wiring In Another block directly outputs data to DO block and connected hardware device s There is only one input If there is more than one input The input already connected message will be displayed Wiring Out Passes the hardware device data to connected block s directly Temperature Measurement 5 16 TMP Output 0 floating point Figure 5 19 Temperature Measurement Block Block Information Interface Number of inputs Q Input type none Number of outputs 1 Output type floating point Description Similar to the AI analog input block this block allows for outputting data to another block directly from the I O device Transforms the analog input data from the I O device into linearized temperature data in degrees Celsius Fahrenheit Kelvin or Rankine Thermocouple types supported are J K S T R and E Temperature measurement block supports Advantech I O hardware includes plug in DA amp C cards and ADAM 4000 5000 modules OPC standard interface Dialog Box Configuration Temperature Measurement Properties E Tag TMF Description MO Device lhem Y Connect to OPC server Select LU settings Channel Input range Cancel Exp channel Help Temperature scale
54. and choose the Add Delete Add Main Script option to invoke Script Designer for editing the Main Script program 2 34 Dk Ad Tola idad Han gripi Figure 2 51 Add a main script to the strategy 5 Edit the following program text in the Script Designer window Sub Main dim mytask as ScanTask set mytask GetScanTask Task1 mytask start End Sub Sub Maing dim mijtask as ScanTask Set mrtask GotScanTaskG TASK1 p PUE asb Start End Sub Figure 2 52 Edit main script program Tutorial 2 35 6 Refer to Tutorial 1 Step 9 to save the strategy file as TUTOR8 GNI 7 Run the main script program by clicking on the Run menu and Main Script menu options in Task Designer Tutorial 9 Controlling multiple tasks Purpose The purpose of this tutorial is to give you a guide on how to control multiple tasks in your data acquisi tion and control system through task properties Function 1 Create two tasks within an AI block individually 2 Create a display window and add two trend graphs and labels to show the value of AI blocks in two different tasks 3 Configure task properties to different working modes Procedure 1 Refer to Tutorial 1 for instructions on starting GeniDAQ and creating a new strategy 2 From the File menu select the Add Delete Add Task option to add Task2 window aek ss Figure 2 53 Create a new Task 3 Add AI blocks into Task and Task2 windows Configure the A
55. blocks as the dynamic inputs The change of any of the P I D parameters is not effective until the Trigger for PID change is triggered Trigger for PID change If you use dynamic P I D parameters you have to connect a value from another block to the input Trigger for PID change to activate the PID changes In other words dynamic P I D and Trigger should all be connected If they are not the control system will not work When dynamic values are used static values will be disabled and ignored Low Clamp Low clamping value for output Prevents voltage swings from exceeding the range of the hardware used for the control usually D A converter High Clamp High clamping value for the output Rate Clamp Rate of change clamp for output measured in units minute If there is a large change in the setpoint or feedback the rate clamp parameter will prevent the PID output value from making a change larger than the hardware is able to support Instead the output value will be limited to change at the specified rate Filter Constant The value for the measured variable can be automatically filtered if it is noisy Filter value of 0 0 means that no filtering takes place As the values increase toward 1 0 the filtering effect becomes more and more pronounced Setpoint The PID setpoint value or desired value The value can be changed on the fly dynamic by specifying a ramp or other block to be used as the dynamic setpoint If a constant set
56. click to change column number Figure 3 24 Log file Block Configuration Dialog Box The Restore the previous file name option if checked let you save the last used file name when you stop the run time A new file name follows the saved file name will become the file name at the next run This option is useful only when the file name contains wildcard characters Note the filename will be saved only when you stop the running session properly You can specify the storage type format for the file as ASCH binary float byte integer or long integer Storage type E Float 4 bytes Expte 1 byte Integer 2 bytes Long Integer 4 b Figure 3 25 Select data storage type Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 23 3 24 The update method can be either to append new data or to overwrite old data Update method Overte T O versyrite Figure 3 26 Select file update method The delimiter between data in log file can be space comma or tab Delimeter Space Figure 3 27 Select the delimiter between data You can include a header and comments at the beginning of your file if you desire You can specify the width in characters of each column of data along with decimal point placement For each input to be logged you can specify to which column number the input block s data will be sent When the file log block is selected all input block tag names are displayed with the default co
57. conccncccconcnnncccccnnnnccoccnnncnconcnnnnanncrnnnnannnerenananns 9 7 AOMINIS AION anida las 9 7 Change ASSWONG decane 9 8 Log in and Log off at Runtime oooccconccccnnocccnnnnncnnnononnaronnnnrronanrrnnanrenannrrnanannas 9 9 Working With Display Control Object at Runtime ooooomnccccccconnnnannncnnnnnnos 9 10 Chapter 10 Advanced BasicScript Programmingfor Your Specific Needs DUI da 10 2 COMES aces a oes ietace eee pautetncueteanatsaentareactetencvan 10 2 Script Desianer BasiOS nena 10 2 A E 10 2 GETING MO UNS CHO E 10 3 Navigating VVithinva iia 10 3 ASCO TEM lia 10 4 Selecting TEx EE 10 5 BEUN E EE 10 6 Gutling and Copying RT o ee 10 6 PASTING EE 10 7 Undoing Editing Operations oooccccccccconcccnnncncnnnnccnnonnononccnnnnnononancnnnonnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnos 10 7 Adding Comments to YOUR SP dd 10 7 Breaking a BasicScript Statement across Multiple Lines oooonconnnnnccnncnccccnn 10 8 Checking the Syntax EE eet e ees 10 9 PUIG YOUR CAPS ani 10 10 DEBUGGING Your Serpa 10 11 Using the BasicScript Debugger cccccccooccnccnnccccnonccnnnncnnnnnnncnnononnnanonnnncnnonanncnnnnnos 10 11 Trading SCH EX CCUTON EE 10 11 Setting and Removing BreakpoOint cccccccocncccncccccnonconnncnnnnncncnnnnononancnnoncnnnanenens 10 13 Setting BreakPoint ect ii iii 10 14 Removing Br arpa 10 15 Adding a Watch Variable usaba 10 15 Types of Variables You Can Watch oooncccnncccccnnnconnconononcnnnononnnnncnnnnonnnnnennnn
58. device Analog output block supports e Advantech I O hardware includes plug in DA amp C cards and ADAM 4000 5000 modules e OPC standard interface Dialog Box Configuration Analog Output Properties x Tag Description Bet Select Sere H LO settings home F Initial value settings Cancel No initial value Ce Initial value o Restore the previous stop value DDE k Establish DDE link Connect Service Topic ltem Help Update times Figure 5 13 Analog Output Block Configuration Dialog Box Connecting Your Devices 5 11 Field Description Device Item field Specifies the device or OPC item associated with the block Channel field This field is used to specify the hardware device channel that AO block will output data to The value of channel field will depend on the connected hardware device Update times field The Update times 1s a divisor that allows the Analog Output block to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the strategy This 1s useful 1f for example your strategy is running at 100Hz but you only want to output data at a rate of 20Hz For this example you would set the Update times to 5 100 divided by 5 the update times gives an effective scan rate of 20Hz DDE field The Analog Output block has DDE capabilities which allow it to exchange data with other Windows applications Through DDE field other W
59. e M Auto font sizing Eont Figure 4 15 Numeric String Display Item Configuration Dialog Box Field Description Input from The Numeric String Display Item may be drawn and interfaced to a Task block variable with a certain tag name When in associated configuration dialog box double click on the Numeric String Display Item you must first choose which Task block s data you would like to display You can select the available icon blocks by pressing select button and setting the appropriate task display name tag name and channel name The tagged block s dynamic value is displayed during runtime Data Type This field is used to select the data type of a display value The type can be floating point real integer or string Display Format precision If you select the data type to be floating point or integer then you can set the display format for output value For example set the format to be 0 00 Justification You can use this setting to adjust the position of display output in the display field Foreground color Background color This field is used to select the Foreground color Background color of numeric string value GeniDAQ provides 16 colors to choose from Update rate The Update rate is a divisor that allows the Numeric String Display block to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the Task This is useful if for example your Task is running at 100 Hz but you only want to display data at a
60. explained in the installation section of this manual Windows NT 4 0 or Windows 95 with DCOM is required to run the Modbus RTU OPC server Note Internet Explorer 4 0 installs DCOM automatically However if using Internet Explorer 3 0 DCOM is not provided and can be downloaded from Microsoft s web site at www microsoft com Registering the OPC Server If the MODBUS RTU OPC Server is not registered in the Windows environment you have to register it manually The steps to register MODBUS RTU OPC Server are listed as below 1 Invoke the DOS prompt window 2 Type in MODBOPCY regserver command in DOS prompt mode and execute it MODBUS RTU OPC Server will be registered to Windows If you want to unregister the MODBUS RTU OPC Server type in the MODBOPC unregserver command in a DOS prompt window Note As explained in the installation section of this manual Windows NT 4 0 or Windows 95 with DCOM is required to run the MODBUS RTU OPC server Install MODBUS RTU OPC Server in Windows CE 1 Insert the Advantech MODBUS RTU OPC disk 1 into the 3 5 inch disk drive 2 Copy the MODBUS RTU OPC Server DLL file and TDB file configuration file to the application software directory You are recommended to create a dedicated sub directory in the application software directory to store DLL and GDB files 3 Use a text editor such as Notepad exe to view the readme txt file Note The file name for the MODBUS RTU OPC Server configura
61. failure e en WEE Analog input initialization failure ON Dal Analog output initialization failure ON Oe Digital output initialization failure ON Oe Digital input initialization failure ON Oe Temperature initialization failure ON ON Analog input Section failure ON 0 Analog output Section failure ON We Digital output section failure ON Oe Digital input section failure ON Oe Temperature section failure ON D t n Le traia E No XXX function supported ON OG Timer Overrun slow down the sampling rate ooocccccccocccnnccnoccnncononconnnnoncnnncnnnos Not nie el BL en assi lili lili A Susan E Reie tre lee Bee EE xiii Appendix B Glossary Xiv AOS B 2 PACT ee B 2 AID CONVENE cio B 2 EE ee B 2 ANAO AA o RA O E B 2 Centigrade e ad B 2 CJC Cold Junction COMPENSATION cccccccccccncccocnnnnoconcnnnonnnnnnnnononnnnnononnnnnononnnnncnnnos B 2 e erate Ne eat ee En eee B 3 ONIN ac oe eso he re Se ele Se Set at el ee ee OR elas B 3 Controller gl el B 3 CONVERSION Rate nenene e NS A eae eee B 3 A A O O eat ns testa B 3 DA GCONVOMION eene N ome eee B 3 Deadband Hysteresis EE B 3 Diferential ul e GEN B 3 ES o La OLLE O PA A o 5 ee ee B 4 A E Sd eee ies eee eee aee ee toe icc ae cee cetera oeente B 4 SE B 4 MPEdalnd aniones B 4 OD OVC Cosa sat lado ES B 4 MPULROSISIA le B 4 A ee B 4 O A a E E RA B 4 KREVI EE B 5 Measunng T L ee E B 5 rf A vaceatsn vaca ec
62. for the ADAM 4011 device that you added The Data Type will change automatically based on the selected tag type It is not recommended to change the data type After that specify the channel number of the modules in the system if you use the ADAM 5000 485 distributed data acquisition and control system If the added device is an ADAM 4000 device the Channel field would be dedicated to Ch 0 channel 0 only After configuring the Device Group and Tag of the new device choose View Monitor from the main menu of the ADAM OPC Server The real time value of the analog input channel of the ADAM 4011 is displayed in the tag view on the right side of the OPC Server dialog window dynami callv nt tled Advantech ADAM 40007 5000 485 OFC server File Add Edit View Help aasa seel ul y Analog Input has 1 Tags z Figure C 7 Real time Value of the Analog Input Channel OPC Server Configuration OPC Server Tool The ADAM OPC Server tool is your main configuration utility for setting up and maintaining the ADAM I O driver It provides fields for specifying the properties of devices groups and tags Features e Key features of the ADAM OPC Server e Advanced OPC data quality and data conversion to client request e OPC server utilizes advanced free threading capabilities e Supports Multiple Groups for easy configuration and manageability e Read write functionality e Tag multiplier lets you create hundreds
63. for the details System Control Block and Event Log Display Item for Version 4 1 GeniDAQ version 4 1 supports two new items System Control block and Event Log Display item OPC Servers for GeniDAQ Version 4 1 GeniDAQ version 4 1 includes two OPC servers ADAM OPC and ModBus OPC Please refer to Appendix C and D for further information Installation 1 6 System Requirements e OS Microsoft Windows 98 95 Windows NT 4 0 SP4 above or Windows CE Runtime only e RAM 64 MB memory minimum e Disk space 20 MB minimum e CPU Intel Pentium processor 200 MHz or higher e Display VGA resolution or higher e Microsoft compatible mouse e Parallel port for software key Installing Advantech GeniDAQ GeniDAQ ships with an installation program that helps you install the program to your computer Installation can normally be completed within five minutes 1 Run the GeniDAQ installation program at d Disk1 setup exe where d is the drive letter of your CD ROM drive The installation program will load and display the GeniDAQ splash screen Advantech y GeniDAQ WK Wee FNR mp ECH Figure 1 2 GeniDAQ Installation Program Splash Screen 2 The Welcome screen loads Click the Next button WekeceeIpite dake berdi t pr ode pasapalos DA odon vumm hit ceded all Windora Laut zen balma urang the abu propa Lk Cancel la quel Setup end han cicoa arg pera ra Pare nigra Col Mad do cons Ai fe O OU HAH RSS
64. frees you from the linear architecture of text based languages With GeniDAQ you can learn and build a simple application within a few hours without worrying about the many syntactical details of conventional programming In addition to the intuitive programming model GeniDAQ fully integrates BasicScript engine in its kernel to meet your specific needs With BasicScript engine and the GeniDAQ environment you can create code to execute BasicScript commands It allows you to access and share data with other applications such as Microsoft Access Microsoft Excel etc In addition you can also control GeniDAQ s operation including task start stop and display switching It saves development and learning time Please refer to Chapter 10 Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs for detailed information 4 Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer Overview Display Designer provides an object based development environment that you use to create your operator display panel You can create a panel that 1s similar to test equipment or industrial process displays You can also attach a bitmap background to customize your display The operator display allows you to monitor supervise and control your process during runtime When complete the panel can use meters bar graphs waveform displays chart recorders buttons numeric readouts and LED indicators Advantech GeniDAQ provides multiple windows so you can vie
65. from which to choose e Pen Size Specify the size of pen to draw the shape of graphic object The unit of size is dots e Color in Normal Specify the display color of the graphic object while the input value is equal to 1 e Color in Activation Specify the display color of the graphic object while the input value is equal to 0 Rectangle Drawing Display Item This display item is used to draw a rectangle graphic object in the display window When a graphic is selected you can drag the corner to size the object This display item has input capability It accepts a value between zero 0 and one 1 from a Task block each value providing capability to select color to be displayed When this display item is double clicked upon a dialog box will appear for configuration Rounded Rectangle Cell This display item is used to draw a rounded rectangle graphic object at the display window The func tions of the rounded rectangle drawing tool are the same as those of the rectangle drawing tool Please refer to the previous section Oval Cell This display item is used to draw an oval graphic object at the display window The functions of the oval drawing tool are the same as those of the rectangle drawing tool Please refer to the previous section Polygon Cell This display item is used to draw a polygon graphic object at the display window The functions of the polygon drawing tool are the same as those of the rectangle drawing tool Please
66. interface to interact with DOS Windows and other applications through DDE OLE ODBC SQL The syntax of BasicScript is very similar to Microsoft VBA visual basic for application in Excel Word Access etc and MS Visual Basic Both BasicScript and VBA have functions that are not included in the other but over 95 of the functions and procedures are identical It is possible to take a Visual Basic source code then compile and execute it under BasicScript This can be done without changing a word if only common functions are used A dialog box editor is included so that program designers can create their own dialog box to interact with the operators The scripting feature is what makes GeniDAQ suitable for real life situations where customization is necessary to make the program work smoothly with the existing operating procedures in the factory and assembly line The script designer 1s basically a text editor with some convenient features for editing script code The same editor is used for editing the main script and scripts inside a task The main script if present takes control during the entire runtime once it is started The main script can be used to do things such as starting a task stopping a task etc Each scan task has a pre task script and a post task script These two scripts are used to initialize or reset tag values on some conditions The main script is executed only once for the entire strategy while the pre task and post task sc
67. is not fixed rather 1t 1s limited only by available memory and system resources SS The number of open files is limited to 512 or the operating system limit 9 The size of an array cannot exceed 32 KB Summary GeniDAQ s BasicScript provides a powerful programming tool You can use it for calculation linking other Windows applications accessing Database control task display performing logic operations and processing real time values 10 40 11 Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center Overview Data Center provides an open environment for user to access real time data in GeniDAQ It supports the following interfaces for customer application to exchange data with GeniDAQ e DDE interface e OLE automation interface GeniDAQ VB Delphi VC Builder Runtime Excel Application C DDE OLE Automation Interface Interface Data Store Z EE Figure 11 1 Data Center Programming Interface Users can choose their favorite language under their demand This module is the central location for all the data in GeniDAQ Al the results of the blocks or the user data entered on the screen are passed to this centralized module It is stored in memory for fast update and retrieval The tag name 1s used as a key to find the data item in the data center A hash table or B tree structure can be used to speed up the update and retrieval Each data item in the data appl
68. l High Limit Setpoint Delta High Delta Low Low Limit Setpoint Delta Low Delta High 2 5 Setpoint J 2 A Over high limit 0 under low limit 1 Ge Over high limit 1 under low lirit 0 Control input fror Cancel PT Iumngmmt schoomt hom Help FEE Figure 3 16 On Off Control Block Configuration Dialog Box Setpoint The On Off setpoint value or desired value This value can be changed on the fly dynamic by specifying a ramp or other block to be used as the dynamic setpoint If there is no dynamic setpoint from connection a constant setpoint will be enabled You can enter the static setpoint Delta Low Low value for generation of the deadband Lower section of deadband is equal to Setpoint Delta Low Delta High High value for generation of the deadband Upper section of the deadband is equal to Setpoint Delta High In addition you have the option of outputting either a 0 or a 1 value for inputs over the high limit which would make the output 1 or 0 respectively for inputs under the low limit If no deadband is desired simply set the delta low and delta high values to zero In this way ALARM CONTROL can be achieved using a static setpoint e Wiring In On Off Control Block accepts data as input data or setpoint data e Wiring Out On Off Control Block outputs either digital low or high to connected block Note The Strategy OnOff example demonstrates how to use On Off block
69. library source for GeniDAQ exe This file will be processed by the MIDL compiler to produce the type library GniDAQ tlb uuid 3C5CB3E8 ED68 11D2 BB33 0080C89003B8 version 1 0 library GniDAQ importlib stdole32 t1b importlib stdole2 t1b Primary dispatch interface for CGniDAQDoc uuid 3C5CB3E9 ED68 11D2 BB33 0080C89003B8 dispinterface IGniDAQ properties NOTE ClassWizard will maintain property information here Use extreme caution when editing this section AFX_ODL_PROP CGniDAQDoc AFX_ODL_PROP methods NOTE ClassWizard will maintain method information here Use extreme caution when editing this section AFX_ODL_METHOD CGniDAQDoc Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center 11 11 AFX_ODL_ METHOD Class information for CGniDAQDoc uuid 3C5CB3E7 ED68 11D2 BB33 0080C89003B8 coclass Document default dispinterface IGniDAQ l Primary dispatch interface for COleDB T uuid ODBBEB27 2DFE 11D3 900C 002018650916 dispinterface IOleDB properties NOT Kal ClassWizard will maintain property information here Use extreme caution when editing this section AFX_ODL_PROP COleDB AFX_ODL_PROP methods NOT Kal ClassWizard will maintain method information here Use extre
70. lines will be executed as a single BasicScript statement just as if you had typed the entire statement on the same line Checking the Syntax of a Script When you try to run or debug a script whose syntax hasn t been checked Script Designer first performs a syntax check automatically Here s how to perform a syntax check manually when you are editing your script without having to run it Basic Script Editor a File Edit M0 Debug Help dim mytagt din mtagZ as TAG set mytag1 Getlag Task1 9117 set mytag GetTag VIRTASK UR1 Compiies current script Line 1 Col _ Figure 10 3 Checking a Script s Syntax Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 9 To perform a syntax check 1 From the Run menu choose the Syntax Check command Script Designer either indicates that no errors have been found or displays an error message This message specifies the first line in your script where an error has been found and briefly describes the nature of the error 2 Click the OK button or press Enter If Script Designer has found a syntax error the line containing the error is highlighted on your display 3 Correct the syntax error 4 Repeat steps 1 3 until you have found and corrected all syntax errors Running Your Scripts 10 10 Once you have finished editing your script you will want to run it to make sure it performs the way you intended You can also pause or stop an ex
71. must first develop a strategy and design the corresponding operator panel s GeniDAQ Task Designer and Display Designer are used to accomplish these tasks After entering the GeniDAQ program a new strategy file can be designed invoked first because the process strategy 1s the basis of your process control monitoring Select New form the File menu bar in the Advantech GeniDAQ Main window You will see a Task Designer window entitled Task Design er TASK1 and a Display Designer window entitled Display Designer DISP1 on your screen Figure 2 2 New strategy file You start GeniDAQ by double clicking the GeniDAQ Builder icon in the GeniDAQ program group or executing GENIDAQ EXE in the command line A blank window will be displayed within the GeniDAQ main window This is the beginning of developing a strategy If you click symbol in the Main window Task Designer and Display Designer will be activated and appear in the upper part of the Main window You can activate Script Designer by clicking on File Add Delete Add Main Script option of the Main window GeniDAQ Tutorials In order to help you become familiar with GeniDAQ quickly we provide nine tutorial programs located in the GeniDAQ Strategy directory All example strategies use the Advantech DEMO I O 1H device that is included with GeniDAQ allowing you to run the demonstration programs without additional hardware The following is a step by step tutorial on how to use
72. objects The display will now appear as follows fy Advantech GeniDAQ Display Designer DISP1 EM Fie Edt Setup View Window Rim Help CIE D a Bee RR ec ol Six tele e a kO GHEE Hee OOCG For Help press Fl Figure 4 10 Example of Send to Back Bring to Front Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 9 Working with Display Objects 4 10 The display objects are used to display data They include e Indicator display e Numeric String display e Conditional Text display e Bar Graph display e Analog Meter display e Trend Graph display e XY Graph display e Conditional Bitmap display e Text String display e Group Box display General Guidelines for Using Display Objects Display objects that are available for inclusion in your display appear on the display toolbar To add a display object to your display click the toolbar icon it will appear as being selected and then click the display area The display object will appear in the display window at its default size You can then drag the object s handles to resize it Alternatively you can click the display object and then drag a region in the display window where you want the display object to appear Using this second method will size the object to your preference Once the display object is in the display window you must configure its properties and choose its input source Either double click or right click the display object and the displa
73. protocol and can be connected to real world Modbus compatible VO hardware The MODBUS RTU OPC Server tool is your main configuration utility for setting up and maintaining the MODBUS RTU UO driver It provides fields for specifying the properties of devices groups and tags An OPC Client application provided with the MODBUS RTU OPC Server has multiple methods for quickly connecting to your servers The OPC Client is able to browse the registry of a PC and display a complete list of all installed OPC Servers It also provides real time live data feedback and OPC Server browsing capabilities There is a Setup dialog box for defining the default name and default setting for configuration files a Tree Browser for an overall view of your system setup and a Moveable Tree Browser and toolbars Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 25 D 26
74. rate of 20 Hz For this example you would set the Update Rate to 5 100 divided by 5 the update rate gives an effective scan rate of 20 Hz For this example only one in five samples would be displayed the others would be ignored Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 13 Conditional Text Display Item gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 Fle Edt Setup View Window Bim Help For Help press Fl Figure 4 16 Conditional Text Display Item in Workspace Window Description This display item has input and output capability It accepts a value between zero 0 and seven 7 from a Task block each value providing capability to select text to be displayed In addition the string may be output to a block accepting a string as input such as to the RS 232 block When this display item is double clicked upon a dialog box will appear displaying all text currently installed Configuration Dialog Box Conditional Text Display Item Ea Tag CTT Input from SELECT Test setting Text text Foreground Black TI Text flashing Background Lt Gray Alignment Center sl Input value Text I Enable auto font sizing OF Cancel Help Font Figure 4 17 Conditional Text Display Item Configuration Dialog Box 4 14 Field Description e Text Specify the Text file to be selected corresponding with the currently highlighted Input Value e Foreground Background color Sp
75. refer to the previous section Line Cell This display item is used to draw a line graphic object at the display window The functions of the line drawing tool are the same as those of the rectangle drawing tool Please refer to the previous section Note The Strategy Tutor4 example demonstrates how to use drawing tools to customize your display Please refer to it for the detailed Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 39 Summary Advantech GeniDAQ s display designer provides an object based development environment that allows 4 40 you to create your operator display panel intuitively You can create a panel that is similar to industrial process displays or test equipment You can also attach a bitmap background to customize your display The operator display allows you to monitor supervise and control your process during runtime For control objects they can be controlled using a mouse or a keyboard protected with security In addition Advantech GeniDAQ also provide graphic tools to draw rectangles circles segments and polygons These objects or cells can be link to a tag value They can change color according to the tag value They can also be grouped together to make a single object You can use them to draw pumps valves or other industrial symbols 9 Connecting Your Devices Overview There are two ways to link with your devices The first one is the interface with internal I O drivers for Advante
76. script code line by line The distinction between the two is that the single step process traces into calls to user defined functions and subroutines whereas the procedure step process does not trace into these calls although it does execute them Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 11 10 12 script Designer TUTORS GNI Sub Mani dim mytask as ScanTask set mytask GetscanTask TASK1 dees Start mytask singlescan next 1 End Sub Figure 10 5 Tracing a Script Statement Here e how to trace the execution of your script using the single step or procedure step method To step through your script 1 Click the Single Step or Procedure Step tool on the toolbar Or Press FS Single Step or Shift F8 Procedure Step Script Designer places the instruction pointer on the Sub Main line of your script Note When you initiate execution of your script with any of these methods the script will first be compiled if necessary Therefore there may be a slight pause before execution actually begins If your script contains any compile errors it will not be executed To debug your script first correct any compile errors then initiate execu tion again 2 To continue tracing the execution of your script line by line repeat step 1 Each time you repeat step 1 Script Designer executes the line containing the instruction pointer and moves the instruction pointer to the next line to be executed
77. tag Paste Lets you paste cut tags to the device Delete Lets you delete the selected tag Ports Lets you define the configuration of selected COM port Properties Lets you define the configuration of selected devices groups and tags Using the Help Menu The commands that appear in the Help menu are for displaying the ADAM OPC Server online help and version number Help About ADAM Help Contents Figure C 12 ADAM OPC Server Help Menu About ADAM Displays version and program information about ADAM modules Help Contents Displays online help assistance for the ADAM OPC Server Configuring the I O Driver with the Tool To configure the ADAM OPC Server with the Tool 1 Click the New button in the File menu to create a new configuration file 2 Click the New Device button in the Add menu to add a new device to the Tree Browser 3 Click the New Group button in the Add menu to add a new group for the selected device 4 Click the New Tag button in the Add menu to add a new tag for the selected group 5 Modify the fields in the Properties Viewer as needed To modify the fields in the Properties Viewer 1 Select a device group or tag from the Tree Browser and click the Properties button in the Edit menu The fields for the selected item appear in the Properties Viewer 2 Edit the fields you want to change Adding and Modifying Devices To add a new device to your server configuration 1 Click t
78. the same as the On Off style Operating style On Off MM On Off Momentar Cancel Radio Button FEE Help Figure 4 36 Configure Operating Style to be Radio Button e Keyboard mapping This field is used to set up the linkage between buttons and keywords You can configure function key F2 to F8 or alphabetic character A to Z as a shortcut key for this button e Privilege level This field is used for protection of system control The privilege level is from 0 to 255 with larger numbers having the higher privilege For example if the privilege level of a button is 100 then the user s privilege must be larger than or equal to 100 to press this button e Label Color This field is used to select the normal label color and the depressed label color of the button Visi DAQ provides 16 colors from which to select e Output value This field is used to configure the output value of a button There are two output modes for your selection You can select Up 0 and Down 1 or Up 1 and Down 0 e Options You can enable disable these option fields as you want e Restore the previous stop value This field is used to save the value of the control display at system stop This value will be restored at the next system start Conditional Button Control Display Item i Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 EM File Edt Setup View Window Em Help l l x Dae Sle Rw m
79. the ADAM OPC Servet coooococcccccoccnnncnncnnnnnnncnnnnonononnnonnnnnnnnononnononnnnonrnnonnnnnnnnonns C 22 Figure C 21 Adding a Group for the OPC Server Connected to the OPC Cent C 22 ele lge ee lem Dialog BOX EE C 23 Figure C 23 Add Item Configuration Dialog Window ooooonicnnnnncicicicicncicnnonininenenenonononononnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns C 24 Figure C 24 Selecting the Read Write Menu Item oncnnccccncccccnnnnnononocononenononononononcnnonnnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnnononononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnss C 25 Figure C 25 Read Write Item Value Dialog BOX oococccccccococococononononononcnnnnnnonononnononononononononononnn nono nro nono nono nonnnnnnnnnnonenonnnnss C 25 Figure C 26 Read Write Item Value Dialog BOX ooooonncncicicicicocococicocnnonnnnononononononononononononnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnononononnnonononnnnonenenininss C 26 Figure D 1 Port Properties Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooonnnnnnnincicocicococononononcnnnnononononnononononononnono nono nonno nono nono nono nonononononenenonss D 4 Figure D 2 Select Add New Device From the Main Menu occcccccnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononononcnnononnnnnnnnn nn nnnnnnnrnnnnn nn nnnnnnnenenennnns D 5 Figure D 3 Click the New Device Icon on the Toolbar REENEN EEN D 5 Figure D 4 Device Properties Configuration Dialog BOX REENEN ENEE D 5 Figure D 5 Group Dialog Box Configuration WINdOW ccccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeesececesesaeaeaeaesaaaae
80. the GeniDAQ Runtime Menu Bar 2 Create a new icon with GeniRUN lt strategy gt as the command line in the startup group 1f you want Runtime and Security System 9 3 the strategy to be loaded and started upon running when Windows is startup 3 You can also create a new icon with GeniRUN lt strategy gt as the command line This will cause the strategy to be loaded and started upon running Exiting Runtime When you have finished working in Runtime exiting back to Windows is performed by pressing the STOP menu item on the Runtime menu bar After you stop the runtime system you can either restart by pressing start or you can exit the GeniDAQ Runtime system by entering the File menu and pressing Exit Configuring Runtime Properties Runtime Preference No of errors allowed before stopping p T Log error to the error file RUNERR LOG T Beep when error occurs during the run W Enable event log T Enable operational security checking Start running with LOCK on Frame layout Y Menubar JW Toolbar JM Title bar Display refresh period ms 50 Cancel Help Figure 9 2 Runtime Preference Configuration Dialog Box Runtime Preference The Runtime Preference dialog box is used to configure the runtime properties of a strategy In GeniDAQ you can specify how many errors will be allowed to occur before runtime will stop because of excessive errors A runtime error is an error that usually occurs as
81. the input is equal to 1 and green while input is equal to 0 fei Display Designer DISP1 Of x Figure 2 32 Add numeric control and indicator display item Indicator Display Item E Input from SELECT NET L1 Channel 0 UK Style Round or Ellipse sl Cancel Color for ON 1 state Color for OFF 0 state O Fed C Black _ Helo Task display virtual DISP1 Tag name NCT LI sl Cancel Channels fof nee Figure 2 33 Configure indicator display and link to Task 3 Design an Alarm block and a TAG block in Task1 Tutorial 2 23 CAEG Designer TASK Al ES Figure 2 34 Add alarm block and TAG block Double click Alarm block to configure the value of hi hi field to be 90 the value of Hi field to be 80 the value of lo field to be 20 and the value of lo lo field to be 10 larm Log Block E Tag ALOG Description D s Alarm settings High High Jonn High Jann O Low joo Low Low fog Alarm message format M Date MM DD ATTY M Time HH MM 55 WM Alarm type HI HI HL LO LO LO IY Tag name e Operator name only the first 10 characters Comment DI FP Value T Limit value Cancel Help FER Figure 2 35 Configure alarm block Double click TAG block to configure TAG as a linkage to the numeric control item of Display by setting the Task Display field to be Display1 the TAG field to be CTRLI in configuration dialog 2 24
82. to run GeniDAQ over the TCP IP protocol Setup TCP IP in Windows NT This section provides supplemental instructions for configuring Microsoft TCP IP Follow these steps to set up this configuration on Windows NT Note Have the Windows NT disks or CD ROM available You may need them at the end of this procedure 1 Access the Windows NT Control Panel and double click the Network icon 2 Verify that the following are installed by checking if they are listed in the installed components list box Network adapter driver that matches your installed network adapter hardware TCP IP Protocol If both of the above network components are installed skip to step 8 of this procedure 3 Ifa driver for your network adapter is not currently installed select the Adapters tab and click Add button from the Network dialog box Fin beak ed E kdentibestion Save Protocola Adri green Has Selen e Hr Beat ATLAS Pri Adapta o Figure 8 14 Network Adapter Listing Dialog Box 8 10 4 The Select Network Adapter dialog box appears Select the manufacturer of your network adapter from the Manufacturers list box and then select your network adapter type from the Network Adapter list box When finished click OK to install the driver for your network adapter Baal bkeisesihk Ln Dar Tolen Fig Artiste Profean p 128 Adaptar Acad rd an Lec ER PA ET D dpi AHG ADPD FOCA LAH A A sl Figure 8 15 Select Network Adap
83. which may affect system stability GeniDAQ provides privilege control for display control objects including binary button menu button conditional button numeric control knob and slider control The privilege level is from 0 to 255 with the larger number having a higher privilege For example if the privilege level of a button is 100 then a user s privilege must be larger than or equal to 100 to press this button Please refer to display control objects in Chapter 4 Configuring Your Display View with Display Designer 9 10 10 Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs Overview Script designer is essentially a text editor with smart features for editing script code The script code will be compiled into p code after editing so 1t will not need to be compiled again at run time The syntax of BasicScript is like as Microsoft VBA Visual Basic for Application in Excel Word Access etc and Microsoft Visual Basic BasicScript source code and be compiled and executed in Script designer without any modifications provided that only common functions are used Script designer supports the cut copy and paste functions just like the VBA development environment The BasicScript macro editor debugger provides a complete environment for editing and debugging macro code It supports advanced debugging capabilities including the ability to step and trace code set break points and debug variables structures and arrays You c
84. you import CSV type file to be current server configuration Reimport CSV Lets you re import a CSV type file to update the current server configuration Export CSV Lets you export current server configuration to a CSV type file Reexport CSV Lets you re export current server configuration to update the CSV type file Exit Exits the OPC Server Tool Using the Add Menu The commands that appear in the Add menu are for creating and modifying server configuration files These commands correspond with the buttons on the Tools Configuration toolbar Add New Device Ch O New Group Ctd New Tag trl T Multiply Ctd Figure C 10 ADAM OPC Server s Add Menu New Device Lets you add a new device configuration New Group Lets you add a new group configuration to group related tags in one device New Tag Lets you add a new tag configuration in one device ADAM OPC Server C 11 Multiply The tag multiplier provides an easy and fast method for creating many tags without having to individu ally enter all of them Using the Edit Menu The commands that appear in the Edit menu are for cutting copying pasting deleting and modifying configuration data You also can configure COM port in this menu Edit Cut tH Copy Lu Paste Ctd Delete Del Forts Properties Ctrl P Figure C 11 ADAM OPC Server Edit Menu Cut Lets you cut selected tag Copy Lets you copy the selected
85. 052 ADAM 5056 ADAM 5060 ADAM 5068 ADAM 5080 COMM Port Specifies which physical COM port to use for the selected channel You can specify as many channels as necessary for communication with your hardware Valid Entries e COMI to COM2 if available Computer ports e COMS3 to COMS Expansion ports e Any valid COM port name Expansion ports Important Verify that the COM port you select is not used by another channel or application Assigning two channels to the same port results in a communication failure on one of the channels Assigning a channel to a COM port used by another application such as an alarm printer can produce problems with driver communication Timeout Specifies how long the I O driver waits for a response from the selected device The base of the timeout field is milliseconds For example if you specify 1000 in this field the server will wait for a response about 1000 milliseconds equal to 1 second Valid entries are 7 65535 Slot Specifies the primary slot number of the selected device in ADAM 5000 483 system Valid entries are 0 to 3 and NONE Address Specifies the address number of the selected device in the RS 485 communication line Valid entries are 0 to 255 and NONE Simulation I O Specifies the device to be a virtual device It does not connect to any physical devices But it does provide a simulation signal to the server Valid entries are Enabled and Disabled To delete an existing d
86. 0S After building your GeniDAQ CE strategy you have to download it to your HMI 640S Before you begin you have to setup a connection between HMI 640S and host PC Please refer to the Connecting a HMI 640S device to host PC section After you setup the connection between host PC and HMI 640S you can download the strategy by Advantech GeniDAQ builder program or Microsoft ActiveSync Download strategy files from host PC to HMI 640S via Advantech GeniDAQ 1 Launch Microsoft ActiveSync to setup connection between host PC and HMI 640S 2 In Advantech GeniDAQ builder program click FilelDownload menu to download it 3 When download you can specify to startup the strategy at booting HMI 640S Download strategy files from host PC to HMI 640S via Microsoft ActiveSync Using Microsoft ActiveSync you can copy or move information from the desktop to the device and vice versa 1 On host PC in ActiveSync click Windows Explorer Then it will open the Mobile Device window for your device 2 In Windows Explorer browse to the strategy files for download 3 Right click the files and click Copy Place the cursor in the desired folder for your device right click and click Paste Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 640S Platform 12 7 Configuring UO Devices on HMI 640S 12 8 Advantech GeniDAQ CE supports the following devices simulation O ADAM 4000 5000 485 Serial ModBUS RTU drivers and serial port devices These device drivers are
87. 1 To test remote access using Ping a Use ping or ipconfig to get the server s IP address on the server node b Issue ping with the IP address of the server node on the client node The remote node should respond immediately c If ping fails please check your network settings 2 Note 1f the nodes communicate with other nodes located on different networks you should use DNS Domain Name System for name resolution 3 Network port is 700 by default You can change it in GeniDAQ ini file by setting NetworkPort entry under the System section in Windows directory System NetworkPort 700 If the network port is used by another applications you have to change it to another value Note Any number of network input blocks can be used at one time limited only by your system s speed and memory It is suggested that the number of network input blocks should not exceed 256 per node In addition each node should not connect to more than 16 nodes Summary GeniDAQ s network supports TCP IP protocol and the following data types integer floating point and string Each GeniDAQ node can be as client or and server node In addition GeniDAQ provides network message logging and monitoring CommunicatingThrough TCP IP Networking 8 13 8 14 H Runtime and Security System Overview GeniDAQ Runtime GeniRUN EXE takes advantage of the Windows operating system to provide a real time multi tasking environment that combines
88. 3 37 Link Virtual Tag to Tag block Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 31 Using Virtual Tag in Display Designer Virtual tag values can be displayed on screen by configuring the display item to link with virtual tag Refer to the figure below Choose VIRTASK in Task Display field of the dialog box and select the name of the virtual tag in the TAG field The configuration 1s then complete Task Dieplap e irtual Cancel Tagh ame Channels Channel 0 Help Figure 3 38 Use Virtual Tag in Display Designer Using Virtual Tag in BasicScript Virtual tag is same as other blocks in BasicScript You can get tag values and set tag values The difference between virtual tag and task blocks is that task block values do not read back to GeniDAQ tasks from data center after setting new values Virtual tag values can be read back to GeniDAQ tasks from the data center Because of this difference you can retrieve data from BasicScript programs or other applications for GeniDAQ tasks or displays Pre T ask Script Editor Of EX Fle Edt Em Debug Help ul aleile sub SCR1 dim mytagi as TAG dim mytag as TAG set mytagi GetTag TASK1 AI1 set mytag GetTag VIRTASK URI outputft mytagi mytag End sub Be 4 d Ready Unefb Cok 26 Modified z Figure 3 39 Use Virtual Tag in BasicScript To link a tag block to a virtual tag 1 Place a tag block on the Task Designer configurati
89. A Description TAGS Attaching to Displayvirtual Tag Tag name DISP BETHI text Cancel Help Figure 4 33 Connecting a Control Object to a Task Block Connecting a Control Object to a Display Block You can connect a control object to a display block Restore the Previous Stop Value For control objects GeniDAQ provide a Restore the previous stop value function This function is used to save the values of control objects when the system stops These values will then be restored when the system restarts This function is included in the Binary Button Conditional Button Numeric Knob and Slider controls Privilege Levels In order to avoid unintentional or unauthorized operations which may affect system stability GeniDAQ System Administration provides privilege control and password protection Password protection offers built in log on with up to 255 levels of assignable access providing extensive control for password access and conditional operations To learn more about privilege level protection please refer to Chapter 9 Runtime and Security System chapter Binary Button Control Display Item gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 Ia Fle Edt Setup View Widow Rin Help l For Help press Fl Figure 4 34 Binary Button Control Display Item in Workspace Window Description A binary button control display may be drawn and interfaced to a Task Block variable with a certain tag nam
90. ASK8 that depends on the tag in which TASK The tag name consists of the block type and ordinal number for example Al block with ordinal number 3 then the tag name is AlS b DISP is the title of the display that is assigned in Display Property Menu c VIRTASK stores the VIRTAG tags that are added by the Add Delete Virtual Tags menu d The maximum string length for string type tags is 128 DDE Interface Dynamic Data Exchange DDE is one of several mechanisms of interprocess communication IPC supported under Windows Another one is OLE that will be discussed soon DDE is the most popular and easiest interface for user Just assign three character strings application topic and item then two applications can communicate with each other Most applications support DDE interface for examples Microsoft Office Microsoft Visual Basic and Inprise Delphi Besides most hardware and software vendors of industrial automation also provide DDE drivers or support DDE interface GeniDAQ supports DDE with DDE Client Block and DDE Server Block DDE Client Block requests data from another application DDE Server Block sends data to another application Please refer to Chapter 3 Configuring Your System Function with Task Designer OLE Automation Three Objects for OLE Automation Interface Compared to DDE OLE is more powerful and flexible interprocess communication standard defined by Microsoft OLE Automation another term is ActiveX Autom
91. Add alarm block and TAG DIOGK id ER 2 24 Figure2 35 Gonhgure alarm DOCK EE 2 24 Figure 2 36 Configure TAG to link with display em 2 25 Figur 2 37 Connect TAG block 10 Ala ODO A dd 2 25 Figure 2 38 R nstrat gy file TU LEI ET IT 2 26 Elguite 2 39 BUINd AIDA SChO CI derse endin ta id 2 27 Figure 2 40 Build Task ICON AMAIA ea coi 2 27 Figure 2 41 Link TAG To lan Elek control item E 2 28 Figure 2 42 Link BasicScript output to indicator display oooooocccccccononinnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenennnnnnss 2 29 ele ee Wer E TAG E 2 30 Figure 2 44 Create a new Virtual TAG ege la a ad oo E Eee ee 2 30 ele Build WE e EE 2 31 Figure 2 46 Link Tag block to Virtual TAG ca o id O caos Deal code 2 31 Figure 2 47 Build CISDIAY Screen WE 2 32 Figure 2 48 Link BasicScript output to indicator display oooooccccccnccnonincnnnnnncnnncnnnnnnnnenenennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenencnnnnss 2 33 Figure 2 49 Setup TASK et 2 34 Figure 2 50 Setup scan Task properties sit o E 2 34 Figure 2 51 Add a main script to the strategy E 2 35 Figure 2 52 Edit main script tee Il NEE 2 35 Figure 2 50 Greate WEE 2 36 Figure 2 54 Build multiple TASK EE 2 37 Figure 2 55 Configure trend graphs EE 2 37 Figure 2 56 Setup TASK1 to be started immediately ooocococncncnnnnononncconononnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnn nn nn nnnnnnnn arc r nn nn rre nenas 2 38 Figure 2 57 Setup TASK2 to be sta
92. Advantech Demo board Setup E Base Address il Cancel Help About Figure 1 18 Device Configuration Dialog Box 4 Use the default value and press the OK button You will see a new entry in the Installed Devices list Advantech 10 Device Installation Installed Devices E E4 My Computer List of Devices 61 20 Advantech COM Devices H a Advantech CAN Devices PCL 841 MIC 2630 PCM 3 d Advantech PCI 1710 My Advantech PCI 1710HG ma Plo Figure 1 19 I O Device Installation Dialog Box Showing New Device 5 If you want to test the device that you have just installed click the device entry in the Installed Devices pane and then click the Test button 6 Click the Close button and exit the Device Installation Utility Introduction 1 21 7 Select Programs Advantech GeniDAQ 4 0 GeniDAQ Builder from your Windows Start menu 8 The GeniDAQ Builder application opens Select File Open from the GeniDAQ Builder s main menu 9 Select Strategy Alarm alarm gni from the folder where you installed the GeniDAQ program Look ir E sam a E EA ex alarm opt Files of type GeniDag Files on sl Lancel Figure 1 20 Open the Alarm gni Strategy SE 10 The strategy loads and you will see the strategy s blocks on the Task Designer configuration window 11 Click the Run menu command to run the strategy file 1 22 Be Fm Ces Leg p ET ini Degas DISET 110138 1 A A pe L s
93. Advantech GeniDAQ User s Manual Copyright Notice This document is copyrighted 2000 by Advantech Co Ltd All rights are reserved Advantech Co Ltd reserves the right to make improvements to the products described in this manual at any time without notice No part of this manual may be reproduced copied translated or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Advantech Co Ltd Information provided in this manual is intended to be accurate and reliable However Advantech Co Ltd assumes no responsibility for its use nor for any infringements upon the rights of third parties which may result from its use Acknowledgements IBM and PC are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation MS DOS and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation ActiveX Visual Basic Excel Access and Visual C are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation All other product names or trademarks are the properties of their respective owners Advantech Customer Services Each and every Advantech product is built to the most exacting specifications to ensure reliable perfor mance in the harsh and demanding conditions typical of industrial environments Whether your new Advantech equipment is destined for the laboratory or the factory floor you can be assured that your product will provide the reliability and ease of operation for which the name Advantech has c
94. Aun once Normal label color Black Depressed label colar O Bed Keyboard shortcut NULL Privilege level o W Auto font sizing Font Help Cancel FER Figure 4 40 Menu Button Display Item Field Description e Function You can set the menu button to act as a display switch or to control system task opera tion If you select Action mode you can stop pause resume close lock or exit system operation while in Runtime mode In the Action mode you can also refresh the display If you select Display switching mode you can specify display window names for example DISP1 in this field and use this button to switch between displays while in Runtime For Task Control mode you can specify Start Stop Run once Note that you should first enable the Inactive mode in Setup Task Properties menu before you can apply the Task Control mode Numeric Control Fai eer ap Dez TSP BR Ed Zon Dun Bien bn Bee D XQ Aline WE au WK Ar er SW KO gmp oe a MU aa e Figure 4 41 Numeric Control Display Item in Configuration Window 4 32 Description A numeric type control may be drawn and interfaced to control a Task block variable with a certain tag name The size of the display may be chosen This display item is used as an output from the keyboard or mouse data 1s to be sent to a Task block variable by an operator who specifies the data Using this method Super
95. Background color This field is used to specify the color of trace and background for a given XY display Size of the Trace Buffer This field is used to specify the size of the trace buffer for a given XY display Note Keep in mind that when using an X axis with a large scale i e long time spans and especially if you are displaying more than one trace memory requirements are increased All data points that are displayed must reside in memory the more data points you display the more memory you will need Style This field is used to enable disable several display items in an XY or YT Graph Display chart including X numbers Y numbers X ticks Y ticks and outer frame Range of X Y axis These fields are used to specify the maximum and minimum value ranges of X and Y display data Update rate The Update rate is a divisor that allows the Numeric String Display block to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the Task This is useful if for example your Task is running at 100 Hz but you only want to display data at a rate of 20 Hz For this example you would set the Update Rate to 5 100 divided by 5 the update rate gives an effective scan rate of 20 Hz For this example only one in five samples would be displayed others would be ignored Conditional Bitmap Display Item gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 EM File Edt Sety View Window Bun Help e x Dae tee Re e e 1 B ew For H
96. C 3 Device Properties Configuration Dialog BOX REENEN ENEE C 5 Figure C 4 Type the Group Name in the Group Dialog Box C 5 Figure C 5 New Tag Pop Up Context MG ca A A dayeasvivess beeen ivseteadepecuudepeanteds C 6 Figure C 6 Tag Properties Configuration Dialog BOX REENEN C 6 Figure C 7 Real time Value of the Analog Input Channel REENEN EEN C 7 Figure C 8 ADAM OPC Server Tool Tree Browser C 8 Figure C 9 ADAM OPC Server s File Menu cccccscscecceseresereeeeerensenesesenenececesnseananenenasonsscsaseanaceconssasosssasasasosssssessssasanenes C 10 Figure C 10 ADAM OPC Server s Add Men NENNEN C 11 Figure C 115 ADAM OPG Server Edit OT NEE C 12 Figure C 12 ADAM OPC Server Help EE C 13 Figure C 13 Device Properties Configuration WiNdOW cccccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesnesecesanananeaeanaeaeanananaeaeaeanaaaaeaaeeenenes C 14 Figure C 14 Ground Name Configuration Dialog BOX oocccccccocococonnnnonononinonenononononnnnnnnnnononononononnnnonnnnononononononononcnnnnonoss C 15 Figure C 15 Tag Properties Configuration Dialog BOX EE C 16 Figure C 16 Tag Process Settings Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooococonocininnnnoncnnnncnnnnnenenenennnnononononononnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnss C 18 AAA A weetanetsuscutiieeladet neat ieetcnds Sucve dul A bacunt watcnde Seeds aSa C 19 Figure G18 Starting the OPE EE C 21 Figure C 19 Adding an OPG ONE sta oi Td E A a Ad AS C 21 Figure C 20 Connecting the OPC Client to
97. Client 2 Select Advantech OPC Items Monitor on the bottom left of the OPC Browser and right click the mouse You can add and connect the OPC Server to this browser Advantech QPL Browser File View Help oela j ai 2 E Local OPC Servers a OPC Server O Advantech ADAM CH DISLOPCTLSampiere e FactorySoft InProc SC FactonSoft sample q ICONICS Alamnferver a EEN Te aT eB 1 os Te F Add OPC Server Figure C 19 Adding an OPC Server 3 Select Advantech ADAM OPC Server and click OK This connects the OPC Client to the ADAM OPC server ADAM OPC Server C 21 bh Ve Deh Disa 0 al E W iveakhOk Dr Gap More 10 Tee ek Bei 1 Dan Sugre Ari Ski d Loe DEC Zem mi Lafe Sal iesch ADAH Y Aivenkch Mai ach DES OK TL ai Bondad a Faia ach COMICS krett ai CONCE Data Mat 1 q ICOBICE Moda D D dret OG Ikon Nor Figure C 20 Connecting the OPC Client to the ADAM OPC Server 4 Select Advantech ADAM OPC server and right click the mouse You can add Group for the con nected OPC Server to the OPC Client The Add Group dialog box appears as shown below Dh Yare Deals alela ei E A dai OP Brasa 2 RB Local L t een E E ADAH sch Aivegkch Ho ha q Let OK Thane q Paco lr q Paco sch OORT ener w COMICS Data Mar Tz a ICOBICE Moths Adding a ep Soa elt E g Figure C 21 Adding a Group for the OPC Server Connected to the OPC Client 5 Afte
98. DE link Channel 0 only Figure 5 9 Analog Input Block Configuration Dialog Box 5 8 Field Description Device Item field Specifies the device or OPC item associated with the block From channel specifies the starting polling channel The value ranges from zero 0 to the maxi mum number of hardware channels To channel specifies the ending polling channel The value should be equal to or larger than the From Channel number Input range specifies the input value range of each hardware channel for example 5V to 5V This value is dependent on the hardware device If there are multiple channels for a connected hardware device you are advised to specify each channel s input range Expansion channel specifies the expanded daughterboard on a connected mainboard Use this feature to select the correct expansion channel and board ID Update times The Update times is a divisor that allows the Analog Input block to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the strategy This is useful if for example your strategy is running at 100Hz but you only want to sample at a rate of 20Hz For this example you would set the Update times to 5 100 divided by 5 the update times gives an effective scan rate of 20Hz In this scenario you will still get 100Hz data if you send the output to a Log File block or a display block but only one in five samples will be real The other samples are merely copies of the rea
99. Display Itera Figure 2 48 Link BasicScript output to indicator display 6 Refer Tutorial 1 Step 9 to save the strategy file as TUTOR7 GNI 7 Run the strategy file At the display window you will see the AI current value and its max value If the AI current value is greater that its max value the indicator display item will be red Otherwise the indicator display item will be green Tutorial 8 Main Script programming Purpose The purpose of this tutorial is to give you a guide on how to design a Main Script program and use it to control tasks Function 1 Create a main script and a task 2 Use main script to start the task and run the task 100 times in main script Procedure 1 Refer to Tutorial 1 to start GeniDAQ and add new Tasks 2 Repeat Tutorial steps to show Advantech DEMO I O channel 0 value using a Trend graph 3 Change the properties of Task1 to be controlled by main script Click on the Setup menu and Task properties option to invoke the task properties pop up window Tutorial 2 33 GA E AE Figure 2 49 Setup Task properties In the task properties window change the starting method field to be inactive activated by command Scan Task Setup maune MITE El petit Tl Ej Kee IECH rigi to ani il ter ee S ime based pei d up d seconde D Stanbased Sms Figure 2 50 Setup ScanTask properties 4 Click on the File menu
100. Driver with the Tool C 13 Adding and Modifying Tag Groups cccococcnncccnoccnccnnnncnnnononennncnnnnnnnnnnoncrnnonnnnnnnonnnns C 15 Adding and Modi ving FAQS EE C 16 Configuring the I O Driver for Windows CEA C 18 USINO OPC Clie EE C 19 SIE C 19 Connecting the OPC Server coooccccccccccnccccnnccccononcnnnononnnnncnnnnnonnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnenonnnnncnnns C 19 Server Status and Group Parameters scsccccesseeeseesseeeeenseeseeenseesenaes C 20 Gontigurind ne OPG GHENT E C 20 Accessing tne OPG SN A C 24 SUMMA Vet ito abc C 26 XV Appendix D Serial ModBUS OPC Server Xvi INTOdUCUON ae D 2 Key Features of the MODBUS RTU OPC Server coccccocoocccncconononccnnccnonanccnonccnnnancnons D 2 System Configuration and Installation oonnnccccnnnnnnnccconncanncnnenacnnnonnnnnanns D 2 System Requirements for Windows ONT D 2 Installing MODBUS RTU OPC Server on Windows ONT D 3 Registenng Me OPC Server eher eebe D 3 Install MODBUS RTU OPC Server in Windows CEA D 3 Registering the OPC Server ccccccssseseceeeeceeeeeeeeeescaeeseeeesessaaeseeeeessseeaeeeeeeessaaees D 4 Quick Start E D 4 Step 1 Add a New DEVICE eii ais D 4 Sep 2 Add NEW DE VIC lado D 5 Step 3 Add a NEW OD do D 6 Step 4 Add a New Tag EE D 6 OPC Server Configuration E D 7 OPC SEVEN TOO EE D 7 PCC SSC INOS EE D 8 Using the Tools Ee D 8 The Menu Bar iii Eed D 9 Beleeg EE D 9 Using The File Menear eri dais D 9 using inec AGG Menard cai D 11 Using ine Edt E
101. E D 11 Using the Help On LEE D 12 Configuring the I O Driver with the Tool oooocccccnnncncciconcccnnoconncnnnonnnnanans D 13 Adding and Modifying Devices oocccccccocccncccnocconcononccnnononcnononnannnnonnnnncnnonancnnnnnnano D 13 Adding and Modifying Tag Groups ccccccocccnnccnnncnnnonnnncncnnnnnconcnonanononononcnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos D 15 ele ele Ee Le BO eier date Tags EE D 16 Configuring the I O Driver for Window CEA D 18 USINd OPE Clean ri ds D 18 CU O Sisane a a D 19 Connecting DRAE SN e e e D 19 Server Status and Group Parameters occoooccccnnccccnnonconncnnononnnnncnnononnncnnnnononanennnoss D 20 Contiguringiihe OPG CHENG EE D 20 ACCESSING the ORO SA eee ees D 23 S IER D 25 Figure 1 1 Figure 1 2 Figure 1 3 Figure 1 4 Figure 1 5 Figure 1 6 Figure 1 7 Figure 1 8 Figures GeniDAOQ Systems Architecture A A eee 1 3 GeniDAQ Installation Program Splash Screen EE 1 7 GeniDA Installation Welcome Screen a ee 1 7 GeniDAQ Installation Information Screen AANEREN 1 8 Installation Program ION ee 1 9 Choose Destination Location Dialog DO EE 1 10 Choose to Install the Full or Compact Versions of the Program ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeaanaeeeeaeeaeaeaeeeaeanenanees 1 11 select Program Folder Dialog BOX EE 1 12 Figure 1 9 Copying Program Files e RE ell EE 1 12 Figure 1 10 Click Yes to Install the Program Shortcuts cinco ad di di dd 1 13 Figure 1 11 Click Yes to Install Adobe Acrobat Header 1 13
102. Edit the device s fields as needed Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 13 D 14 Device Properties Name Modbus401 1 Device Type ModBus sl Won Swap Comm Port conta sl Address ji Timeout 1000 Simulate 140 does not access the physical device ei Figure D 13 Device Properties Configuration Window Device Name Specifies the name of the added or modified device e Valid Entries Up to 12 alphanumeric characters Device Type Specifies the hardware type of the selected device This property is used to indicate which kind of device used For this ModBUS RTU OPC Server the default value is ModBus COMM Port Specifies which physical COM port to use for the selected channel You can specify as many channels as necessary for communication with your hardware e Valid Entries COM to COM2 if available computer ports e COM3 to COM8 Expansion Ports e Any valid COM port name Expansion Ports IMPORTANT Verity that the COM port you select is not used by another channel or application Assigning two channels to the same port results in a communication failure on one of the channels Assigning a channel to a COM port used by another application such as an alarm printer can produce problems with driver communi cation Timeout Specifies how long the I O driver waits for a response from the selected device The base of the timeout field is mini second For example if you specify 1000 in this field the se
103. End Sub See Also ScanTask object type Start method Stop method SingleScan method GetStatus method Tag object type 10 30 Syntax Tag Description An object type used to declare a variable which accepts objects returned from GetTag function Comments When declaring more than one variable on the same line the syntax is dim MyTag1l as Tag MyTag2 as Tag Example This example obtain a value from a block Sub Main dim MyTag as Tag dim voltage as single set MyTag GetTag TASK2 AI1 voltage MyTag Value End Sub See Also GetTag function tagObj Value property tagObj Value Property Syntax tagObj Value Description Value is a property of Tag object It is used to reference the value of a input tag Example This example obtain a value from a block Sub Main dim MyTag as Tag dim voltage as single set MyTag GetTag TASK2 AI1 voltage MyTag Value End Sub See Also GetTag function Tag object type Array channel number tagObj Array Channel number Syntax tagObj array channel number where Channel number integer from 0 to 15 Description Array is a property of Tag object It is used to reference the values of tag s multiple channels Example This example obtain a value from the first channel of AI block Sub Main dim MyTag as Tag dim voltage as single set MyTag GetTag TASK2 AI1 voltage MyTag Array 0
104. F otficegr Temp leie EA em Cancel Figure 3 33 Create DDE links If your other application s Service Topic and Item is not shown in the list boxes and you want to exchange data with them you must manually enter the Service Topic and Item in the appropriate Text Box within the DDE Client dialog box e Wiring In GeniDAQ will display a window with the error message Cannot accept input e Wiring Out Passes the input data from another DDE server Windows application to a connected block Note The Strategy Dde example demonstrates how to use DDE Server and Client blocks Please refer to it for the detailed Note The current version of Advantech GeniDAQ CE doesn t support DDE Client block Working with Tag Block and Virtual Tag Tag Block Block Information Tag Input 1 integer floating point string Block Output 1 integer floating point string Figure 3 34 Tag Block Information Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 29 3 30 Interface e Number of inputs 1 e Input type integer float string e Number of outputs 1 e Output type integer float string The tag block is used to link a task block to a display control object or a virtual tag GeniDAQ allows you to create your own software tags You can store some information in it and share it among multiple tasks Description Tag Block E Tag TAG Description Dap Attaching to Displayvirt
105. GenDA Help LA InterBase Client 5 1 fei GeniDAG Runtime E Internet Explorer j Cai Release Notes LA Microzoft Reference User s Guide ar eee ee E D Figure 1 15 GeniDAQ Start Menu Shortcuts The links are the following e Device Installation Install the drivers that enable Advantech hardware e GeniDAQ Builder Create GeniDAQ tasks and displays e GeniDAQ Runtime Run your GeniDAQ tasks and displays e Release Notes View information about the software release including last minute program issues that might not appear in the manual or online help system e User s Guide View on line GeniDAQ user s guide manual It is written by Acrobat Reader 4 0 e GeniDAQ Help View a help file which can be used to quickly access context sensitive help for your operations e BasicScript Help View a help file which describes the BasicScript function and program syntax How Does GeniDAQ Work GeniDAQ development system GeniDAQ Builder includes three different editors Task Designer Display Designer and Script Designer They are used to edit Tasks Displays and Main Script respec tively Because there can be multiple tasks in one strategy you can create multiple Task Designer windows inside GeniDAQ For the same reason you can create multiple Display Designer windows for editing multiple displays In any application there can be only one main script Therefore only one Script Designer window can be opened GeniDAQ can have many other types of script
106. GeniDAQ Event Log File GENIDAQ GENIDAQ ELF This data can also be displayed and acknowl edged during runtime via the Event Log Viewer when the input data falls within the following regions 1 2 3 4 5 If the input data is above the High High value If the data is between the High and High High value If the data is between the High and Low value If the datais between the Low and Low Low value If the data is below the Low Low value The block also outputs a value depending on what data is seen by the block This value can be fed to one of the conditional display items to show the state of the alarm For the following regions regions annotated above 1 The block outputs a four 4 2 The block outputs a two 2 3 The block outputs a zero 0 4 5 The block outputs a three 3 The block outputs a one 1 While the strategy 1s running alarms may be acknowledged by double clicking on the Alarm Log Event ALOGI HI etc Alarms will be in the color red until acknowledged For the Event Log dialog box to appear during Runtime you must enable it via the View menu e Wiring In The block accepts input data and logs to the GeniDAQ Event Log File AGENIDAQ GENIDAQ ELF Input data can also be displayed and acknowledged during runtime via the Event Log Viewer e Wiring Out The block forwards input values to connected block s Alarm System at Runtime After launching the GeniDAQ runtime all alarms and event
107. GeniDAQ32 OleDB object are listed below e GetTagDataLong Return 32 bit integer value of specified tag Syntax long GetTagDataLong BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index Note Index represents the channel number for the tag that you wish Note Make sure the data type of the tag that you access then choose the corresponding method to access the tag e GetTagDataFloat Return 4 byte float value of specified tag Syntax float GetTagDataFloat BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index e GetTagDataSTR Return character string of specified tag Syntax BSTR GetTagDataSTR BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index e SetTagDataLong Set 32 bit integer value of specified tag in data center Syntax boolean SetTagDataLong BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index long Data e SetTagDataFloat Set 4 byte float value of specified tag in data center Syntax boolean SetTagDataFloat BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index float Data e SetTagDataSTR Set character string of specified tag in data center Syntax boolean SetTagDataSTR BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index BSTR Data GeniDAQ32 TaskList and GeniDAQ32 TagList Object The supported methods of GeniDAQ32 TaskList object and GeniDAQ32 TagList object are listed below e void GoTop Go to the top of task list e void GoBottom Check whether it at the end of task list e BSTR Get Go to the bottom of task list e void GoN
108. Hz For this example you would set the Update Rate to 5 100 divided by 5 the update rate gives an effective scan rate of 20 Hz For this example only one in five samples would be displayed the others would be ignored Using the update rate option in this way will alleviate a flickering effect when using a very fast scan rate The Trend graph allows you to plot data from two separate blocks against each other The colors of the trace and background can be chosen as well as the length of the trace Using a trace with a smaller number of points will use less machine memory and your display will run much more efficiently The graph style can be selected giving you flexibility in your display allowing you to show ticks and or numbers on the axes In addition ranges for both axes can be selected This permits you to make your display any size or scale Note Keep in mind that when using an X axis with a large scale i e long time spans and especially if you are displaying more than one trace memory requirements are increased All data points that are displayed must reside in memory the more data points you display the more memory you will need Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 19 Configuration Dialog Box Trend Graph Display Item E Type Background color Y Time Graph Black r DELETE Trace color O Cyan Style M numbers M Y numbers M ticks M Y ticks M Outer frame Cancel FEE
109. I1 block in Task2 to display the value of Advantech DEMO I O channel 0 and AI2 block in Task1 to display the value of Advantech DEMO I O channel 1 2 36 Figure 2 54 Build multiple Task icons 4 Add two trend graphs and two labels in the DISP1 window Configure the two graphs to show the values of AII and AL Figure 2 55 Configure trend graphs 5 Configure task properties by activating the task window and clicking on Setup menu and Task properties options The duration of Taskl is set to be Indefinitely and the starting method is set to be Immediate The duration of Task2 is set be 100 times and the starting method is set to be Delayed 5 seconds Tutorial 2 37 Rer i El Re SA KSE kel e Pe eee H Pas tel TI H Figure 2 57 Setup TASK2 to be started after a 5 second delay 6 Refer Tutorial 1 Step 9 to save the strategy file as TUTOR9 GNI 7 Run multiple tasks by clicking on the Run menu and Start menu options in Task Designer Summary Besides the tutorial examples we also provide a lot of examples in the Strategy directory Please check the directory for the details 2 38 3 Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer Overview Advantech GeniDAQ provides an intuitive object based graphical user interface GUI that simplifies control strategy and display setup You simply select icon blocks from the toolbox connect them configure the parameters and draw your dynamic display without any pro
110. Main Script program or Pre Task and Post Task script to control the display order of multiple displays in a system Comments dvalue is the number of display windows For example use Display 1 to show display1 window on screen e Dvalue An integer specifying the number of display windows to show on screen Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 35 Example Sub Main dim i as integer dim Mystatus as integer dim MyTask as ScanTask set MyTask GetScanTask TASK1 MyStatus MyTask GetStatus 1f MyStatus 3 then Display 1 to show Displayl end if End Sub BasicScript Block Outputf statement 10 36 Syntax Outputf fvalue Outputf channel fvalue Description Used in the Basic Script Block to output a single float value to another block Comments If the channel argument is not given channel O is assumed The Outputf statement takes the following parameters e Channel Integer containing the output channel Valid channel numbers are from 0 to 7 e Fvalue A single float specifying the value to be output Example This example outputs a number to channel 0 dim voltage as single If Voltage gt 0 0 Then Outputf voltage else Outputf Voltage End If See Also Output statement Outputl statement Outputs statement Outputi statement Syntax Outputi ivalue Outputi channel ivalue Description Used in the Basic Script Block to o
111. NDOWS using the device DRIVERS installation utility provided in the Control Panel Main window 2 Once the driver is installed devices of the driver s type instances may be installed set up or configured and added by using the Advantech Device Installation Program Instance An instance of an I O device is a device that has been added and configured uniquely For instance there may be three Advantech PCL 818 multi I O cards installed in a system Each PCL 818 installed at separate base addresses and having different parameters configured for each is an instance of the PCL 818 driver DLL that was installed in WINDOWS K Kelvin The basic temperature unit of the thermodynamic scale symbol K Zero degrees K zero degrees C 273 16 Measuring Junction That junction of a thermocouple subjected to the temperature to be measured Multiplex A technique which allows different input or output signals to use the same lines at different times controlled by an external signal Multiplexing is used to save on wiring and I O ports Overshoot The ratio of the over travel of the output of a controller beyond a new steady state to the change in steady state when a new constant value of the measured quantity is suddenly applied step input Range The span of values over which a device will function without entering an overload condition Reference Junction The other junction usually at ice point to which the meas
112. Order 3 11 Arango BIOCKS Ee LR EE 3 11 COpyind DDE D LEE 3 11 Pasting DDE LIME till dic ios 3 11 Working with Calculation BlockKS ooonncccccnnnnncccccncanconcononanonnenonannnrnnnananonos 3 11 vi Single Operator Calculation Block cccccccceccceesseeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeesaeaseeeeesssaaeaeeeees 3 11 Average BIOCK EE 3 14 ON yong 7101 1h BIC o ia 3 15 PID CONTOLBIOCK rta o ecc e 3 17 Event Counter BIOCK tontas a 3 20 Working with File UO Blocks oooccoocccconncccocccccccnnccnncnconanononnnnnnnannnenannnnnans 3 21 Data Pile BIOCK EE 3 21 LOQ FIIO BOCK ra halatie ch ile tet eclant E aianler nace a teseicceds 3 22 Working With DDE Blocks siii rancia ia 3 26 KIRSTEN 3 26 DOE CHEE Bcc a 3 28 Working with Tag Block and Virtual Tag ccoooccconnnccncncccnnnncenanonenannrnnannnnnnas 3 29 TAg BIOCK A A A ede alats 3 29 Vinual A A 3 30 Working with Other Blocks ooooonccconoconccconcccnccononccanconcnncannnnrennnnnnrrnnnannnnnos 3 33 IMPACT BIOGK irse 3 33 o A 3 34 RaM BIOCK AAA A A need N 3 35 BCCD BIOGR ieee ithe r a a a aS 3 37 DOUMNG BIOCK EE 3 38 SU SteM COR TOBIAS 3 39 SUMMA ai oa 3 40 Chapter 4 Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer COV ORC W a EE E Ee etter 4 2 A A ETA 4 2 Working with the Display Window oooccconncconcccccnocccnnoncconnononnnrnnanornnanrrnnannnns 4 2 Display 1OOIDOX EE 4 4 Creating and Configuring a Display 4 4 Attaching Detaching a Background Bitmap oooocccccconcc
113. P1 on the screen DISP1 shows a numerical item value that is updated dynamically Press the menu button on the DISP1 window and the display window will be changed to be DISP2 window You will see a trend graph chart drawing a sine wave Press the menu button on the DISP2 window and the screen will return to the DISP1 window Figure 2 17 Change between screens Tutorial 3 Execution Order Arrangement Purpose The purpose of this tutorial is to teach you how to design multiple tasks in a strategy file and how to arrange the execution order of task blocks Function Create two Al block and one single operator block in a task and execute a symbol addsymbol operation in single operator to add two AI blocks and show their result Repeat the above operations with another task and show the result on the same display Rearrange the execution order to see the impact Procedure 1 Refer to Tutorial 1 to start GeniDAQ and add a new Task 2 Add two AI blocks and a single operator calculation block Add into Task1 Configure AI1 block to be the input from Advantech DEMO I O channel 0 and AI2 block to be the input from the same device and channel a Ee Figure 2 18 Add two Al blocks and a single operator block 3 Click on the Wire block in the task block toolbox The mouse will change to a wiring icon Click once on the AII block to be the source of a link connection and move the mouse to the single operator block and click once ag
114. S RTU OPC Server has multiple methods for quickly connecting to your servers The OPC Client is able to browse the registry of a PC and display a complete list of all installed OPC Servers It also provides real time live data feedback and OPC Server browsing capabilities The OPC Client is also helpful for connecting and testing other 3rd party OPC applications connected to same server Advantech OPC Browser File View Help Die ze ag E Local OPC Servers 7 Advantech ADAM 7 DSSLOPCTLSampServ 7 FactorySoft InProc Ee FactorySoft Sample 7 ICONICS AlarmServer 7 ICONICS Data Work 32 H ModbusOPCServer 7 ICONICS Simulator a OPC DV Test 1 l b M Advantech OPC Item Monitor E A ModbusOPCServer J GroupA Simulate Ramp Simulate Random 53 13 30 44 Good 4 Simulate Sine 89 13 30 41 Good Ready NUM hi Figure D 19 OPC Client Browser Window Features e Setup dialog box for defining the default name and default setting for configuration files e Tree Browser for an overall view of your system setup e Moveable Tree Browser and toolbars Connecting OPC Server When OPC servers are installed on the system they are registered so that clients can find them and users can view them in a list To make a client server connection the user must first choose a server The server name selected for example Advantech Modbus is used to get a class ID which in turn is used to cr
115. Start to run the ScanTask e Stop Stop the ScanTask e SingleScan Do a one time scan of the ScanTask e GetStatus Return the status of specified ScanTask Tag This set of function calls is used to access task blocks in the GeniDAQ data center You can use these function calls in the Main Script program Pre Task and Post Task script programs and or BasicScript blocks e Tag Define a Tag Object e GetTag Return the Tag object specified e Value Property of the tag return current value of tag e Array Property of the tag return current value of tag s channel data e Lock Locks the value of the tag to prevent the written by another code e SetLocked Value Sets the value of the locked tag e Unlock Unlock a locked tag Display This set of function calls is used to manipulate multiple displays in GeniDAQ You can use these function calls in the Main Script program or in the Pre Task and Post Task script programs e Display Switch to the display specified BasicScript Block This set of function calls is used to manipulate the output of BasicScript blocks in GeniDAQ These function calls are used in BasicScript blocks only e QOutputi Output integer to another block e Output Output long integer to another block e Output Output single float to another block e Outputs Output string to another block 10 22 System SystemStop method Syntax SystemsStop Description Stops the execution of GeniDAQ Example
116. The papan o probeta by cope lira ard s in roda ti Ureg eseei mproduci n ca dien of He reen Dl are Peat E ra kepil ies Cd are cin pora Sei ral ba pmc la ha ramen tad posible unida jra CS zs Figure 1 3 GeniDAQ Installation Welcome Screen Introduction 1 7 3 The Information screen loads This document contains important information about GeniDAQ that might not appear in the manual and or online help system Read the document and then click the Next button to advance EN S Information Le EE SE SE Set Sc GE E SS SE AED SE Se GE SE E SS Se LEADER SE EE a SE SE RE o Es E E El Oc al SE SE Figure 1 4 GeniDAQ Installation Information Screen 4 The User Information screen loads Enter your name and company name User Information Gordon Kuo Cheng Chand Advantech Co Inc Figure 1 5 Installation Program Information Screen 5 Select a location where you want to install the GeniDAQ software in the Choose Destination Location window The default location is C Program Files Advantech GeniDAQ 6 If you want to select a different path on your computer click the Browse button Click the Next button to advance Introduction 1 9 Choose Destination Location Figure 1 6 Choose Destination Location Dialog Box 7 You can install either the Full version of the program that includes the Runtime and Development modules or just install the Runtim
117. a result of improper settings within GeniDAQ or because of hardware problems A list of runtime errors is included in the appendix of this manual Acceptable values for No of errors allowed before stopping are between O and 32767 In addition to the No of errors allowed before stopping item you can enable disable the following blocks to invoke the related functions during strategy execution Log errors to the error file RUNERR LOG If this item is enabled runtime errors are logged to the file RUNERR LOG The RUNERR LOG file is created in the GeniDAQ directory The shortcut word is f or F You can press Alt f or Alt F to enable disable this option 9 4 Beep when error occurs during the run If the item 1s enabled the GeniDAQ workstation will generate a beep sound when an error occurs during runtime The shortcut word is b or B You can press Alt b or Alt B to enable disable this option Enable Event Log If this item is enabled GeniDAQ events that occur will be written to the event log files GENIDAQ ELP first 100 events and GENIDAQ ELH remaining events Except log files the Event Log Viewer Alarm Acknowledgment Dialog Box can be displayed during runtime to reflect the event log information GeniDAQ events consist of 1 The start and stop time date of the strategy 2 If in secure mode password has been enabled by checking Enable Password Checking
118. aeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeeseeeeeeeeess D 6 Figure D 6 Tag Properties Configuration Dialog BOX REENEN D 6 Figure D 7 ORG Server Dialog nee D 7 Figure D 8 Tool Tree Browser ln Lee D 8 Figure D O2 FUE EIER CEET D 10 elef Te A THe Add Menu EE D 11 elle ER e e OT EE D 12 Figure Dai Tie Tee AVG EE D 12 Figure D 13 Device Properties Configuration WiNdOW cccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeenesesenaeanaesanaeaeanaeaeanaeanaeaneaaaeanaeenanes D 14 Figure D 14 Group Configuration Dialog BOX EE D 15 Figure D 15 Figure D 16 Figure D 17 Figure D 18 Figure D 19 Figure D 20 Figure D 21 Figure D 22 Figure D 23 Figure D 24 Figure D 25 Figure D 26 Figure D 27 Figure D 28 xxii Tag Properties Configuration Dialog BOX eege KEEKKEEENKNENERNENRERKEEEKEEEEENNEEEEKRESNEESKAE RER E EEEKEOENNEEEEEKRRdEEEENEE EE D 16 Type of O Tads and Base e TE D 17 Data Types and Ka Re let Le ME D 17 Tag PROCESS de EE D 18 OPG Ghent Browser lee D 19 AdvamtecM ORC Chente ON NEE D 20 OPC Server Browser nelle EE D 21 ee KEEN Lee Rn EE D 21 Adding a Group in the Advantech OPC Browser Window ccccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeaeaeaaeaeaeaaeaeaeananaeas D 22 Adding an Item in the Advantech OPC Browser Window eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetss D 22 Add Item Dialog BOK EE D 23 Selecting Read Write from the OPC Browser Window cccccccccceccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeee
119. ag value They can change color according to the tag value They can also be grouped together to make a single object You can use them to draw pumps valves or other industrial symbols Script Designer The Script Designer is essentially a text editor for editing script code Based on the world s most popular macro language Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications GeniDAQ integrates a powerful programming tool BasicScript helping you to develop complex applications Over 600 commands are available to perform any function you can image including calculations reading and writing files DDE and ODBC It also allows you to access and share data with other applications such as Microsoft Access and Microsoft Excel With the scripting language it allows you to reuse existing code and build your applications more faster and easier The Script Designer supports the cut copy and paste functions just like the Visual Basic development environment It also provides debugging capabilities including the ability to step and trace code set break points and debug variables structures and arrays In addition the script source will be compiled into p code so it will not need to be compiled again at run time Multi threaded Runtime Engine GeniDAQ takes maximum advantage of Windows multi tasking capabilities to enhance system performance It speeds up the task scanning by separating time consuming display drawing from I O scanning and raising the scan pr
120. ages You can enable the event log to check network communication status by enabling the event log option in the Runtime Preference under the Setup menu You can then run it and check the network messages in the event window as follows Coract lo Ea rieka Chale Carer ak 1500006 L LAD ae So ETE TOA pa chert vd 153 0 LLENA e ir TE DEA pa ol A LL ar kat a 152955 110601000 o CYS eg cid 15 39 44 LLENA A Seth Figure 8 7 Running Strategy Showing Network Messages Setup TCP IP in Windows 98 95 This section provides supplemental instructions for configuring Microsoft TCP IP Follow these steps to set up this configuration on Windows 95 Note Have the Windows 95 disks or CD ROM available You may need them at the end of this procedure 1 Access the Windows 95 Control Panel and double click the Network icon The Network dialog box appears as below Network El ES Configuration Identification ACCESS Control The following network components are installed m Client for Microsoft Networks m Client for Netware Networks NE 2000 Compatible M F5 Px compatible Protocol F MetBEUI Remove Properties Primary Network Logon Client for Microsoft Nebaork File and Print Sharing Description TCP IF ts the protocol you use to connect to the Internet and wide area networks Figure 8 8 Network Configuration Dialog Box for Windows 98 95 2 Verify that the following are installe
121. ain A wire connection will be established between AII and the single operator block A pop up panel will be displayed to choose the output channel number of All Select the channel O to be the output channel refer to Fig 2 20 Another pop up panel will be displayed to choose the operand of operator Add Select the operand 1 Refer to Fig 2 21 selection Channel List Figure 2 19 Select output channel of Al block Tutorial 2 15 Selection Figure 2 20 Select the operand of single operator Do the same thing as above for Al2 block to link with single operator block Select channel O and operand 2 as the output channel and the operand of operator Add Figure 2 21 Wire two Al blocks to a single operand block 4 Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 to add a single operator calculation block Subtract IT Task Designer TASEI Figure 2 22 Wire two Al blocks to two single operands 5 Click on the View menu and activate Order Layout option to show the execution order number at the upper half of each block 2 16 Figure 2 23 View the execution order 6 To arrange the execution order click on the Layout menu From the Layout submenu select the Complete reorder menu option You can change the order of task blocks immediately Move the mouse to the AII block and click once the order number of AI1 will be 1 Move the mouse to the AL and click once the order number of AI2 will be 2 Move the mouse to single o
122. allows you to indicate graphically where you want to work Clicking or Double Clicking Positioning the cursor on an icon block object field filename etc then pressing and releasing the left mouse button quickly Double clicking 1s to press the left mouse button twice in quick succession This simultaneously selects and performs a field associated operation Selecting Pointing to something on the screen and clicking on it Selecting a Block in the Task Designer or Display Item in the Display Designer causes square selection dots to form around the perimeter of the selected object The dots remain object selected until another operation is performed Dragging Holding the left mouse button down while you move the mouse then finally releasing the button As you move the mouse across your desk the respective item moves across the screen and stops when you release the mouse button Planning Your Strategy Before you begin using GeniDAQ to construct your strategy and corresponding operator display panels you should outline exactly what you expect to accomplish with the strategy Make a sketch detailing the flow of data timing and so forth This may save you valuable re work time later in your project Starting GeniDAQ After the GeniDAQ software and the desired I O Device Drivers have been successfully installed you are ready to start using GeniDAQ The first step in using GeniDAQ is to develope a strategy from within GeniDAQ Task Des
123. an debug your complicated code in the editor before run time The Script designer can be used for editing the main script and other task scripts The main script controls the operation of the entire system including staring a task stopping a task and switching to the desired startup display The task script is used to take of actions before and after executing tasks for example initializing and resetting the values In addition BasicScript block is used to calculate and analyze real time I O data in each task scan GeniDAQ provides a variety of commands to process real time I O data Note GeniDAQ CE does not support BasicScript Contents e Familiar with Script designer e Editing your scripts e Running your scripts e Debugging your scripts e Programming with GeniDAQ e BasicScript GeniDAQ commands e Summary Script Designer Basics 10 2 This section provides general information that will help you work most effectively with Script Designer It includes an overview of Script Designer s application window the interface you ll use to edit run and debug your BasicScript scripts as well as lists of keyboard shortcuts and information on using the Help system Toolbar The following list briefly explains the purpose of each of the tools on Script Designer s toolbar These tools are discussed in more detail later in the chapter in the context of the procedures in which they are used e Tool Function e Cut Removes
124. and the value will be restored at next system start Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 35 Slider Control i Advantech GeniDAQ Display Designer DISP1 Fle Edt Setup View Window Hun Help D Geh EA ars Ea 4 a a For Help press Fl Figure 4 45 Slider Control in Workspace Window Description A numeric type slider control may be drawn and interfaced Output to control a Task block variable with a certain tag name The display and slider size may be changed This display item 1s used as an output from the keyboard or mouse Data is to be sent to a Task block variable by an operator who specifies the data The slider may also be moved using the UP and DOWN arrow keys provided the focus is currently on the slider The focus a standard Windows term refers to which display item currently can be con trolled by the keyboard Choosing which display item currently has the focus may be done using the TAB key The slider control can be used to achieve Supervisory Control The data is in real floating point format 4 36 Configuration Dialog Box Slider Control Display Item Tag SFIN Description Slider actions SMOOTH sl Privilege level o Cancel Initial value settings Initial value fo Restore the previous stop value ICH A Help FR Ticks display Show ticks ie Yes No Ticks number li T Ticks stark E Tics end E Figure 4 46 Configure Slide
125. anging these graphic objects Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 7 Populating a Display with Objects To add an object to your display window 1 The Display Designer toolbox should be visible at the top of your screen If it is not showing select View Toolbox from the main menu and make sure it is checked 2 Click the object in the toolbox that you want to add The toolbox item will appear as selected and your cursor will change to appear as a cross hair 3 Click the Display Designer configuration area The oject will be appear in the configuration area Selecting and Sizing Objects When you click an object in your configuration area several little boxes will surround it These boxes are called handles You use these handles to resize the object Click and drag the handles until the object 1s the size and shape that you want Handles on the corners of the object enable you to size the object in both horizontal and vertical directions while clicking the handles on the sides of the object enable sizing in only one dimension Duplicating Objects If you want to make a duplicate copy of an object that appears in the Display Designer window select the object by clicking it Select Edit Copy from the main menu and then select Edit Paste A new object will appear in the window Cutting Objects To cut objects and then paste them into other displays that you have created for the strategy complete the follo
126. antech PCI bus data acquisition and control cards You can also use our OPC servers to link ADAM 5000 CAN I O modules Enhanced Historical Trend GeniDAQ now can support up to 99 historical trending display objects The historical trending display object also allows you to go to a specific time and search for a specific value Other enhancement includes the automatic scrolling during startup button tooltips for easy operation and more intuitive historical data conversion Please refer to Chapter 6 Historical Trending System for the details Enhanced Virtual Tag with Multiple Data Type Support GeniDAQ now supports STRING LONG and FLOATING POINT data types for virtual tags It is more flexible to use the virtual tag to keep your data It allows you to create customized tags and store them in the data center and then share them with different tasks and other applications Enhanced Save and Restore Functions In the past GeniDAQ provided save and restore functions for control objects including knob numeric control slider button and conditional button Now this function also supports analog output and digital output blocks It allows you to save the output values when the system stops and then restore the values to initialize the hardware the next time the system starts Security Strategy File GeniDAQ now provides security protection for your strategy file You can distribute your application with safety User Interface Enhancements Ge
127. arching condition and then set the Start Searching Position Date and Time section GeniDAQ allows you to search a specific section or all past sections by selecting Search scope Click the Find Next button to start searching Historical trend searches the position that matches the condition from the start searching position If it finds the matched position it goes to the position and shows the value on the page Converting Historical Trend Data to a Text File After the acquisition is complete or runtime is stopped you can convert the historical trend data into a text file 1 Select File HIST Conversion from the main menu Figure 6 6 Select File HIST Conversion from the main menu 2 The Historical Data Conversion dialog box appears 6 6 30431414 20 43 14 Figure 6 7 Historical Data Conversion Configuration Dialog Box 3 Select the desired historical trend and conversion range data and time section Then specify the output file name Click the OK button to start conversion After the conversion is complete a message 1s displayed Gem cr Figure 6 8 Conversion Complete Notification Box 4 You can use Windows Notepad or any other text editor to view the converted file Tames Jdid JE Codo LTA chema ex a TE Figure 6 9 Viewing Historical Trend Data in Windows Notepad Note Historical trend keeps the historical data for 30 days by default You can change it in GeniDAQ ini file by sett
128. ass the pointer over the tool to display its name Editing Your Script This section explains how to use Script Designer to edit BasicScript code Although in some respects editing code with Script Designer is like editing regular text with a word processing program Script Designer also has certain capabilities specifically designed to help you edit BasicScript code You ll learn how to move around within your script select and edit text add comments to your script break long BasicScript statements across multiple lines search for and replace selected text and perform a syntax check of your script This subsection provides an overview of the editing operations you can perform with Script Designer including inserting selecting deleting cutting copying and pasting material and explains how to undo or reverse the most recent editing operations You may wish to refer to the lists of keyboard shortcuts in the preceding section which contain a group of editing shortcuts that can be used to perform many of the operations discussed here Navigating Within a Script The lists of keyboard shortcuts in the preceding section contain a group of navigating shortcuts which you can use to move the insertion point around within your script When you move the insertion point with a keyboard shortcut Script Designer scrolls the new location of the insertion point into view if it is not already displayed You can also reposition the insertion po
129. at minutes from midnight Close method Ce Close at the end of run Close after every records C Close if File Control is 0 Close after every minutes Figure 3 28 Log file open close methods The four OPEN options are as follows A Open at the beginning of the run The file is opened immediately when the run is started B Open after every N scans GeniDAQ waits until N scans have passed to open the file C Open if File Control is 1 File Control is a control signal to the Log File Block from another block The file is opened when this signal is 1 The file is closed when this signal is 0 D Open at N minutes from midnight This option is good for doing a job that 1s repeated daily at the same starting time This allows the file to be opened at N minutes from midnight for the first file open The subsequent files are controlled by file close options The four CLOSE options are as follows A Close at the end of the run This is the same as the original file close of version 1 0 The file is closed immediately after the run is stopped B Close after every N records GeniDAQ waits until N records have been recorded to close the file C Close if File Control is 0 File Control is a control signal to the Log File Block from another block The file is closed when the signal becomes 0 The next file is opened when the signal becomes 1 again D Close after every N minutes Starting fr
130. ata types such as Integer Long Variant and so on you cannot watch complex variables such as structures or arrays or expressions using arithmetic operators You can however watch individual elements of arrays or structure members using the following syntax variable index member index where variable is the name of the structure or array variable index is a literal number and member is the name of a structure member For example the following are valid watch expressions e a l Element 1 of array a e person age Member age of structure person e company 10 23 person age Member age of structure person that is at element 10 23 within the array of structures called company Modifying or Deleting a Watch Variable In order to modify the value of a variable or remove the variable from the watch pane you must first select the desired variable Here s how to select a variable on the list To select a watch variable e Place the mouse pointer on the variable you want to select and click the left mouse button Or If one of the variables on the watch list 1s already selected use the arrow keys to move the selection highlight to the desired variable Or If the insertion point is in the edit pane press F6 to highlight the most recently selected variable on the watch list and then use the arrow keys to move the selection highlight to the desired variable Note Pressing F6 again returns the insertion p
131. ation It will generate I O signals automatically without connecting hardware If you define the device to be a simulation I O the tag belonging to the device that would be defined as a simulation signal e Enabled The range of input values from the simulation signal would be re scaled to be the setting range The Setting button will be active while this field is enabled Click on the Setting button and a Tag Process Setting dialog will be displayed for input scaling values You can select the conversion type to be Linear or Square Root Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 17 Tag Process Settings Scaling Raw Data Units Min p scales to gt Min fo Max 1000 Max to Conversion f Linear if Square Root Figure D 18 Tag Process Settings e Simulation Type There are three simulation signals offered These simulation signals are Sine Ramp and Random Configuring the I O Driver for Window CE MODBUS RTU OPC Server Windows CE version is an in process server If you use MODBUS RTU OPC server Windows CE version you should first create and configure this server in the Windows NT environment After configuration download MODBUS RTU OPC Server Window CE DLL file and the configuration file TDB file to the Windows CE target platform Note The file name for MODBUS RTU OPC Server configuration file at Windows CE device must be MODBOPC TDB Using OPC Client D 18 An OPC Client application provided with the MODBU
132. ation allows applications to expose objects to other applications OLE Automation makes it possible for objects to not only exchange data with and execute commands in other objects These objects automation object or automation server consist of methods another term for function calls and properties that is data elements that can be read from or written to or that can be read only or write only Through the OLE defined standards for automation users can call them from any OLE Automation client such as a program written in Mi crosoft VC Visual Basic a Microsoft Excel macro or Inprise Delphi GeniDAQ s Data Center features an Automation Server that can be called from any OLE Automation client It exposes three automation objects e GeniDAQ32 OleDB It is the primary object for accessing the Tag s data You can use the following codes in Visual Basic to create the object Dim DBCenter as Object Set DBCenter CreateObject GeniDAQ32 01eDB e GeniDAQ32 TaskList It is the object for browsing tasks Dim TaskList as Object Set TaskList CreateObject GeniDAQ32 TaskList e GeniDAQ32 TagList It is the object for browsing tags in the specified task Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center 11 5 Dim TagList as Object Set TagList CreateObject GeniDAQ32 TagList After these objects are created then users can access their methods and properties Object Description GeniDAQ32 OleDB Object The supported methods of
133. ay be sent in the form of an input to the block by connecting a User Programmable or other block capable of string variable types e Wiring Out RS 232 blocks output the response to another connected block within GeniDAQ Connecting Your Devices 5 27 Performance Test The purpose of this section is to provide a framework for understanding the performace connected to ADAM modules Procedure e Connect an input module to a PC including ADAM 4000 and 5000 series e Use ADAM OPC for ADAM OPC for ModBus as interface drivers e Build an Al or a DI block in GeniDAQ Task to get the input value e Each Al or DI block scan channel 0 7 total 8 points e Duplicate N blocks to get N 8 points e Build a Timer block amp a Basic Script block to get the time difference between each scan Testing Condition e Communication Baud Rate 38400 e Platform IPPC 950 with Pentium 233 CPU and 64 MB RAM e I O modules Choose ADAM 4018 4052 5017 5051D as test module The other modules performace is similar Test Result Units Seconds Adam Driver Figure 5 31 Adam Module Driver Performance Figures 5 28 Summary GeniDAQ can control the following devices Advantech I O hardware serial port devices and the devices with OPC servers In addition GeniDAQ supports the following I O functions e Analog input e Analog output e Digital input e Digital output e Temperature measurement e Counter Frequency measurement Pulse output e Alar
134. ay name tag name and channel name The tagged block s dynamic value is displayed during runtime e Style This field is used to select the graph for indicator display There are two kinds of graphs Rectangle Round or Ellipse e Color for On Off State This field is used to select the colors for On Off value of indicator display GeniDAQ provides 16 colors to choose from Numeric String Display Item gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 Ia Fle Edt Setup View Widow Rim Help Dae Sle e m For Help press Fl Figure 4 14 Numeric String Display Item in Workspace Window 4 12 Description The numeric display item displays output data from the Task block during runtime A numeric string display may be drawn and interfaced with a Task block variable with a certain tag name The size of the display may be chosen The data format can be set as floating point real integer or string You can also set the display format including the number of digits and location of the decimal point for floating point format In addition you can choose the font size and color of the numbers or text to be displayed Justification is also possible Configuration Dialog Box Humenc Sting Display ltem E Input from SELECT Data type DK Floating Point Real Display format precision Cancel 0 0 Help Justification Update times Fight 1 Foreground color Background color C Black oO Lt Gray
135. ble to 1 7 Script Designer converts this value from a floating point number to an Integer assigning the value 2 to the variable When modifying a Variant variable Script Designer needs to determine both the type and value of the data Script Designer uses the following logic in performing this assignment in this order The following applies to the following values e Null The Variant variable is assigned Null VarType 1 e Empty The Variant variable is assigned Empty VarType 0 Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 17 e True The Variant variable is assigned True VarType 11 e False The Variant variable is assigned False VarType 11 e number The Variant variable is assigned the value of number The type of the variant is the smallest data type that fully represents that number You can force the data type of the variable by using a type declaration letter following number such as amp or e date The Variant variable is assigned the value of the new date VarType 7 e Anything else The Variant variable is assigned a String VarType 8 Script Designer will not assign a new value if it cannot be converted to the same type as the specified variable Here e how to delete a selected variable from Script Designer s watch variable list To delete a watch variable 1 Select the variable on the watch list 2 Press Del The selected variable is removed from the watch list Exiting f
136. box When finished click OK to install the driver for your network adapter 6 Ifthe TCP IP Protocol is not installed click the Add button and select Protocol from the Select Network Component Type dialog box The Select Network Protocol dialog box appears pc bkelsezik emp ppe 7 The Select Protocol dialog box appears Select Microsoft from the Manufacturers list box and then select TCP IP from the Network Protocols list box When finished click OK to install Microsoft TCP IP Select Pelea Pesloco Figure 8 12 Windows Select Network Protocol Configuration Dialog Box 8 Select TCP IP from the installed network components list box and click the Properties button The TCP IP Properties dialog box appears as shown below LAAF Preparar 255 235 128 E Figure 8 13 TCP IP Properties Configuration Dialog for Windows 98 95 9 Select the IP Address tab Enter your IP address and Subnet Mask into their respective fields Ask your network administrator for these values Once you have entered these values click OK Do not select the Obtain an IP address automatically checkbox CommunicatingThrough TCP IP Networking 8 9 Note You can also select the Obtain an IP Address automatically option If you enable the option you can issue a ping Computer Name command under a DOS prompt to get the address 10 Click OK to save your changes and exit the Network Control panel Restart the computer The computer is now ready
137. built in HMI 640S If you want to connect to the other devices you have to install the corresponding OPC servers for Windows CE on HMI 640S Connecting Devices Through OPC Interface Before connecting to the OPC servers you must install and or configure your OPC server Please refer to your OPC server documentation Advantech GeniDAQ CE includes two OPC servers Advantech ADAM OPC server and Serial ModBUS RTU OPC server Follow the steps below to configure it on Host PC 1 Configure OPC servers by launching the ADAMOPC EXE program or MODBOPC EXE program on host PC and save the configuration with the file name ADAMOPC TDB or MODBOPC TDB You must use the file name Note The ADAM OPC server name or program ID is Advantech adam 1 It is Advantech ModBus 1 for ModBUS OPC server 2 Build your strategy with Advantech GeniDAQ on host PC Enable OPC function in I O blocks and connect to the OPC items 3 Then download the OPC server configuration files ADAMOPC TDB and or MODBOPC TDB and the strategy file to HMI 640S Note By default these OPC server are registered on HMI 640S If you want to register them by yourself under some condition you can register the OPC servers ADAMOPC DLL or MODBOPC DLL by entering the following commands under harddisk genidaqce directory in Command prompt NRegsrvce adamopc dll or modbopc dll JRegsave Note You can use the following commands to unregister the OPC servers under Com mand Pro
138. button will be active while this field is enabled Click on the Setting button A Tag Process Setting dialog box will be displayed for input scaling values You can select the conversion type to be Linear or Square Root Bes Dae Tink Mo E Sealer in gt Mr i Bio mg Bloc UU CAPA D Lee of Dron Ko Figure C 16 Tag Process Settings Configuration Dialog Box e Simulation Type There are three simulation signals offered These simulation signals are Sine Ramp and Random Configuring the l O Driver for Windows CE The ADAM OPC Server Windows CE version is an in process server If you use the ADAM OPC server Windows CE version you should first create and configure this server in the Windows NT environment After configuration download MODBUS RTU OPC Server Window CE DLL file and the configuration file TDB file to the Window CE target platform Note The file name for ADAM OPC Server configuration file at Windows CE device must be ADAMOPC TDB Using OPC Client An OPC Client application provided with the ADAM OPC Server has several methods for rapidly connecting your servers The OPC Client is able to browse the registry of a PC and display a complete list of all installed OPC Servers It also provides real live data feedback and OPC Server browsing capabilities The OPC Client is also helpful for connecting and testing other 3rd party OPC applications connected to same server Advantech OPC Browser
139. cScript the apostrophe symbol is used to indicate that the text from the apostrophe to the end of the line is a comment Here s how to designate an entire line as a comment To add a full line comment 1 Type an apostrophe at the start of the line 2 Type your comment following the apostrophe When your script is run the presence of the apostrophe at the start of the line will cause the entire line to be ignored Here s how to designate the last part of a line as a comment To add a comment at the end of a line of code Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 7 10 8 1 Position the insertion point in the empty space beyond the end of the code line 2 Type an apostrophe 3 Type your comment following the apostrophe script Designer TUTORS GHI Sub Hain dim mtask as ScanTask define scantask variable set mytask Get3icanTask TASK1 mytask start for i 1 to 166 mtask singlescan next 1 End Sub Figure 10 1 Adding Comments to Script When your script is run the code on the first portion of the line will be executed but the presence of the apostrophe at the start of the comment will cause the remainder of the line to be ignored Although you can place a comment at the end of a line containing executable code you cannot place executable code at the end of a line containing a comment The presence of the apostrophe at the start of the comment would cause the bala
140. can be routed to any number of blocks For detailed informa tion please refer to chapter 5 3 27 BasicScript block Note DIM may be used to declare one variable per line If you declare two or more variables in one line the execution result will be unpredictable BasicScript GeniDAQ Commands Overview In order to manipulate tasks and runtime I O data in the BasicScript engine GeniDAQ adds many functions into BasicScript and can be programmed using standard Visual Basic functions The Added GeniDAQ functions are categorized in the following sets System This set of function calls is used to control system operations You can use these function calls in the Pre Task Post Task script and BasicScript block e SystemStop Stops the execution of GeniDAQ e SystemExit Stops the execution of GeniDAQ and exits the GeniDAQ program e GetNodeState Retrieves the communication status with a remote node e OverRunTimerSwh Enables or disables the timer overrun message for a task that issues the com mand e UpdateHoldFile Records current values and restore them at next system start Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 21 Scan Task This set of function calls is used to manipulate scan tasks in GeniDAQ You can use these function calls in the Main Script program or in the Pre Task and Post Task script programs e ScanTask Define a ScanTask object e GetScanTask Return the ScanTask object specified e Start
141. ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesesesesaeaeaeaaaaesesaeaeaeaeanaeananananaaas 8 12 Figure 8 18 TCP IP Properties Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooococccocooconononcncnconcncncnnnnnnonenenononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenenenennss 8 12 Figure 9 1 GeniDAQ Runtime Environment E 9 3 Figure 9 2 Runtime Preference Configuration Dialog BOX ENNEN 9 4 Figure 9 3 Event Log Viewer Alarm Acknowledgment dialog box 9 5 Fiquite 9 4 Invoke Event Log Option NEE 9 5 Figure 9 5 Login User ID and Password EE 9 6 Figure 9 6 Password Configuration Dialog Box ccccccsesssessesesesenececececeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeenecececececeaseseeeeceeeseeeeeseseeeeeeeeeseenenens 9 7 Figure 9 7 Users Administration Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooooocccoconononoononcncnncnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnneneneneninos 9 8 Figure 9 8 Change Password Configuration Dialog BOX ccccccccccnnccnononoonncncnnnnncncnnnnnnnnnnnnn ono nnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnrnnnnannn 9 8 XX Figure 9 9 Runtime Preference Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooocccnnccccccccncncncnononnnonnnnnnonnnnnnonnonononnonnnnnn anno nn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnss 9 9 Figure 9210 ee le BNE 11610 BOX ra ET A EE A a 9 9 Figure 911 GenDAQ Sereen EE 9 10 Figure 10 Adding Comments OS EE 10 8 Figure 10 2 Breaking a Statement Across Multiple Lines oooooonncinnnncccicicicocononcnonenononnnnnnononononnononnnnonononnnnononnnnnononcnnnnnnnnnss 10 9 ele ll
142. ccccnnnoncncnonananoncnanannnonnnnnanns 1 23 SUMMA eege 1 23 Chapter 2 Tutorial OVNI Wii 2 2 el gcieci sciences sees a E E 2 2 Working With G niDAQ WE 2 2 Belore e Un EE 2 2 Planning YOURS Tale OY siii a da 2 3 SLAP GeniDA id alas 2 3 using On Line He Pu e a 2 4 BUNAIN YOUR Sate GV seccatid a 2 4 E IR e WUNNT E 2 5 Tutorial 1 One Task with Display ooccccccconncnnccnocnonnononccnnononcnnnconannnnnonanccnnnnnnness 2 5 Tutorial 2 Multiple Displays and switching ccccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeesaeees 2 12 Tutorial 3 Execution Order Arrangement 2 15 Tutorial 4 Drawing tool in Display Designer 2 18 Tutorial 5 TAG block for integrating Task with Display cccoooonnnncnnccccononnconnnoo 2 22 Tutorial G Basicocript DIOCK src ii 2 26 Tutorial 7 BasicScript block with Virtual TAG block ooooocccccccnoconccnncnncnnaccnnnnnos 2 29 Tutorial 8 Main Script programming ocoooccnnncccccnnccnnncnnonnnnconononnnnnnnnnnonnononnnanenoos 2 33 Tutorial 9 Controlling multiple tasks cccccceeeeeceeeeecseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeeeas 2 36 SIE 2 38 Chapter 3 Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer OVORVICW ee 3 2 o E e neha Gone enaceeeeaacenanes 3 2 VV OFIKING WIN TASKS siioni a eae 3 2 ESA EE 3 4 Creating and Configuring Task a a EA 3 5 Working WIth lee 3 9 Connecting BIOCKS muri aii od 3 9 DUPIE atM BICK nt iS 3 10 C t ee 3 10 Arranging Blocks Execution
143. cess path e Server Specifies the OPC server that supports the desired device The Server lists all of the installed OPC servers Select one in the Server listing and click the Connect button Then it will retrieve all defined items in the Server and put them in the temID list e ItemID Specifies the OPC item that maps to the physical I O point The temID lists all of the defined items Select the one you want to access Analog Input Output 0 floating point gt lt gt Al Output 31 floating point Figure 5 8 Analog Input Block Connecting Your Devices 5 7 Block Information Interface e Number of inputs O e Input type None e Number of outputs depends on the hardware The maximum is 32 For the devices connecting through OPC interface there is only one channel output e Output type floating point Description This block has output capability that supplies other blocks with analog input information from the I O device The Analog Input block supports e Advantech I O hardware includes plug in DA amp C cards and ADAM 4000 5000 modules e OPC standard interface Dialog Box Configuration Analog Input Properties wl Tag an Description far Devices tem OS pomenu OPC saved JA IO settings From channel Py To channel Py Cancel Input range Help SECH Range _ Sealing Expansion channel Exp channel hi l Update times Board ID i DDE Establish D
144. ch I O hardware With the interface GeniDAQ accesses Advantech I O hardware through Advantech DLL drivers The other one is the interface with OLE for Process Control OPC standard driver interface In your plant or system there may already exist some devices instead of Advantech I O GeniDAD leverages the industry OPC standard to provide the plug and play connectivity with your devices such as programmable logic controllers PLCs Most of major PLC vendors provide the OPC servers for their hardware With OPC you can easily integrate your devices For Advantech I O hardware it supports Advantech s DLL driver The DLL drivers are bundled with GeniDAQ For devices other than Advantech I O hardware it supports OPC servers If your device provides an OPC server GeniDAQ can access it Use Advantech Hardware Yes No Install and Configure Driver with Device Installation Program Install and Configure Server with OPC Server Select Al AO DI DO Select Al AO DI DO Counter Temperature Counter Temperature Alarm Blocks and Map to Blocks and Enable Your Advantech Devices Connect to OPC Server Figure 5 1 Connecting Your Hardware With GeniDAQ If you are using Advantech I O hardware you must use the Device Installation Utility bundled with GeniDAQ to install and configure the device You can then use I O blocks such as AI AO DI DO Counter Temperature Alarm to map to your devices If your are not using Advantech I O hardwar
145. cnnnnononananennnnnos 10 33 tagOb Unlock MENO eo deis 10 34 Avi E 10 35 Display Stateme M aii 10 35 Basic Script BIOGK EE 10 36 Output Statement ei a 10 36 OMPI E RE 10 37 Output State VE E 10 37 UPS ee 10 38 NOTICE sietideccctedescicdtenssectedecdiedcGacdi E 10 39 Rive E 10 40 SUM AY a E 10 40 Chapter 11 Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center OV OR VIOW ainean E AAN 11 2 COMENS unio e es e e e edo ed E O ah 11 2 Data Stout 11 3 DAS A cer ee PE 11 3 Avalable VAC EE 11 3 The Tags Created By GeniDAQ ooooccccccnnccoccccncnoncnnconnnnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnanennnennns 11 4 DDE INCI ACC EEN 11 5 O E EN elt EE de BEE 11 5 Three Objects for OLE Automation Interface cccccceeeeceeecseeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeeens 11 5 Object DESCAPIO esaia cti alcalinidad 11 6 GenitbAdS2 OleDB OD iria OS ETT 11 6 GeniDAQ32 TaskList and GeniDAQ32 TagList Object oooonmmnnnnncnncccmmmm 11 7 OLE Automation Interface Example cccccccsseeeseeeeeeeenseeeeeneeseeeeeeenees 11 8 Type Library Source for OLE Automation Interface 0sss0002 11 11 SEITEN 11 16 Chapter 12 Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 640S Platform OV ORV IC Witt a 12 2 A o E 12 2 Installing Advantech GeniDAQ CE on HMI 640S coooococcccccconccccnnccornnonnaoo 12 3 Installing Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime for HMI 640S via Microsoft ActiveSync ooooocccncccncnnoccnnncnonononennnnnnnnancnnnnonnnannncnnnnnnnnos 12 3 Copying GeniDAQ CE Runtime
146. connected with your host PC just try to access your host PC thourhg the Windows CE Explorer by typing host name_of_host_PC in the adress bar Press Enter to search for the host PC If the connection is successful you can see the network shares that is avail able from the host PC Or you can simply ping your HMI 640S from your host PC to make sure TCP IP is working e g c ping P_address_of_your HMI 640S or device_name_of_your_HMI 640S Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 640S Platform 12 9 Running Advantech GeniDAQ CE on HMI 640S 12 10 Runtime Environment The GeniDAQ WinCE Runtime environment is shown below Runtime Menus File Setup View Help After a strategy file is open the Runtime menu changes to the following File View Run Help File menu The File menu includes commands that enable you to open and close existing strategy files Setup menu The Setup menu includes commands that enable you to setup numeric keypad change password administrate users and setup runtime system View menu The View menu includes commands that enable you to display or hide toolbar status bar and event log window Run menu The Run menu includes commands that enable you to start stop resume pause lock unlock login and logout the runtime system Toolbar Icons Start icon starts running the strategy Stop icon stops the running strategy Pause icon pauses the running strategy Resume icon resumes the paused strate
147. counts digital rising edges digital high events from an external source that supplies digital information TTL or other level 1 s and 0 s The block may be used to control the output of the timer counter chip when supported by the driver to be used as a pulse generator The block s output can be sent to another block such as the display block All counting or pulse output is performed by the I O card s timer counter chip and is not dependent on the sample rate of the strategy The event counter is implemented as an up counter that is the count starts at O zero and counts until 1t reaches the counter s maximum value hardware driver dependent A down counter may be constructed by using this block in conjunction with a Basic Script Block or Single Operation Calculation SOC block and subtracting the counter output from the maximum count In this way the count will start at the maximum and will end at zero Start stop from If the Start Stop Input is connected the counter or pulse generator is started and stopped by this input This allows for total control over counter operation during runtime If the start stop input is not connected the counter will start when the strategy begins and stop when it ends To start the counter using the start stop input provide a rising edge from low zero to high to this input from another block This will start the hardware counter from zero Counter status is output from the counter frequenc
148. ctive H Advantech Modbus Modbusl Group Tas On 10 22 44 Good Active aE DSSIOPCTLSampServ Modbus Group Tas 5 10 22 44 Good Active 0 FactorySoft InProc Modbus Group Tas pet Love 4 Good Active Ee FactorySoft Sample Set Inactive 7 ICONICS AlamServer 7 ICONICS Data Work 32 ICONICS ModbusOPC groe H gt BW Advantech OPC Item Monitor I Advantech Modbus Group Read Write Delete Item PNUMA 4 Figure D 26 Selecting Read Write from the OPC Browser Window 4 Click the Read button within the Read Write Item Value Dialog window You will get the current value of the specific OPC item in the next field Read Write Item Yalve Dialog Wem ID Modbus1 Groupl1 Tag3 Data Type short Figure D 27 Read Write Item Value Dialog Window 5 If you want to write data values to a specific OPC item key in the output value in the blank field near the Write button and press the Write button This output value will be output to the OPC server directly Reads rite Item Value Dialog Item ID Modbus1 Groupl1 Tag Data Type short Figure D 28 Read Write Item Value Dialog Window 6 If you want to exit the Read Write operation press the Done button and you will be returned back to OPC Client window D 24 Summary The Advantech Modbus RTU OPC Server facilitates communication with OPC clients and control devices It supports a popular Modbus
149. d Engine GeniDAQ takes maximum advantage of Windows multi tasking capabilities to enhance your system performance It speeds up the task scanning by separating time consuming display drawing from I O scanning and raising the scan priority of tasks no matter how complex your display is In addition it provides parallel scan for each task It results in more efficient task scanning for independent I O such as COM port devices with long response times Moreover because of independent task scanning it will not affect the system safety if one task fails You can also prioritize your tasks to meet time critical operation and optimize your system performance Finally its multitasking design will not block off the task scanning or display update when operating your user interface such as holding on the window All of these provide you a secure and real time industrial environment for your applications Please refer to the Task Designer chapter for the details OPC Client Support In your plant or system there may already be some devices in addition to Advantech I O cards GeniDAQ leverages the industry standard OPC architecture to provide plug and play connectivity with your devices such as programmable logic controllers PLCs Most major PLC vendors provide the OPC servers for their hardware With OPC you can easily create a data acquisition application that covers your equipment not just Advantech devices GeniDAQ seamlessly integrates OPC client
150. d by checking if they are listed in the installed components list box Network adapter driver that matches your installed network adapter hardware TCP IP Protocol If both of the above network components are installed skip to step 9 of this procedure 3 Ifa driver for your network adapter is not currently installed click the Add button and select Adapter from the network component list box of the Select Network Component Type dialog box CommunicatingThrough TCP IP Networking 8 7 Select Network Component Type E ES Click the type of network component you want to install Add Cancel A network adapter is a hardware device that physically connects your computer to a network Figure 8 9 Windows Select Network Component Type Configuration Dialog Box 4 Click Add and the Select Network Adapters dialog box appears Select Network adapters go Click the Network adapter that matches pour hardware and then click OK If de vou have an installation disk for this device click Have Disk Manufacturers Network Adapters gt 9 NE1000 Compatible aif NE2000 Plus dy Movell Anthem NE 2 af Novell Anthern NET OO ai Novell Anthern NE1500T Have Disk Cancel Figure 8 10 Windows Select Network Adapters Configuration Dialog Box 5 Select the manufacturer of your network adapter from the Manufacturers list box and then select your network adapter type from the Network Adapters list
151. d click on the Edit menu and Make Object menu option in Display Designer to combine these four drawing items into one drawing item like the following Figure 2 30 Make object 7 Save the strategy file to be TUTOR4 GNI 8 Run the strategy file You will see the color of pump picture will be red while you press the binary control item The color will be green while you press the binary control item again Tutorial 2 21 2 22 Figure 2 31 Run strategy file TUTOR4 GNI 9 If you want to modify the integrated drawing item select the Break Object option from the Edit menu in Display Designer Tutorial 5 TAG block for integrating Task with Display Purpose The purpose of this tutorial is to teach you how to use TAG block in Task Designer to retrieve user input data in Display and process it in Task Function Creates a numeric control item to input a control value in a display Design TAG block to retrieve user input value and Alarm block to check if the input value is out of alarm range If it is out of range then a red lamp is displayed otherwise a green lamp is displayed Procedure 1 Refer to Tutorial to start GeniDAQ and add new Tasks and Displays 2 Design a numeric control display item and a indicator display item in the Display window Configure the numeric control display input type to be a floating number and configure the indicator display to be a round lamp shape Set the color to be red while
152. d that the Advantech GeniDAQ software has been successfully installed If the Advantech GeniDAQ software has not been installed install 1t now The installation procedure is provided in Chapter 1 Introduction It is also assumed the Demo board has been installed If not install it now The installation procedure is provided in Chapter 1 Introduction Contents e Working with Advantech GeniDAQ e GeniDAQ Tutorials e Summary Working with GeniDAQ The sections that follow describe how to use some of the basic functions in the GeniDAQ Task Design er Display Designer Report Designer and Script Designer This chapter does not provide detailed instructions for all GeniDAQ functions Specific instructions for the various GeniDAQ functions are provided in the following chapters Before You Begin You use a mouse to construct strategies and operator display panels within the Task and Display Designers The ability to work with a mouse while developing your process strategies and correspond ing displays helps make using GeniDAQ intuitive Mouse support has been extended to the Runtime system This allows operators to use a mouse or other pointing device such as a trackball touchscreen etc to interface with the process The following terms are used throughout the manual Pointing Positioning the cursor on an icon block object field etc on the screen by moving the mouse The mouse is often referred to as the pointing device since it
153. data store their data structures and the tags available for using the Data Center In addition the DDE interface and OLE automation are introduced Chapter 12 Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 64S explains how you can build a GeniDAQ application on your 32 bit Windows machine and then copy it to Advantech s HMI 640S Windows CE device You can transmit information from the HMI 640S to your host computer via TCP IP networking Appendix A Runtime Error Code Listing Appendix B Glossary Appendix C ADAM OPC Server explains how to use the ADAM OPC Server which is a driver for both the OPC Client test function and as a real working ADAM 4000 ADAM 5000 485 data acquisition and control module OPC Server Appendix D Serial ModBUS OPC Server explains how to use the Advantech ModBus RTU OPC Server to communicate with OPC clients and control devices Contents JODY IGI IN CIC ac ji Acknowledgements ccccceeeecccceeseeecceuseeeecsesececseuececseuseeeessaugeeesseuseceessusesesssaseeeessas ii Advantech Customer Services EE ii TECNICA SU id ii Limited Wara le EE lil TECHNICAL SUDDPOM OMICS EE jii eler Hie Rn CN e E EE IV Organization of this Manual seins ei iv Chapter 1 Introduction A a a 1 2 A E a Se er roe eae ee eee eee ere ene 1 2 System Arete cl ani 1 2 Module DCSCHIOUO M rra 1 3 What s New in Advantech GeniDAQ A0 cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeenenes 1 4 W Ee e ENGINE EE 1 4 OPC eu lee e Musa tel tit iia 1 4
154. data to trigger sound alarms e Wiring Out Beep blocks pass the input data to connected block s Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 37 3 38 Sound Block Block Information Input 1 integer ae Figure 3 49 Sound Block Information e Number of inputs 1 e Input type integer e Number of outputs O e Output type none Interface Conditional Wave File Playback Block E Tag SOUND Description fa Wave file name Browse Input value Wave file name U MULL Figure 3 50 Conditional Wavefile Block Configuration Dialog Box Description This block has input capability It accepts a value between zero 0 and seven 7 from another block each value providing capability to select a wavefile to be played via a sound card during runtime When this block is double clicked on a dialog box will appear displaying all wavefiles currently installed e Wavefile Name Specify the wavefile to be selected with the currently highlighted Input Value Enter the full path or Browse to locate the desired wavefile e Wiring In This block accepts input values between zero 0 and seven 7 from another block each value providing capability to select a wavefile to be played via a sound card during runtime e Wiring Out No output available Note The current version of Advantech GeniDAQ CE does not support Sound Block System Control Block Interface e Number of inputs 1 e Input type intege
155. dd delete virtual tags Virtual Tag Table E Tag list WAI Float 0 000 Close Delete Help Figure 3 36 Virtual Tag Table When the dialog box appears a list of available virtual tags will be displayed in the dialog box To add a virtual tag key in the name of the new virtual tag at the input line and press the Add button A new virtual tag will be added to the list of available virtual tags After adding you can press the OK button to exit the dialog box To Delete a virtual tag click on the same menu and option as used to add a virtual tag select the desired virtual tag in the available listing and press the Delete button Using Virtual Tag in Task Designer Once created virtual tags are not displayed in or added to the Toolbox It is an internal tag block You have to use and configure a TAG block to link with it The configuration is displayed in the dialog box below Choose VIRTASK in the Task Display field of dialog box and select the name of the virtual tag in TAG field The configuration is then complete After linking with a TAG block you can connect the virtual tag with other blocks in Task Designer which have input and output capabilities That is virtual tags can accept data from other blocks such as an AI block and output values to other blocks such as DO blocks Tag Block E Tag 7AG1 Description ap Attaching to Displawvirtual Tag Tag hame vIRTASK z Cancel Help Figure
156. displayed e Start Ticks Specify the Ticks start number e End Ticks Specify the Ticks ending number e Number of Ticks Specify how many total Ticks e Meter Span Specify the total numeric span of the meter e Orientation Specify the meter orientation Up Down Right or Left e Initial Value Specify the value to which the meter needle will point upon Runtime Startup e Number Of Segments Specify the total number of color segments up to five for the span of the meter e Segment 1 5 Start End and Color For each enabled meter segment specify the numeric start end and color of the meter segment 4 18 Trend Graph Display Hem gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 EM Fie Edt Setup View Window Rm Heb D ed Bal me RE ot BE POP For Help press Fl Figure 4 23 Trend Graph Display Item in Configuration Window Description A Trend Graph may be drawn and interfaced with one or many Task Block variable s with a certain tag name or names The color and size of the graph may be chosen It can display data from any number of Task Blocks on the Y axis against time on the X axis It can also display data from two Task Blocks on its axes The Update rate is a divisor that allows the Trend Graph Display item to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the Task This is useful if for example your Task is running at 100 Hz but you only want to display data at a rate of 20
157. documenta tion for your particular Windows application to learn how DDE syntax is implemented for each program e Wiring In Accepts the input data and pass this data to other windows DDE client applications One data source is allowed If there is more than one input The input already connected message will be displayed e Wiring Out Passes the input data to a connected block directly Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 27 3 28 DDE Client Block Block Information DDE Client Block Output 1 integer floating point string Figure 3 31 DDE Client Block Information Interface e Number of inputs O e Input type none e Number of outputs 1 e Output type integer float string The DDE Client block receives data from another Windows application This block will require that you input the Service Topic and Item for the application that will be providing data to GeniDAQ It may also be necessary for other Windows applications to be set up to publish data You should refer to documentation provided with the application for this information Create DDE Link Client El Tag DDEC Description D DEC A ServicelT opic bern Connect Help Cancel Figure 3 32 DDE Client block The DDE client block will receive data from another application then input that data to the blocks that are connected to the DDE client block via the connection wire Any number of block
158. dow 3 Enter the tag name for the new tag Edits to a field do not take effect until you remove the focus or cursor from the field and press the OK button Tag Properties ecaling and simulation Enable PETITE Tag Type Analog Data In m Mode Data Type FLOAT Channel Ch 0 on should first chose Tag Tope and then the Mode last v chose the Channel on don t need to change Data Type because it will utomatic change when you change Tag Type Figure C 15 Tag Properties Configuration Dialog Box To modify an existing tag 1 Select the tag you want to modify from the Tree Browser 2 Click on the Properties button from the Edit menu The Tag Properties dialog box will be dis played for tag modification 3 Edit the tag s fields as needed Tag Name Specifies the name of the added or modified I O tag Valid entries are up to 12 alphanumeric charac ters Tag Description Contains text about the selected tag Entries in this field can be very helpful when you look forward to the connection of I O tag and physical I O points The more detailed and specific the information you enter in this field the easier it will be to identify the I O at a later date Valid entries are up to 40 alphanumeric characters and symbols Tag Type This property indicates what kind of data that the tag represents Valid entries are Analog Data In Analog Data Out Digit Data Digit Data In Digit Data Out CJC C
159. dre if Deeply Doge CADE Figure 2 5 Switch Task and Display 6 Choose the numerical display item from the display item toolbox The numerical display item will be in depressed mode Move your mouse to the working area of DISP1 window and press the left button of the mouse A numerical display item is added to the Display 1 window as shown below Figure 2 6 Add a numerical display item 7 Double click on the numerical display item You will see a dialog box appear like the following 2 8 Figure 2 7 Configure a numeric display item If the Input from box 1s empty click on the Select button once A pop up dialog panel will appear to configure the data input from like the following Connection Taskidisplay virtual L oe Tag name All All Cancel Figure 2 8 Connect Task and Display In this pop up dialog window you have to choose TASK1 from the Task Display field and choose AI from the TAG field The channel field will display the default channel number Output 0 You can select another channel number from this field We use Output 0 in this example 8 Now that the numerical display block is configured click once on the OK button at the dialog window to save the configuration 9 Do the same way as step 6 to add a Trend graph display item at the Display window and configure it to link with the same task block AI1 and the same channel Tutorial 2 9 Figure 2 9 Add a trend graph item 10
160. ds can connect to an expansion board to measure the signal In this case use the Expansion channel field to select the corresponding expansion channel and board ID The field is enabled only when you have configured an expansion board with the Device Installation Utility Note If the From channel is 2 and the To channel is 4 and you want to get the value of Channel 3 you have to select the Output 3 by connecting the analog input block to another block Connecting ADAM 4000 5000 Series Modules Depending on your hardware the analog input may have multiple channels The From channel and To channel fields specify the scan channels The Input range and Expansion channel fields are disabled Through OPC Interface To connect devices through an OPC interface you have to enable the Connect to OPC server option button and then click the Select button You can then map an OPC item to output O of the analog input Please refer to the Connecting Devices with OPC Standard Interface section Note For OPC connection analog input only has one output Analog Output Input 0 floating poin Output 0 floating point Figure 5 12 Analog Output Block Information Block Information Interface e Number of inputs 1 e Input type floating point e Number of outputs 1 e Output type floating point Description This block has input capability that accepts another block s analog data then forwards the data to the selected I O
161. duce that error The PID controller is the most efficient type of process controller The control functions of the PID controller may be separated according to application requirements into three types The three functions are one two and three mode control One Mode Control Proportional This is the simplest type of proportional control Using this method the controlled process input is regulated to a value proportional to the difference between the control setpoint and the measured value This controls the proportional band The larger the value of the proportional constant the harder the system will react to differences between the setpoint and the actual measured value A simple propor tional controller may be achieved by setting the reset rate I and derivative times D to zero Two Mode Control Proportional Integral This method introduces an additional reset control action depending upon the accumulated error x time product integral The sum of the error and reset signals continuously act to make the actual error signal smaller stopping when the measured value reaches the desired control setpoint A PI controller is created by setting the derivative D value to zero Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 17 3 18 Three Mode Control Proportional Integral Derivative This mode uses an additional rate sensing derivative action which reduces the tendency to overshoot a control setpoint This is done by ant
162. e 3 87 Link e RE le t Rebell EE 3 31 Figure 3 38 Use Virtual Tag in Display Ren ET 3 32 Figure 3 39 Use Virtual Tag in Basi SO Dl a ist 3 32 Figure 3 40 Timer Block ei du E le EE 3 33 Figure 3 41 Timer Block Configuration Dialog BOX NN 3 33 Elguire 3 42 Timestamp Block AO IMA ION iv ii A AAA AAA iO 3 34 Figure 3 43 Time Stamp Block Configuration Dialog BOX oooooooccccccocononononcncnncnoncncnnnnnnonononenonnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenenennneness 3 35 xviii ele lge Ka Time Stamp Output FO Md ion 3 35 Figure 3 45 Ramp Block INfOrmatON cri dd Ae 3 35 Figure 3 46 Ramp Block Configuration Dialog Box een 3 36 Fig re 3 472 Beep Block ee un E le EE 3 37 Figure 3 48 Beep Block Configuration Dialog BOX ee 3 37 Figure 3 49 Sound Ree ege WEE 3 38 Figure 3 50 Conditional Wavefile Block Configuration Dialog BOX ccsseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeeseseseneeesesananaeas 3 38 Figure 3 51 System Control Block Dialog BOX TEE 3 39 Figure 4 1 Figure 4 2 Figure 4 3 Figure 4 4 Figure 4 5 Figure 4 6 Figure 4 7 Figure 4 8 Display Designer SCreeM EE 4 3 Display Designers Design Tee ee EE 4 4 Adding and Deleting DIS ius A dh ariaa s eea finn as brisas 4 5 The Add Display and Delete Display Toolbar ICONS ooooocccccccnnoncnnnononcononncnnononnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nico 4 5 Display Properties Window EE 4 6 Display Properties Icon on the Task Designer Toolbar
163. e Compact version that only includes the Runtime module Enable the radio button of the version that you want to install Select Components Figure 1 7 Choose to Install the Full or Compact Versions of the Program 8 The installation program will create program shortcuts on your Windows Start menu so that you can easily launch the program The default program folder is Advantech GeniDAOQ 4 0 If you want to have the shortcuts made in a different folder type it or select it in the Select Program Folder dialog box Introduction 1 11 Select Program Folder Ea Setup will add program icons to the Program Folder listed below Tou may type a new folder name or select one from the existing Folders list Click Next to continue Program Folders Advantech Genib40 4 0 Existing Folders Com NIC Utilities Accessones Adobe Adobe Acrobat Adobe Acrobat 4 0 Advantech ActvelAG Advantech Driver for 95 and 98 Advantech Genib 0 4 0 Advantech 105 0 K lt Back Cancel Figure 1 8 Select Program Folder Dialog Box 9 The program will start copying the program files to your computer drentech Gendt Version 4 00 Figure 1 9 Copying Program Files to Computer 10 A message box prompts if you want to set up the shortcuts on the Start menu 2 Would you like to build shortcuts for GeniDAG on desktop Figure 1 10 Click Yes to Install the Program Shortcuts 11 A copy of the Ge
164. e Preferences configuration dialog box Select Setup Runtime Preference to display this dialog box 9 8 Lega tor Ka FIERA LO TP Esp rara asc ur Ihe run Engis er Ka H t ip fi r E Engis opetational senate checking gt GAL Frana lyca W Himba E Todba E Thaba Display resh pe od peH ETS Lge tees gel Figure 9 9 Runtime Preference Configuration Dialog Box Log in and Log off at Runtime If you enable the Starting running with LOCK on option GeniDAQ will lock the screen when you start to run a strategy You have to press ESC key to unlock the screen If you enable password checking option GeniDAQ will request you to key in a user ID and password when you start to run a strategy or unlock a locked strategy while it is in runtime Login User ID OPERA TORI Password Peet Cancel Key Pad Figure 9 10 Login Dialog Box If your system doesn t support a keyboard GeniDAQ provides a software keypad to input user ID and password Note GeniDAQ version 4 1 also support software keypad for Numeric Control system for Windows 98 NT You can enable it by setting NumericKeypad 1 in Windows GeniDAQ ini file Runtime and Security System 9 9 EE pa Vic id Fics Jo calf CA A Fs i cP olwfefels efol fof edict ats aaa es Ask Micajah cl ad fad Figure 9 11 GeniDAQ Screen Keypad Working With Display Control Object at Runtime In order to avoid unintentional or unauthorized operations
165. e The size of the display may be chosen This display item is an output from the display The button is pressed by use of the mouse and a digital 1 or 0 is sent to the tagged digital Task Block The Button Display may also be toggled by use of the ENTER key if the focus is currently on the Button The focus a standard Windows term refers to the display item which can currently be controlled by the keyboard Focus may be shifted from one display item to another using the TAB key In addition a hot key may be specified to activate the button without changing the focus This is done by changing the Keyboard Mapping parameter in the dialog box Using control buttons Supervisory Control can be achieved The size and properties of the font used in the button text can be changed in this block by pressing the Font button in the Binary Button Display Item dialog box Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 27 4 28 Configuration Dialog Box Binary Button Display Item Fa Tag BETA Label text Operating style ono DO Buttons to eject mhen pressed Cancel Help keyboard mapping NULL sl Font Privilege level o PERE Normal label colar Flack Depressed label color O Ped Output value GG Up 0 Domm 1 Ups 1 Down D Restore the previous stop value I Been when pressed Auto font sizing Figure 4 35 Binary Button Display Item Configuration Dialog Box Field Descri
166. e you can use an OPC server interface by enabling the Connect to OPC Server option in these I O blocks except Alarm block However before connecting to the OPC server you must install and or configure your OPC server Please refer to your OPC server documentation I O Blocks ap Analog Input Temperature Measurement Hardware Event Frequency Pulse Output imp Analog Output A Digital Input z Hardware Alarm RS 232 Contents e Using Advantech DLL drivers e Connecting devices with OPC standard interface e Analog input e Analog output e Digital input e Digital output e Temperature measurement e Counter Frequency measurement Pulse output e Hardware alarm e RS 232 e Performance Test e Summary Note GeniDAQ includes two OPC servers ADAM OPC and ModBus OPC Please refer to Appendix C and D Note The current version of GeniDAQ CE doesn t support DDE functions in I O blocks Note For I O configuration of GeniDAQ CE please refer to Chapter 12 Using Advantech DLL Drivers Using Advantech DLL drivers to connect Advantech I O devices GeniDAQ is compatible with the DLL drivers V1 3 or higher The DLL drivers are bundled with GeniDAQ installation CD ROM disc When you install GeniDAQ it will detect the driver on your system and install it automatically if no driver installed or the driver version less than V1 3 Installing and Configuring Advantech I O Devices This section describes how to use the Device
167. e Update Rate to 5 20 divided by 5 the update rate gives an effective scan rate of 4Hz In this scenario you will still get 20Hz data if you send the output to a Log File block or a display block but only one in five samples will be real The other samples are merely copies of the real sample Valid values for the update rate are between 1 and 32767 Note A separate Counter Frequency Pulse Output block is needed for each individual hardware counter timer channel Wiring Information e Wiring In There are four input items for this block Start Stop Input Reset Input Total Period Input and First 1 2 Cycle Input For each wiring input you have to select one of the above Hardware Alarm Selection Connect to Total Period Cancel First 1 2 Cycle Help FE Figure 5 23 Counter Frequrency Pulse Block s Wiring in Dialog Box Wiring Out Passes the counter frequency pulse data to another connected block Reset Input integer ALM Output 0 integer gt Enable Disable integer Figure 5 24 Hardware Alarm Block Block Information Interface Number of inputs 2 Description Input type integer Output type integer Number of outputs 1 This block has output capability that supplies other blocks with alarm information from the I O device Hardware alarm block supports Advantech I O hardware includes ADAM 4000 5000 modules Connecting Your Devices 5 21 Dia
168. e functions and utilities to develop all types of automation applications in the Windows NT Windows 98 95 and Windows CE environment GeniDAQ provides an icon based mouse driven system for designing real time Automation and Control Strategies System Monitor Displays and Dynamic Operator Displays Organization of this Manual Chapter 1 Introduction gives a general background to the GeniDAQ application builder The system architec tures 1s explained and the products main features are introduced Installation of the software is explained followed by a quck start to completing some of the most common tasks within GeniDAQ Chapter 2 Tutorial explains how to complete the basic skills that you need to use the GeniDAQ software In addition there are nine step by step tutorials that explain how to complete simple strategies within the GeniDAQ application builder software Chapter 3 Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer explains the basics on how to use the GeniDAQ Task Designer The basic skills for designing tasks 1s followed by an introduction to the task blocks that are available to you Chapter 4 Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer explains how to use the GeniDAQ Display Designer to create a user interface for your strategy It introduces all of the display objects that are available within the Display Designer Chapter 5 Connecting Your Devices explains how to configure GeniDAQ to use your hardware In additio
169. e is enabled Inactive keeps the task disabled until invoked by BasicScript code or System Control Block Delayed enables the task after a period of time has elapsed from starting the runtime 3 6 and System Time uses the computer s real time clock to enable the task e Clicking the OPC Setting button loads the OPC Server Properties configuration dialog box OPC Server Properties KX Scan mode Ge Asunchronous C Synchronous Data source Ge Cache C Device Update rate li 000 Deadband 100 Cancel Figure 3 6 OPC Server Properties Configuration Dialog Box e Scan Mode Specifies asynchronous or synchronous mode scan Asynchronous mode configures the OPC server to transfer data only when data is changed It is more efficient Synchronous mode always scans data from the OPC server e Data Source Specifies the data source from cache or device when GeniDAQ requests data for the OPC server The OPC server scans the physical device at a fixed rate the Update Rate The scan data will stored in memory The cache option means the data is stored in the memory of the OPC server It s more efficient For a device data source the OPC server retrieves data from the physical device e Update Rate Specifies the update rate that the OPC server scans the physical device 0 means the maximum speed of the OPC servers e Deadband Specifies the percentage change in an item value when the OPC server causes a callback to GeniDAQ 0 mea
170. e the colors and sizes of these figures These drawing tools include oval rectangle round rectangle polygon and line In addition GeniDAQ provides Make Object and Break Object commands to let you integrate drawing components into a meaningful picture for your data acquisition and control Grouping and Rotating Cell Objects To group two or more cell objects 1 Use the cell object icons to draw the objects that you want to group 2 Use your mouse pointer to surround all of the objects All of the handles on all of the objects should be visible to signify that they are selected 3 Select Edit Make Object from the main menu Your objects have now been grouped into a single object To break the object apart select it and then select Edit Break Object from the main menu To rotate an object 1 Highlight the object that you want to rotate and then select Edit Rotate Clockwise or Edit Rotate C Clockwise from the main menu Configuring Cell Objects All of the cell objects share a common configuration dialog box Drawing Cell Display Block Ea Tag RECT Input from SELECT Fen color Pen size li Color when normal O Green Color when activated O Red Cancel Figure 4 47 Configure Rectangle Drawing Display Item Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Input from Specify the input from value e Pen Color Specify the color of pen to fill the rectangle graphic object There are 16 colors
171. eate a COM object If the user selects a server that is not currently running the system starts the server and then creates the object in that server on behalf of the client Once the COM object is created the client application has an IOPCServer interface as defined in the OPC specification This is the main interface to the OPC server and this document refers to this as a Server interface The other interface is Group This OPC client always creates a group and registers an device interface with it to get asynchronous data notification When an item is added the dialog displays either a hierarchy or a flat list of names depending on the server The names are queried from the Server object using the filter string and requested data type When the user either types or selects a name an item by that name is added to the Group object This item is also read immediately to get an initial value Items in a group are scanned by the server when their values change the device interface in the client is notified A data structure containing the data for each item whose value or quality has changed and only those items is passed to the client deviee interface The client unpacks and uses the data Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 19 D 20 Server Status and Group Parameters The Server Status dialog periodically queries the Server object for the status and displays the results The Group Parameters dialog box queries the group state and displays the res
172. ecify the Text and Background color for the currently highlighted Input Value e Alignment Specify the Text Alignment for the currently highlighted Input Value Bar Graph Display Item gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 Ia Fle Edt Setup View Widow Rin Help Choe Ted BS at GG ee Si For Help press Fl Figure 4 18 Bar Graph Display Item in Workspace Window Description The Bar graph display item allows you to view output data from the task designer icon block during runtime Configuration Dialog Box Bar Graph Display Item 3 Style Bar color Filled Bar z O Red e Input from SELECT Range From Leo lo L t Cancel Orientation fe Vertical o Horizontal Help Options I Outer frame I Bordered bar M Y numbers M Tick marks tit Figure 4 19 Bar Graph Display Item Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 15 4 16 Field Description Input from The bar graph may be drawn and interfaced to a Task Block variable with a certain tag name The color and size of the bar graph may be chosen When in associated configuration dialog box double click on the bar graph you must first choose which Task Designer block s data you would like to display You can select the available icon blocks by pressing select button and setting the appropriate task display name tag name and channel name The tagged block e dynamic value is displayed during runtime Task display virtual
173. ecuting script Here s how to compile your script if necessary and then execute it To run your script e Click the Start tool on the toolbar Or Press F5 The script is compiled if it has not already been compiled the focus is switched to the parent window and the script is executed Note During script execution Script Designer s application window is available only in a limited manner Some of the menu commands may be disabled and the toolbar tools may be inoperative To pause an executing script e Press Ctrl Break Execution of the script is suspended and the instruction pointer a gray highlight appears on the line of code where the script stopped executing Note The instruction pointer designates the line of code that will be executed next if you resume running your script To stop an executing script e Click the End tool on the toolbar Note Many of the functions of Script Designer s application window may be unavailable while you are running a script If you want to stop your script but find that the toolbar is currently inoperative press Ctrl Break to pause your script then click the End tool Debugging Your Scripts This section presents some general information that will help you more effectively use Script Designer s debugging capabilities The section also explains how to trace the execution of your script how to set and remove breakpoints and how to add watch variables and modify their
174. ee ee PLA Ba par a TARIFA 11 1810 AUDE Edo Ed Setup Mira Wreke Du Help TANIA 11 35 29H 410651 Ge e MI 2 o KR me KE e EE AS E 0101339 11 SH ALO TAVZA IP SHE ALO pokey 11 nan 5 1 A 1 Ml all d 4 Value 45 Lol Alarm High Alarma LovcLow alarm i High High Alarm dl Baan Co Pere La Es waras ee D EET Figure 1 21 Running Alarm gni Compatibility and Upgrade Information This version allows users to load the old strategy files and save them into the new format However since this version supports multi tasking operating system that is very different from the previous one it can not guarantee that the previous strategy file will run normally in this version especially for the strategies with multiple tasks Also this version removes the function blocks including user program ming block user defined DLL icon network output block and report designer After you save the old strategy files into the new format these blocks or functions will be discarded Summary The GeniDAQ application software combines icon based graphical development and the flexibility of a powerful programming tool BasicScript With GeniDAQ you can easily develop both simple and complex applications Types of applications include process and utility monitoring data acquisition and control factory automation and test and measurement GeniDAQ is a multi threaded modular oriented and open integrated architecture The multi th
175. eeeseeeeeesesaeaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 8 4 Figure 8 5 Net Tag Block Configuration Dialog BOX ek NEE 8 5 Figure 8 6 Select Task amp Tag Name Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooocccccccoocooooonncnnoncnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninenenenenenos 8 6 Figure 8 7 Running Strategy Showing Network Messages oooooccccconocononononcnnnnnncncnnnennnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnenenenenins 8 6 Figure 8 8 Network Configuration Dialog Box for Windows 98 95 oooocococococinccnncoccncncncenennnnnnnenennnnnnnnnnnnononononnnonononenenenenenininos 8 7 Figure 8 9 Windows Select Network Component Type Configuration Dialog Box 8 8 Figure 8 10 Windows Select Network Adapters Configuration Dialog BOX ooooooccccccconincnconononcncncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononinininenenos 8 8 Figure 8 11 Select Network Component Type Configuration Dialog Box 8 8 Figure 8 12 Windows Select Network Protocol Configuration Dialog BOX ooooococococcncnnoncccncnccccnencnnncnnnnonononononononenenononeneninonos 8 9 Figure 8 13 TCP IP Properties Configuration Dialog for Windows Op 8 9 Figure 8 14 Network Adapter Listing Dialog BOX NENNEN 8 10 Figure 8 15 Select Network Adapter Configuration Dialog BOX 8 11 Figure 8 16 Network Protocols Listing Dialog BOX ccccccccccceceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeenenenecaeaeaeaeaananaeaaaaaaeaessaaeanaeauanaeaeanauananananananaes 8 11 Figure 8 17 Network Protocol Configuration Dialog BOX cc
176. eference menu Refer to the Alarm Log Block section You can double click on any alarm entry to acknowledge the message The message color will change from red to black and an acknowledgement message will appear in the window Field Description e Text color Set the text color e Backgound color Set the background color Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 25 Working with Control Objects 4 26 Control objects are used to supervise or control your process The objects include Binary button control Conditional button control Menu button control Numeric control Knob control Slider control Connecting a Control Object to a Task Block You can connect a control object to a block in a task window through a tag block For example you can use a binary button control to open or close a valve through a digital output block Alternatively you can use a knob to control an analog output value The following example shows a Binary Button control object being connected to a Rectangle Drawing block To connect a control object to a task block L Place a Binary Button control object on the Display Designer window and a Task Block on the Task Designer window Switch to the Task Designer window Right click the Tag Block 3 The Tag Block configuration dialog box opens In the Display Virtual Tag combo box select the display that controls the binary button Select BBTN in the Tag Name combo box Tag Block E Tag IT
177. elp press Fl Figure 4 27 Conditional Bitmap Display Item in Workspace Window Description This display item has input capability It accepts a value between zero 0 and seven 7 from a Task block each value providing capability to select a bitmap file to be displayed during Runtime When this display item is double clicked upon a dialog box will appear displaying all bitmaps currently installed Configuration Dialog Box Conditional Bitmap Display Item E Tag BMF Input from SELECT AAA OAK Bitmap file name Browse Enter Input value Bitmap file name Cancel Help Figure 4 28 Conditional Bitmap Item Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Bitmap File Name Specify the bitmap file to be selected corresponding with the currently highlight ed Input Value Enter the full path or Browse to locate the desired Bitmap file For setting corre sponding the bitmap filename you have to select the related input value and select bitmap file then press the ENTER button to configure it Text String Display Item A dvantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 Fle Edt Setup View Widow Em Help CAE Dae tS eee Sp emol S ft B BE NP For Help press Fl Figure 4 29 Text String Display Item in Workspace Window Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 23 Description A text string label may be entered for display purposes only No interface to Task blocks 1s provided Within t
178. er of the historical trend The ending date and time is shown in the top right corner You can push the Backward or Previous Section button to scroll back a half page or previous section You can also push the Forward or Next Section button to scroll forward a half page or next section All of them are toggled The GoTo button allows you to go to a specific time When you click the GoTo button of the historical trend at runtime a dialog box appears Goto Specific Position Target postion Date 20 46 13 20 20 47 28 70 20 43 26 02 20 43 42 43 20 43 14 14 20 43 18 14 aaa Figure 6 4 Goto Specific Postion Configuration Dialog Box Select the desired date and time section and then click the OK button The historical trend will go to the position that you specified and show the value on the page Searching a Specific Value with the Search Button The Search button allows you to go to a specific value When you click the Search button of the historical trend at runtime a dialog box appears search condition Channel number channel D Above the value F Below the value p Peaches postion Date 20 46 13 240 20 50 49 90 20 43 26 03 20 43 42 43 2 0 43 14 14 20 43 16 14 Time Po foo fas Fb search scope Ce Specific section only 7 All past sections Figure 6 5 Search Configuration Dialog Box Historical Trending System Select the channel number and the values for the se
179. er to Chapter 5 Connecting Your Devices e For information about the BasicScript block refer to Chapter 10 Advanced BasicScript Program ming For Your Specific Needs e For information about the Network Input block refer to Chapter 8 Communicating Through TCP IP Networking e For information about the Alarm Log refer to Chapter 7 Monitoring Alarm and Event Note BasicScript DDE Server DDE Client and Sound block are not supported by the current version of Advantech GeniDAQ CE 3 4 Creating and Configuring Tasks GeniDAQ creates a task by default when you create a new strategy You can create more tasks by selecting File Add Delete Add Task from the main menu or you can delete a task by switching to the task click Window from the main menu and then choose the task that you want to delete to make it active and the selecting File Add Delete Delete Task from the main menu Alternatively you can use the Add Task and Delete Task toolbar icons to add a new task or delete the active task respectively Add Task Icon Delete Task Icon SAA che Ft PS P Figure 3 3 Add Task Delete Task Toolbar Icons After you create a new task you should configure the runtime properties of the task First you switch to the task window then choose Setup Task Properties from the main menu Alternatively you can use the Task Properties icon on the toolbar to open the ScanTask Setup configu ration dialog box Configu
180. eries data acquisition modules A cable and wires must be present to connect the user s computer to ADAM 4000 and ADAM 5000 485 series data acquisition modules Supported ADAM 5000 485 series data acquisition modules are ADAM 5013 ADAM 5017 ADAM 5017H ADAM 5018 ADAM 5024 ADAM 5050 ADAM 5051 ADAM 5052 ADAM 5056 ADAM 3060 ADAM 5068 ADAM 5080 ADAM 5000E Supported ADAM 4000 series data acquisition modules are ADAM 4011 ADAM 4011D ADAM 4012 ADAM 4013 ADAM 4014D ADAM 4016 ADAM 4017 ADAM 4018 ADAM 4018M ADAM 4021 ADAM 4050 ADAM 4052 ADAM 4053 ADAM 4060 ADAM 4080 ADAM 4080D Installing the ADAM OPC Server Under Windows 98 95 NT GeniDAQ version 4 1 and higher includes the OPC server It is installed and registered on the system when GeniDAQ 1s installed You can skip the installation and registration steps below 1 Insert the Advantech ADAM OPC disk 1 in the 3 5 inch disk drive 2 Click Start and choose Run in the Windows NT or 98 95 environment 3 In the Run dialog box type the following replacing A with the actual location of the 3 5 inch disk drive A Setup 4 Follow the instructions in the setup program The setup program will ask you for the folder where most of the program files will be copied 5 The setup program will also ask you for the program folder 6 At the end of the installation click OK to view the readme file and launch the OPC client applica tion Registering the OPC Se
181. es the device or OPC item associated with the block Enable block output field The Digital Output block can output value to one digital output channel or 16 digital output channels at one scan You can select 16 channels output by enabling the block output The default is one channel or bit output If you enable this option you have to input a 16 bit value to this block Port field It is enabled only for using Advantech DLL driver interface A port consists of 8 bits Channel field Specifies the output channel for one channel output Initial value settings Specifies the initial value of the Digital Output block There are three options no initial value with initial value and initial value form the previous stop Initial value Specifies the initial value for block output or channel output It is only enabled for the option with initial value checked Update times field The Update times is a divisor that allows the Digital Output block to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the strategy This is useful if for example your strategy is running at 100Hz but you only want to output data at a rate of 20Hz For this example you would set the Update times to 5 100 divided by 5 the update times gives an effective scan rate of 20Hz Connecting Your Devices 5 15 DDE field The Digital Output block has DDE capabilities which allow it to exchange data with other Windows applications Through DDE field other
182. evel o Output value Up D Down 1 Up 1 Down 0 Restore the previous stop value W Beep when pressed I Auto font sizing Cancel Help Font Figure 4 38 Conditional Button Control Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Tag This field is used to specify the tag name of the binary button control display item The tag name is used to represent the output value of this button If you want to access this button value you can configure a TAG in task designer to link with display number and tag name and this button value will be available for other blocks in task designer e Label This field is used to specify the meaning of the button The label will be displayed at the front of the button You can change it using any alphanumeric characters The maximum number of characters 1s 30 e Input from The Conditional Button Display Item may be drawn and interfaced to a Task Block variable with a certain tag name When in associated configuration dialog box double click on the Conditional Button Display Item you must first choose which Task block s data you would like to display You can select the available icon blocks by pressing select button and setting the appropriate task display name tag name and channel name The tagged block s dynamic value is displayed during runtime e Label Color This field is used to select the normal label color and the depressed label color of the button GeniDAQ provides 16 co
183. evice 1 Select the device you want to delete from the Tree Browser 2 Click on the Delete button in the Edit menu Adding and Modifying Tag Groups To add a new group into the selected device 1 Select the device to which you want to add a tag group from the Tree Browser 2 Click the New Group button on the Add menu of the configuration toolbar The new group appears in the Tree Browser and the fields for entering the group properties appear in the Group Properties dialog window 3 Enter the group name for the new tag group Edits to a field do not take effect until you remove the focus or cursor from the field and press the OK button Figure C 14 Ground Name Configuration Dialog Box To modify an existing group 1 Select the group you want to modify from the Tree Browser 2 Select the Properties button from Edit menu The Group Properties dialog window will be displayed for modification ADAM OPC Server C 15 C 16 To delete an existing group 1 Select the group you want to delete from the Tree Browser 2 Click on the Delete button in the Edit menu Adding and Modifying Tags To add a new tag into selected device 1 Select the group and device to which you want to add a tag from the Tree Browser 2 Click the New Tag button on the Add menu of the configuration toolbar The new tag appears in the workspace on the left of the window The fields for entering tag properties appears in the Tag Properties dialog win
184. ext Go to next tag in task list e boolean EndofList Return current task in task list Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center 11 7 OLE Automation Interface Example The following example demonstrates how to browse the available tasks and tags created in a GeniDAQ project through OLE Automation interface This example is created in Microsoft Visual Basic 5 0 You can also use Inprise Delphi to create a similar application Please refer to the related documentation for your programming language 1 Launch Microsoft Visual Basic 5 0 and new a Standard EXE type project v Za 2 Standard EOF pub Adia Geiben Contra SE Be Be Ze hi YE Atck s ven VD Actes Wira Eiir CE ocurra Call Z Aca Core EXE ddi Figure 11 4 Create a New VB Project 2 Name your project as GoleDB Figure 11 5 Name Your Project GoleDB 3 Design your form as follows 11 8 bw Sp Bletz Teak Ham Tag Hime Tog velan Figure 11 6 Design Your Form There are three Edit controls named Textl Text2 and Text3 There are two List controls named Listl and List2 4 Create the codes for these controls as follows Dim DBCenter As Object Dim TagList As Object Dim TaskList As Object Private Sub Form _Load Set DBCenter CreateObject GeniDAQ32 0l1eDB Set TagList CreateObject GeniDAQ32 TagList Set TaskList CreateObject GeniDAQ32 TaskList TagList SelectTask ALL While Not TaskList
185. ezing and 212 degrees Boiling point of water at sea level Hold An external input which is used to stop the process event counter ramp A D etc temporarily freezing the device s output at the current value Hz Frequency in cycles per second pulses per second events per second etc Impedance Resistance to electrical flow in an AC circuit It is designated by the symbol Z and is expressed in ohms I O Device An I O device is a hardware device capable of data input and output Generally this would encompass Analog to digital Conversion A D Digital to Analog conversion D A and Digital Input and Output The devices capable of such I O can be in the form of plug in I O cards and or remote devices The I O device s hardware should be configured if necessary first and then the software can be configured to match the hardware s settings Some I O devices can be configured directly through the software s settings Check your hardware manufacturer s manual for how to configure the hardware After any hardware configuration is done the software configuration can be set up by use of the Advantech Device Installation Program The device driver should have been previously installed using the DRIV ERS program in the CONTROL PANEL Main Window Input Resistance Resistance measured across the input terminals with the signal leads disconnected Install To install a device means to 1 Install its device driver in WI
186. f End Sub See Also SetLocked Value Unlock tagObj SetLockedValue method Syntax tagObj SetLockedValue Description Sets the value of the locked tag Comments If you write a tag value in multiple tasks such as virtual tags you must lock it before write the value Then GeniDAQ will lock the value of the tag to prevent the written by another code in other tasks simultaneously After you complete the change you must unlock it Note if you just read the value you don t have to lock it Be careful to use the method Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 33 Example Public VRICAT AS Lond Public key As Long Sub SCRIA dim MyTag as Tag set MyTag GetTag VIRTASK VR1 key MyTag Lock if key lt gt 0 then VR1Cnt MyTag Value 2 MyTag SetLockedValue key VR 1Cnt MyTag Unlock key key 0 end if End Sub See Also Lock Unlock tagObj Unlock method 10 34 Syntax tagObj Unlock Description Unlock a locked tag Comments Be sure to unlock the value that you don t use Example Public NR As Long Public key As Long Sub SERL dim MyTag as Tag set MyTag GetTag VIRTASK VR1 key MyTag Lock T key lt gt 0 Ehen VR1Cnt MyTag Value 2 MyTag SetLockedValue key VR1Cnt MyTag Unlock key key 0 end if End Sub See Also Lock SetLocked Value Display Display statement Syntax Display dvalue Description Used in the
187. faults for I O Driver Configuration File Name and Path If you save a new server configuration file the Save As dialog box prompts you to enter a name for your server configuration file Keyboard shortcut lt Ctrl gt lt S gt Save As Lets you enter a new name and file type for the current server configuration Save As Dialog Box Options e Save In Field Lets you select the directory where you want to store the file e File Name Field Lets you save a file with a new name or in a different location by entering a new file name in the File Name field or by selecting a new directory in the Save In list To save a file with an existing file name select the name in the list or enter the current name e Save as Type Field Lets you specify the type of file you want to save the configuration as Import CSV Lets you import a CSV type file to be the current server configuration Reimport CSV Lets you re import CSV type file to update the current server configuration Export CSV Lets you export current server configuration to the CSV type file Reexport CSV Lets you re export the current server configuration to update the CSV type file Exit Exits the OPC Server Tool Using the Add Menu The commands that appear in the Add menu are for creating and modifying server configuration files These commands correspond with the buttons on the Tool s Configuration toolbar Add New Device Ctrl D New Group CG
188. files from host PC to HMI 640S ee 12 4 Installing Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime for HMI 640S via TCP IP Network occccocccccoccccoccnccoccccoccnconcnccnnonononcnoncnnonnnconcnnnos 12 4 xii Creating GeniDAQ CE Strategy On Host ccoonnnncccconocnccncconcnancnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnns 12 6 Downloading GeniDAQ CE Strategy Files to HMI 640S ee 12 7 Download strategy files from host PC to HMI 640S via Advantech GeniDAQ 12 7 Download strategy files from host PC to HMI 640S via MICKOSON ACTIVES LEE 12 7 Configuring UO Devices ON HMI 640S ooooccccoonononccconoconoccconannnconnnnannnononnanans 12 8 Connecting Devices Through OPC Interface oooccccccccccoconccnncncnnnanonnnncononancnns 12 8 Connecting Simulation UO or Serial Port Devices ooncccccnoonncncccconcnncoconnnncnonanennnos 12 8 Configuring TCP IP Networking on HMI 640S ooooccccononcconnccccconcanoconnnanonna 12 9 Running Advantech GeniDAQ CE on HMI 640S coooooncccccccconncconocoonnnonnnan 12 10 BUNUME ENV IFOAM GM EE 12 10 SOCAN UAC RUNU ee 12 11 edel e lu LEE 12 11 Differences between the Win32 and WinCE Versions of Advantech GEniDA RM ai 12 11 TAS BIC aer tes ola pto odo e ido 12 12 DISPLAY leie 12 13 SUMMA cara 12 14 Appendix A Runtime Error Code Listing ERFOFS and Warn aci did ds Open communication port failed ON OG SPAS FA VAMC NON a id caos do DS ts FRECCIVE TaN G On YA al id Invalid data received on OT diz A Sensei Aa Device reset
189. frequency operation during runtime If the Total Period input is not connected the counter will use the static values entered in the dialog box when the strategy begins If the First 1 2 Cycle Input is connected to a block that supplies floating point output such as the User Programmable Block the first 1 2 cycle time 1 frequency of the pulse output is controlled by this input This allows for total control over first 1 2 cycle pulse frequency operation during runtime If the first 1 2 cycle input is not connected the counter will use the static values entered in the dialog box when the strategy begins e Gate Mode External Gating the counter timer chip may be started and stopped via external level control on a special input pin If the hardware timer counter and DLL driver supports external hardware gating setting this value to high level or low level will enable the timer counter chip to allow for gating control Thus if the counter is started at either the strategy start or using the start stop input the actual counting can t take place until the external gate senses the proper level on its input pin e Update times field The Update times is a divisor that allows the Counter Frequency Pulse Output block to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the strategy This is useful if for example your strategy is running at 20Hz but you only want to sample the counter at a rate of 4Hz For this example you would set th
190. fresh the screen in millisecond Configuring Password Security To enter a password that gives you access to GeniDAQ Builder s configuration settings complete the following procedure Administration 1 Select Setup Administration from the GeniDAQ main menu Enter a password in the input box When GeniDAQ is started for the first time the Supervisor Password is blank Once a Supervisor Password 1s entered by using the Setup Change Password dialog Box the Supervisor Password stays in effect unless changed Supervisor Password seg Figure 9 6 Password Configuration Dialog Box Note If the Supervisor Password has been inadvertently forgotten you may start fresh by deleting the SECURITY PW file located in the GeniDAQ directory Note To enable password security for GeniDAQ CE Runtime you have to download the SECURITY PW file located in the GeniDAQ directory to harddisk genidaqce directory on the HMI 640S via the ActiveSync utility For more inforomation about using ActiveSync please refer to chapter 12 To create a new user account for the GeniDAQ Builder console do the following 1 Enter the new User ID and Password in the Users Administration configuration dialog box The User ID and password can consist of as little as no characters for which simply pressing the ESC key will unlock the strategy The User ID and Password can contain up to 16 characters or spaces with no constraints on format 2 Specify the Pr
191. g Runtime ALWAYS a software problem since the driver knows all supported functions and GeniDAQ queries the driver for the supported device features Timer Overrun slow down the sampling rate The computer cannot process one complete scan of the strategy in the time allowed in the Scan Task setup Allow more time for your scan task Not enough memory Memory allocation error Try to free up memory by doing less multi tasking install more memory use a good memory manager program etc File not found Occurs when trying to access a file such as a log file data file or strategy file Configuration data lost Occurs when there is a corrupted or missing device configuration in the Windows registry It contains specific configuration information for all of your installed I O devices If it is bad or missing you must re create it again B Glossary Glossary Actuator E device that activates process control equipment by using pneumatic hydraulic or electronic signals For example a valve actuator is used to control fluid rate for opening and closing valves A D Converter Analog to digital converter A circuit or device used for producing a set of digital output signals representing the magnitude of a voltage applied to its input The resolution of the device is proportional to the number of its digital output bits For instance a 16 bit A D converter is higher in resolution than a 12 bit A D Add T
192. g is a list of shortcut keys for working with the I O Driver Tool e lt Ctrl gt lt N gt Opens a new I O driver configuration file e lt Ctrl gt lt O gt Allows you to open an existing file e lt Ctrl gt lt S gt Saves the current file e lt Ctrl gt lt D gt Add a new device e lt Ctrl gt lt G gt Add a new group e lt Ctrl gt lt T gt Add a new tag e lt Ctrl gt lt M gt Add multiple new tags e lt Ctrl gt lt X gt Cut e lt Ctrl gt lt C gt Copy e lt Ctrl gt lt V gt Paste e Del Delete e lt Ctrl gt lt P gt Properties Using the File Menu The following commands appear on the File menu Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 9 New Ctd MN Open Ctd 0 DIVE Colts ave As Import Modsoft Ctd Eempord Modsnft Ctd Import CY Remport CN Export Ca Reexport CS 1 Adam tdb ZLAALDERT N TA dam tdb Exit Figure D 9 File Menu Items New Lets you create a new server configuration file Keyboard shortcut lt Ctrl gt lt N gt Open Lets you open an existing server configuration file You can select TDB file types Keyboard shortcut lt Ctrl gt lt O gt Save Saves the current server configuration file to the default path for configuration files with the name you specify The default path for configuration files is the same path where you installed the server You can change the default path by entering a new location in the Default Path tab of the Tool s Setting De
193. gramming A library of function block icons representing industry standard data acquisition control mathematical and display functions lies at your fingertips Advantech GeniDAQ uses a data flow programming model to describe your task and control strategy You intuitively construct and connect the function block icons to build your system The execution order in GeniDAQ is determined by the flow of data between blocks You can change the execution order of the blocks according to the needs of the system The Advantech GeniDAQ development environment allows you to decompose your system into several smaller modules or tasks The modular design is very useful to develop and maintain a large and complicated system more easily Each modular or task has its own properties such as scan rate start stop method and priority etc With 32 bit Windows multi tasking capability all tasks are running simultaneously at run time Moreover GeniDAQ allows you to prioritize your tasks to increase overall performance Contents e Working with tasks e Working with blocks e Working with calculation blocks e Working with file I O blocks e Working with DDE blocks e Working with tag block and virtual tag e Working with other blocks e Summary Working with Tasks Depending on the characteristics of your control strategies you can break down your strategies into several smaller modules In GeniDAQ a module is a task GeniDAQ allows you to create multi
194. gy Lock icon locks running strategy to protect from unintended operation Unlock icon unlocks running strategy Login icon is used to log in to the runtime system Logout icon is used to log out of the runtime system Starting Runtime You can start the GeniDAQ Runtime with the following methods 1 Launch Harddisk genidaqce genidaqce exe program Open the desired strategy file with the suffix gce and press START icon 2 If you want to load and run a strategy upon system boot up you must create a startup ini file as below GeniDAQ installed path genidaqce exe gce For example Harddisk genidaqce genidaqce exe Harddisk genidaqce showce gce Put the startup ini file under the Harddisk Startup directory Exiting Runtime When you have finished working in Runtime getting back to Windows CE is performed by pressing the STOP icon Then you can exit the GeniDAQ Runtime system by pressing FilelExit menu from the main menu Differences between the Win32 and WinCE Versions of Advantech GeniDAQ Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE doesn t support the following functions e BasicScript function e DDE function e OLE Automation interface for data center e Conditional wavefile block In addition the task blocks and display blocks are limited supported Check the following tables for the support listing Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 640S Platform 12 11 TASK Blocks Wave Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye
195. hannel Data Event Count Data Digital amp Alarm Status Alarm Status High Alarm Limit Low Alarm Limit Alarm Mode Setting High Alarm Mode Setting Low Alarm Mode Setting High Alarm Enable Setting Low Alarm Enable Setting Disable Alarm Setting Counter Data Counter Max Count Counter Initial Count Counter Start Control Counter Overflow Flag Counter Alarm Limit Counter Alarm Enable Setting Counter 0 Alarm Status Counter 0 Hi Alarm Limit Counter 0 HiHi Alarm Limit Counter 0 Alarm Enable Setting Counter 0 Alarm Mode Mode Specifies the method of communication for the selected channel Note Please notice that this field is not enabled at this OPC Server Data Type Specifies the tag s default data type The driver uses this data type for the tag if you do not specify a database block hardware option Valid entries include Int Long Float String Bit Unsigned Long ADAM OPC Server C 17 C 18 Channel This property indicates which data channel the data block represents Valid entries are Ch 0 Ch 1 Ch 2 Ch 3 Ch 4 Ch 5 Ch 6 Ch 7 Scaling amp Simulation This group is used for I O simulation It will generate I O signals automatically without connecting hardware If you define the device to be a simulation I O the tag belonging to the device would be defined as a simulation signal e Enabled The range of the input value from the simulation signal would be re scaled to be the setting range The Setting
196. hannel argument is not given channel O is assumed The Outputs statement takes the following parameters e Channel Integer containing the output channel Valid channel numbers are from 0 to 7 e svalue string expression specifying the value to be output Example This example output a string Gaim od as SCEno dim sz as string s1 He Loy SZ World Outputs 3 S1 amp S2 See Also Outputi statement Outputl statement Outputf statement Notice 1 In the debug environment for the Main Script Pre post task Script or Basic Script block the following commands are disabled e ScanTask start e ScanTask stop e ScanTask SingleScan e ScanTask GetStatus e Output e OutputL e OutputF e OutputS e Display e SystemStop e SystemExit However all commands will function at runtime 2 When using the Msg command to create modeless dialogs or the Sleep command for waiting do not stop GeniDAQ when the modeless dialog is still active or the Sleep command is still working 3 Be careful when programming the script to avoid an infinite loop For ScanTask command e To start stop a task by Script the task s starting method must be Inactive in Task Property e In Basic Script block or Pre Post task Script it cannot start or stop the task by itself e The possible task names passed into GetScanTask task name command refer to Chapter 11 Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center
197. he Add Device button on the Add menu of the configuration toolbar The new device appears in the Tree Browser and the fields for entering device properties appear in the Device Properties dialog 2 Enter the properties for the new device Edits to a field do not take effect until you remove the focus or cursor from the field and press the OK button To modify an existing device 1 Select the device you want to modify from the Tree Browser 2 Select specified device and click on the Properties button in the Edit menu bar The Device Properties dialog will be displayed for device modification 3 Edit the device s fields as needed ADAM OPC Server C 13 Device Properties Device Type ADAM 3017 Word Swap T Conor COM Timeout 1000 Simulate 149 does not access the physical device cael Figure C 13 Device Properties Configuration Window Device Name Specifies the name of the added or modified device Valid Entries Up to 12 alphanumeric characters Device Type Specifies the hardware type of the selected device This property is used to indicate which kind of device is used Valid entries are ADAM 4011 ADAM 4011D ADAM 4012 ADAM 4013 ADAM 4014D ADAM 4016 ADAM 4017 ADAM 4018 ADAM 4018M ADAM 4021 ADAM 4050 ADAM 4052 ADAM 4053 ADAM 4060 ADAM 4080 ADAM 4080D ADAM 5013 ADAM 5017 ADAM 5017H ADAM 5018 ADAM 5024 ADAM 5050 ADAM 5051 ADAM 5
198. he BasicScript block Function 1 Get Advantech DEMO I O AI channel O value 2 Compare the AI channel O value with the value the user typed in 3 If AI value is greater than input value then turn on the alarm lamp to be red otherwise turn it off to be green Procedure 1 Refer Tutorial 1 to start GeniDAQ and add new Tasks 2 Add a numeric display item a numeric control display item a indicator display item and two text display items into Display1 window Figure 2 39 Build display screen 3 Add AI block BasicScript block and TAG block in Task1 Configure AI block to be Advantech DEMO I O channel 0 Connect All block to BasicScript block and NCTL1 block to BasicScript block by wire link Figure 2 40 Build Task icon and wiring Link TAG with numeric control item in Display1 window Tutorial 2 27 Tag Block Figure 2 41 Link TAG to numeric control item 4 Double click the BasicScript block to edit a Basic script program Key in the following text program in the pop up window SUD SERLO dim mytagl as TAG dim mytag2 as TAG set mytagl GetTag Task1 AT1 set mytag2 GetTag Disp1 NCTL1 if mytagl gt mytag2 then outputi 1 else outputi 0 end if End Sub 5 Double click on the numeric display item in Display1 and configure it to display the value of AII in Task1 Double click on the indicator display item in displayl and configure it to display the value of scrl in Taskl
199. he Text String Display Item you can choose the font color and size of the displayed text by pressing the Font button in the Text String Display Item dialog box Configuration Dialog Box Text String Display Item E Text Background color Cancel emm Figure 4 30 Text String Display Item Configuration Window Field Description e Text This field is used to input desired text for display e Background Color This field is used to specify the background color of this text field If you want to specify the text color you can assign it by disabling Auto Font Sizing and selecting the Font button Group Box Display Item Description The group box display item is used to group together display objects Configuration Dialog Box Group Box Display Item E Border width E Cancel Figure 4 31 Group Box Display Item Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Border Width Specify the width of the group box when displayed in the Display Designer window 4 24 Event Log Display Item Interface e Number of inputs 0 e Input type none e Number of outputs O e Output type none Event Log Display Item x Tag EVT Text color IT Black Background O white Cancel Help Figure 4 32 Event Log Display Item Dialog Box Description The Event Log Display Item is used to show all alarms and events It should be used with the Alarm Log block and enable the Event Log option in Setup Runtime Pr
200. he scheduling timers are executed independently and simultaneously The relationship between these scheduling timers is shown below Quick Start to GeniDAQ As a quick introduction to using GeniDAQ complete the following procedure to run one of the demonstration strategies that was copied to your computer s hard disk drive during the software installation 1 Launch the Device Installation Utility by selecting Add Devices from the main menu Alternative ly you can click the Add Devices toolbar icon which is available in both the Task Designer and Display Designer Introduction 1 19 Add Devices Toolbar Icon o E da Gt W EL pm tem Figure 1 16 The Add Devices Toolbar Icon 2 The Advantech IO Device Installation windows loads Advantech IO Device Installation Installed Devices E My Computer List of Devicez BR Advantech DEMO Board E Advantech COM Devices el Advantech CAN Devices PCL 841 MIC 2630 PCM 3 Advantech PCI 1710 Advantech PCI 1710HG Figure 1 17 Device Installation Utility Main Screen 1 20 The Installed Devices pane displays the Advantech hardware that is currently set up to run on your computer The List of Devices pane shows Advantech hardware for which the drivers can be installed to enable their use 3 Highlight the Advantech DEMO Board entry in the List of Devices pane and click the Add button A configuration dialog box is displayed to configure the device that you are adding
201. iable with a certain tag name The number color and size of the color segments may be chosen When in the associated configuration dialog box double click on the Analog Meter you must first choose which Task block s data you would like to display Available icon blocks are displayed in a list box labeled Input from The tagged block s dynamic value 1s displayed during runtime You can choose the segment color range orientation vertical or horizon tal and the initial Analog Meter value Up to five segments can be specified The style section is a series of check boxes allowing you to choose whether you see an outer frame bordered bar or whether or not you want numbers or tick marks to be displayed Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 17 Configuration Dialog Box Analog Meter Display Item Tag METER1 Description IA Input from SELECT Tics settings Show ticks Cancel vez No start ticks o Help Number of ticks i o End ticks 10 Meter span 300 Orientation Up sl Number of segments 3 Initial value o Segment Start fo End E Color a Ok Gree Segment Start le End e Color L Yellow Segments Start 8 End D Color E Dk Red Segmenti Start End Color O Red End Segmenta Start Color Black d Figure 4 22 Analog Meter Display Object Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Show Ticks Specify whether Ticks will be
202. ication like drivers and GeniDAQ would use the tag name to get a block ID from the data center The block ID 1s another key to find the data item in the data center Note GeniDAQ CE does not support the DDE and OLE Automation programming interface for Data Center Contents e Data Store s DDE Dynamic Data Exchange Interface e OLE Object Linking and Embedded Automation Interface e Summary Data Store Data Store keeps the storage of Tag s data It supports three data types LONG 32 bites FLOAT 4 bytes and STRING 128 bytes maximum Data Structure The structure of data center 1s below Tag TASK Tag Tag Tag Tag VIRTASK Tag Figure 11 2 Data Center Data Structure It consists of two levels One is task level There are three types in this level TASK can be any task in Task Designer DISP can be any display in Display Designer VIRTASK contains all virtual tags The other one is tag level It contains all tags that belong to its parent task Available Tags Not all GeniDAQ s tags will be created in data center for example Basic Script block The following table lists all available tags created in data center Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center 11 3 The Tags Created By GeniDAQ Block L TagName Data Type Channel Count Daag JASKUSER String as Historical end DISP1 HIST1__ Floating point JW CS Figure 11 3 The Tags Created By GeniDAQ Note a TASK1 can change to TASK2 to T
203. icipating the approach of a zero value error signal and initiating a control response reversal before the measured value usually sensed temperature actually gets there Proper use of the derivative term can result in much faster process response PID Control Block wl Tag bp Descriptions Eist z Type of PID control Filter constant 01 Ge Position Velocity Io Default initial setting Output clamp Setpoirt D High clamp E Low clamp 5 Rate clamp en Feedback from LT Dinamic setpoint i Dinamic F Param P Dynamic I Pararn P Dynamic 0 Param LF Trigger for PID change PO OF Cancel Help Figure 3 18 PID Control Block Configuration Dialog Box P value 1 value O D value Type of PID control The output of the position method is an absolute value for setting the controlled variable Since the output of the velocity method is a relative amount to change the controlled variable For example 1f the current value of the controlled variable is 5 and the output of the PID position algorithm is 2 then the controlled variable 1s set to 2 If the current value of the controlled variable 1s 5 and the output of the PID velocity algorithm is 2 then the controlled variable should be set to 5 2 7 e P PID proportional control constant e J PID integral mode gain constant e D PID derivative mode gain constant The P I D parameters can be set on the fly dynamic by specifying data from other
204. ifies the local client site name Node name Specifies the remote server name IP address Specifies the IP address of the remote server name Add button After specifying Node name IP address press Add button to add a node into Remote node list Delete button Select an item in the Remote node list then press the Delete button to delete it You can press the Advanced button to adjust the parameters for network communication the Advanced Option dialog box appears CommunicatingThrough TCP IP Networking 8 3 Advanced Options Retor times o Reconnect interval lo mec Response timeout 500 meets IY Loggine network mesages Figure 8 3 Network s Advanced Option Dialog Box Field Description e Retry times After connection if a network block cannot get any data from a remote node after N number of retries the network block shows a timeout in the status bar A zero 0 entry in the text box indicates that as many attempts as are necessary will be made for network connection Any other integer in the text box will allow for connection attempts to stop after N number of tries e Reconnect interval Specifies time interval for reconnection in milliseconds e Response timeout Specifies time out for response in milliseconds e Logging network messages Enables logging of communication messages in the event window Configuring Network Input Blocks to Map Remote Tags Block Information Output 0 Integer floating point st
205. igner To begin working with GeniDAQ you must first boot with Windows 95 98 or Windows NT enter the Advantech GeniDAQ program group and double click on the GeniDAQ Builder icon The GeniDAQ software loads and you should see a pop up window to introduce GeniDAQ and its version After several seconds the pop up window disappears and a blank GeniDAQ main window opens Tutorial 2 3 Advantech eni ADVANTECH Figure 2 1 GeniDAQ information Using On Line Help You can get Help while using GeniDAQ by choosing a command from the Task Designer Help menu or by pressing F1 GeniDAQ also includes a Help button in each dialog box so that you may access context sensitive help on a specific topic To access Help from GeniDAQ 1 From the Help menu in the Task Designer choose a Help command 2 Or press Fl while using GeniDAQ 3 Or choose the Help button in a dialog box A Help window appears The topic that is displayed depends on which Help command you chose what was selected when you pressed Fl or which dialog box you were using when you chose the Help button The Help Contents for GeniDAQ appear when you enter Help using the menu item labeled Index Within GeniDAQ a Help topic on the selected command or dialog box appears when you use the Help Button within the current dialog box Building Your Strategy Before you can use GeniDAQ to run a process strategy interactively with its corresponding operator displays in real time you
206. ill occur An ASCII file must be created containing the data formatted into one column of either integer or floating point values Specify the filename in the associated dialog box Connect the Data file block to the block to where data will be sent Data File Block Tag INF Description INFI File name Browse Cancel Help Figure 3 22 Data File Block Configuration Dialog Box e Wiring In No input allowed e Wiring Out This block passes the value from data file to connected block Log File Blocks Block Information On Off integer Open Close integer _ Log File Block 16 Logged Data floating point gt Figure 3 23 Log File Block Information Interface e Number of inputs 18 on off open close and 16 inputs for logged data e Input type integer integer float for 16 inputs e Number of outputs O e Output type none This block has input capability The block allows data from inputs to be logged to a file in multiple column format Each block from which data is to be logged corresponds with one column in the file Log File Block E Tag ILOG Description Lo EN File name Browse Alle format setting for HHH T Starting index o Advance Restore the previous stop value Storage type Update method Delimeter fasc Overwrite Space sl Comments For ASCII File only Lancel Lol No Input Help es Double
207. in your script and a copy of it is placed on the Clipboard Pasting Text Once you have cut or copied material to the Clipboard here s how to paste it into your script at another location To paste the contents of the Clipboard into your script 1 Position the insertion point where you want to place the contents of the Clipboard 2 Press Ctrl V The contents of the Clipboard appear at the location of the insertion point If you wish to delete a block of text and insert the contents of the Clipboard in its place you can combine the two operations by first selecting the text you want to remove and then pressing Ctrl V to replace it with the contents of the Clipboard Undoing Editing Operations You can undo editing operations that produce a change in your script including e The insertion of a series of characters e The insertion of a block of text from the Clipboard e The deletion of a series of characters e The deletion or cutting of a block of text You can t undo operations that don t produce any change in your script such as moving the insertion point selecting text and copying material to the Clipboard To undo an editing operation e Press Ctrl Z Your script is restored to the way 1t looked before you performed the editing operation Adding Comments to Your Script You can add comments to your script to remind yourself or others of how your code works Comments are ignored when your script is executed In Basi
208. indows Explorer browse to the GeniDAQ CE Runtime files for example C Program Files Advantech GeniDAQCE 3 Right click the files and click Copy Place the cursor in the harddisk genidaqce folder for your device right click and click Paste Installing Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime for HMI 640S via TCP IP Net work 1 Insert the Advantech GeniDAQ CD into CD ROM drive on host PC The installation program will be launched automatically 2 Select Install Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE Runtime item and specify the installation directory to C Program Files Advantech GeniDAQCE on Host PC to install it 3 After installing it to host PC share the installed directory C Program Files Advantech GeniDAQCE directory with other machines by right clicking on the GeniDAQCE directory and selecting resource sharing item in the Windows Explorer Note The other way you can transfer the files through a network server by copying all files under C Program Files Advantech GeniDAQCE directory to the server 4 Connect the host PC and HMI 640S to a hub or a network server Note If you use a hub for download you should assign IP addresses for host PC and HMI 640S manually 5 On HMI 640S click Start gt Programs gt Command Prompt menu and issue the command Net View Host_PC_Computer_Name for download via hub or Note For download via network server issue the command N Net View Server_Name lt generates Logon to Network Server Dialog box
209. indows applications can exchange data with AO block and or output data to hardware device s directly For more information about DDE see DDE Blocks Client and Server Initial value settings Specifies the initial value of the Analog Output block There are three options no initial value with initial value and initial value form the previous stop Wiring Information Wiring In Another block provides output data to the AO block and connected hardware device s There is only one input source If an input source already exists The input already connected message will be displayed Wiring Out Passes the input data to a connected block directly Digital Input 5 12 All Channels Integer DI m Channel 0 Integer C Channel 15 Integer Figure 5 14 Digital Input Block Block Information Interface Number of inputs 0 Input type none Number of outputs 17 All Channels and Channel 0 to Channel 15 Output type integer Description This block has output capability that supplies other blocks with digital input information from the I O device For All Channels output the output value is from O to 2416 For Channel 0 to Channel 15 output the output value is O or Digital Input block supports e Advantech I O hardware includes plug in DA amp C cards and ADAM 4000 5000 modules e OPC standard interface Dialog Box Configuration Tag
210. ing HistDaysAgo entry under the System section in Windows directory Historical Trending System 6 7 6 8 System HistDaysAgo 30 Note If you want to keep all historical files you should set HistDaysAgo 0 Note The filename format of the binary file keeping the historical trend data is as follows YYYYMMDD HNN e YYYY represents the year for example 2002 e MM represents the month for example 10 e DD represents the date for example 25 e NN represents the ordinal number for historical trend for example the HIST2 historical trend is represented NN 02 l Monitoring Alarm and Event Overview GeniDAQ provides an alarm notification feature to inform operators of process and system conditions This feature supports the display logging and printing of process alarms and network and system events Alarms represent warnings of process conditions while events represent normal network or system status messages GeniDAQ Event Window Event Log File GeniDAQ ELF GeniDAQ ELH Alarm Log Block 7 Alarm Display Printer Figure 7 1 The Alarm Log Block Architecture Contents e Configuring alarm settings using the Runtime Preference configuration dialog box e Configuring the alarm log block e Alarm system at runtime e Summary Note GeniDAQ CE does not support alarm printing Configuring Alarm Settings Under the Runtime Preferences To enable alarm and event logging and printing you mu
211. ing Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 33 3 34 The output of the timer block is cyclic if one of the cycle options is chosen For example the output of the timer block with Elapsed time type Second resolution and Minutely cycle goes from 0 to 59 and back to 0 The same block with hourly cycle will output 0 to 3599 and back to 0 The timer block can be reset by another block a value of input to the timer block reset will reset the timer For a timer block with Time Of Day absolute type the output doesn t start from O at the beginning of the run It gives the number of seconds or 1 10 seconds since the boundary of the cycle according to the computer s clock For example the output of an hourly timer with seconds resolution is 0 every hour on the hour then incremented to 1 2 3 3599 then back to 0 on the next hour The boundary of various timer cycles are listed as follows e YEARLY Starts from 0 at 00 00 00 AM January Ist every year e MONTHLY Starts from 0 at 00 00 00 AM the first day of each month e WEEKLY Starts from 0 at 00 00 00 AM on Sunday every week e DAILY Starts from 0 at 00 00 00 AM every day e HOURLY Starts from 0 every hour on the hour e MINUTELY Starts from 0 every minute on the minute It s easy to calculate the actual time based on the cycle type For example the weekly timer outputs 86400 at 0 00 AM Monday morning and 518400 at 12 00 PM Friday midnight You can
212. ing for the task to complete Example This example start the task MyTask Sub Main dim MyTask as ScanTask set MyTask GetScanTask TASK1 MyTask Start End Sub See Also GetScanTask Function GetStatus method Stop method SingleScan method ScanTaskObject Stop method Syntax MyTask Stop 10 28 Description A method of the ScanTask object used to stop a task Comments Applies to ScanTask object Example This example stop the task MyTask Assume MyTask is running already Sub Main dim MyTask as ScanTask dim FileLength as Integer set MyTask GetScanTask TASK1 Open test dat For Input As 1 FileLength Lof 1 Tf FileLength gt 32000 Then MyTask Stop End If End Sub See Also GetScanTask Function GetStatus method Start method SingleScan method GetScanTask function Syntax Set ScanTaskObj GetScanTask taskname Description Returns an object of type ScanTask if successful Returns Null if the taskname specified can not be found or not valid Comments ScanTaskObj is a variable declared as type ScanTask taskname is a string expression specifying the task The taskname should be in capital letters for example TASK1 Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 29 Tag Example This example start the task MyTask Sub Main dim MyTask as ScanTask set MyTask GetScanTask TASK1 MyTask Initialize MyTask Start
213. ing on the Device Installation icon in the GeniDAQ 4 0 folder from the Start menu Then click on the FilelExport menu to export the configuration file to a reg file Also you can import a device configuration by clicking on the File Import menu To export the Advantech device configuration run ADSDEVICEINSTALL EXE from the directory where GeniDAQ is installed Select the Export option from the File menu in the ADSDEVICEINSTALL EXE utility Connecting Your Devices 5 5 Connecting Devices with OPC Standard Interface 9 6 Configuring OPC Communication Settings After you install and configure your OPC servers you can configure GeniDAQ s OPC settings to optimize communication with the OPC servers These include asynchronous or synchronous communi cation cache or device data type update rate and deadband You can activate the OPC configuration dialog box by selecting Setup Task Properties from the main menu of Task Designer and clicking the OPC Setting button OPC Server Properties E Scan mode Ge Asunchonous Synchronous Data source Ce Cache E Device Update rate o Deadband o Figure 5 6 OPC Server Properties Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Scan Mode Specifies asynchronous or synchronous mode scan Asynchronous mode configures the OPC server to transfer data only when data is changed It is more efficient Synchronous mode always scans data from the OPC server e Da
214. int with the mouse and the Goto Line command as explained below Script Designer differs from most word processing programs in that it allows you to place the insertion Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 3 point anywhere within your script including in empty spaces Empty spaces are areas within the script that do not contain text such as a tab s expanded space or the area beyond the last character on a line Here e how to use the mouse to reposition the insertion point This approach is especially fast if the area of the screen to which you want to move the insertion point is currently visible To move the insertion point with the mouse 1 Use the scroll bars at the right and bottom of the display to scroll the target area of the script into view if it is not already visible 2 Place the mouse pointer where you want to position the insertion point 3 Click the left mouse button The insertion point is repositioned Note When you scroll the display with the mouse the insertion point remains in its original position until you reposition it with a mouse Click If you attempt to perform an editing operation when the insertion point is not in view Script Designer auto matically scrolls the insertion point into view before performing the operation Here s how to jump directly to a specified line in your script This approach is especially fast if the area of the screen to which you want to mo
215. iority of task no matter how complex your display is In addition it provides parallel scan for each task It results in more efficient task scan for independent I O such as COM port devices with long response time Moreover because of independent task scanning it will not affect the system safety if one task is failed You can also prioritize your tasks to meet time critical operation Finally as multitasking design it will not block off the task scanning or display update at operating your user interface All of these provide you the industrial secure and real time environment for your applications There are three kinds of scheduling timer during GeniDAQ runtime execution The first one is the I O polling time It is different for internal I O drivers and OPC servers For internal I O drivers the polling time is based on the task s scan time On the other hand the polling time for OPC servers is the update rate configured in the OPC settings of the task property The second one is the task s scan time that represents the time interval between the scans of a task Each scan will update all blocks in a task Each task has its own scan time that is configured in the task property The last one is the screen s refresh period configured in the Runtime Preference under Setup menu The display update is based on the refresh period However it only updates the display items with input changed Because of the multi tasking characteristics all of t
216. ispinterface IDBCTR32 AFX_APPEND_ ODL AFX_APPEND_ODL Summary GeniDAQ s data center provides OLE Automation and DDE interface that allow your application to share real time data with GeniDAQ Users can choose their favorite language to develop their applica tions 11 16 12 Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 640S Platform Overview 12 2 Advantech GeniDAQ allows you to build your application on PCs with Windows NT 98 95 and run it on these platforms or on Advantech HMI 640S model with Windows CE Advantech HMI 640S is a HMI platform with 5 7 inch screen size For the detailed information please refer to Advantech HMI 640S hardware manual This chapter describes how to run Advantech GeniDAQ on HMI 640S platform including the installing Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime on HMI 640S developing GeniDAQ CE strategy downloading the strategy configuring the devices TCP IP networking and running the application The steps to run your strategy as below a b G d Build your application with Advantech GeniDAQ Builder V4 10 or higher on Host PC Download GeniDAQ CE strategy to HMI 6405 Launch MHarddiskGeniDAQCKAdsDevicelnstall exe to configure and install devices Launch Harddisk GeniDA QCE GeniDAQCE exe program under My Computer icon to start the Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime Contents Installing Advantech GeniDAQ CE on HMI 640S Creating GeniDAQ CE strategy on host PCs Downloading GeniDAQ CE s
217. it AI block will be chosen Move the mouse to the working area of the TASK1 window and press the left mouse button An AI block will be added to the working area as AI1 This operation is called Drag and Drop Figure 2 3 Add an Al block 3 Double click on the AII block You will see a dialog box like that shown below Analog Input Properties Tag All Description Device tem Connect to OPC server Update times e DDE Establish DDE link i Channel 0 onki Figure 2 4 Configure Al block I O device 4 Inthe AI configuration dialog if the Device box is empty click on the downward pointing arrow at the end of the box and click once on Advantech DEMO I O 0H This will configure this analog input block to use the data from the Advantech DEMO I O device which has an I O address of OH 0 hexadecimal The channel should be set to O to view a sine wave Now that the AI block is configured click once on the OK button which will save the configuration of the block and close the dialog box returning you to the task window 5 After creating an AI block in Task Designer TASK1 you can change the activated window to Display Designer DISP1 by clicking once on the Window menu and pulling the menu down Select Display Designer DISP1 item to activate Display Designer DISP1 A Display item Toolbox will be displayed on the left of the Display1 window like the following Tutorial 2 7 Er
218. ivilege number of each User The privilege is used to manage security of the system You can design your system display window and control object with privilege constraints to lock and protect user options The privilege number is from 1 to 255 The larger number the higher one s level of privilege to access the display window and control objects The privelege number 1 is reserved for the supervisor 3 Click the Add User button To delete a user account from the GeniDAQ Builder console 1 Highlight the User JD that you want to remove in the User List pane and then click the Delete button Runtime and Security System 9 7 sere Administration User List User ID _ Close SUPERVISOR Delete Cancel Help Password fren Add TEE Privilege 100 UserID DPERATORI Figure 9 7 Users Administration Configuration Dialog Box Change Password To change the GeniDAQ Builder password do the following 1 Select Setup Change Password from the main menu 2 The Change Password configuration dialog box opens Enter the User ID whose password you want to change the Old Password and the New Password 3 Click the OK button to save your changes Change Password User ID OPERA TORI Old Password eee New Password fever DIE Cancel Figure 9 8 Change Password Configuration Dialog Box If you want GeniDAO Runtime to check for a password you must enable this feature in the Runtim
219. ject means that the client is no longer interested in the object so the system can delete the object in the server Configuring the OPC Client The OPC Client is used as a test case to debug an OPC Compliant Server and access some of the OPC variables and parameter configuration 1 Start the OPC Client by clicking its shortcut icon ADIANTECA Fent OPCChent Figure D 20 Advantech OPC Client Icon 2 Select the Advantech OPC Items Monitor on the bottom left of the OPC Browser and right click the mouse You can add and connect the OPC Server to this browser Advantech OPC Browser File View Help olaja e a e Local OPC Servers a OPC Server 7 Advantech ADAM De DSSI OPCTLSampSe 7 FactorySoft InProc 0 FactorySoft Sample ICONICS AlarmmServer a ICONICS Dep Wort 2 b BAdvantech OPC Item Mog Add OPC Server NUM 4 Figure D 21 OPC Server Browser Window 3 Select Advantech MODBUS RTU OPC and click OK This connects the OPC Client to the MOD BUS RTU OPC server Add Server Dialog ICONICS AlarmServer_ a ICONICS DataWorxd2 ModbusOPC _Cancel ICONICS Simulator OPC DYTest 1 Schneider AutOFSSime OPC Tool ors Modbus Server Tonlh4for WMoadhisDl IT Server On Remote Computer Figure D 22 Add Server Dialog Box 4 Select Advantech ModBUS RTU OPC server and right click the mouse You can add a Group for the connected OPC Server
220. k object It is suggested that this method be used before start or stop task Example This example scan the task MyTask for 100 times Sub Main dim i as integer dim Mystatus as integer dim MyTask as ScanTask set MyTask GetScanTask TASK1 MyStatus MyTask GetStatus 1f MyStatus 0 then MyTask Start MyTask Stop end if End Sub See Also GetScanTask Function GetStatus method Initialize method Start method Stop method ScanTaskObject SingleScan method Syntax MyTask SingleScan Description A method the ScanTask object uses to do a single scan of a task Comments Applies to ScanTask object The ScanTask is scanned immediately regardless of the scan period specified in the ScanTask Setup dialog box This call does not return until the scan is completed Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 27 Example This example scan the task MyTask for 100 times Sub Main dim i as integer dim MyTask as ScanTask set MyTask GetScanTask TASK1 for i 1 to 100 MyTask SingleScan next 1 End Sub See Also GetScanTask Function GetStatus method Start method Stop method ScanTaskObject Start method Syntax MyTask Start Description A method of the ScanTask object used to start a task Comments Applies to ScanTask object The ScanTask is started regardless of the starting method specified in the ScanTask Setup dialog box This call returns immediately without wait
221. k outputs the current time to connected block s There are multiple time formats for selection Format 14 43 52 time of day Z 14 43 52 time of day 14 43 52 368 time of day Sep 23 14 43 52 Mon Sep 23 14 43 52 1992 UU UU TA AN elapsed time Figure 3 44 Time Stamp Output Format Ramp Block Block Information Reset integer Ramp A a Hold integer gt Block utput 1 floating point gt Figure 3 45 Ramp Block Information e Number of inputs 2 reset hold e Input type integer integer e Number of outputs 1 e Output type float Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 35 3 36 Interface Ramp Block x Tag AMF Descriptiorr RMP Ramp start value Cancel o Ramp stop value B o 1 Step Increment decrermernit Help da he Automatically reset to start value upon reaching stop value Figure 3 46 Ramp Block Configuration Dialog Box e Start Value A floating point value at which the ramp will start e Stop Value A floating point value at which the ramp will finish Can be above or below the Start value e Increment Decrement Each step up down the ramp will be equal to this value e Reset from Block Any digital type block used to apply a digital high low to reset start the ramp A digital high applied to this input resets the ramp and stops ramping A digital low allows ramping to occur No reset input is treated as a
222. l sample Valid values for the Update times are between 1 and 32767 Establish DDE Link field The Digital Input block also has DDE capabilities which allow it to exchange data with other Windows applications For more information about DDE please refer to DDE Client Server block Scaling button Scaling button is used to re scale input value range to the desired value range The scaling dialog box is below Scaling EN min value 11 mas value m1 Input range 0 0 0 0 min value n2 mas value mz Scale to 0 0 UU Cancel result n2 input rl lt me 12 m 111 Figure 5 10 Analog Input Scaling Dialog Box Connecting Your Devices 5 9 5 10 For example if the input range is 5 to 5 then you can adjust it to be 0 to 10 e Wiring In GeniDAQ will display a window with the error message Cannot accept input e Wiring Out Multiple channels can be selected to output data to another connected block The maximum number of channels is 32 Selection EN Ch List Cancel Output 4 Output 5 _ Help Figure 5 11 Analog Input Block s Wiring out Dialog Box Through Advantech DLL Driver Interface Connecting Plug in DA amp C Cards Depending on the hardware that you re using the analog input may have multiple channels The From channel and To channel fields specify the scan channels Configure the input ranges in the Input Range field for all channels Some plug in DA amp C car
223. led a roll of wire appears instead of the standard mouse cursor In this mode connections can be started and terminated between various Task Designer blocks Please check the input output capacities and ata types for each block Make sure the data type is matched between the source block and target block at connecting them The following connections may be made Block to Block This is the most common connection in a strategy You simply click on the source block and then click on the target block If the source block or target block provides multiple inputs or outputs then you need to select one of them in the listbox Block to Display Item When connecting a block to a display item you have to open the Display Designer window double click the display item you want to connect to to open its configuration dialog box and then select the source block from the combo box in the dialog This is normally done by configuring the Input from field in the configuration dialog box This completes the connection from a block to a display item For example the following figure shows Numeric String display item being configured to receive input from a Temperature Measurement block in TASKI Humenc Sting Display Item Fa Input from SELECT m T Task Display virtual Tag arne TMP TMF sl Cancel Channels Figure 3 8 Connect a block to a display item Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 9 3 10 Display Item
224. line you selected and you can resume stepping through your script from there Note You can only use the Set Next Statement command to move the instruction pointer within the same subroutine If you place the insertion point on a line that is not in the same subroutine the Set Next Statement command will be disabled in the Debug menu Setting and Removing Breakpoints If you want to start the debugging process at the first line of your script and then step through your code line by line the method described in the preceding subsection works fine If you only need to debug one or more portions of a long script that method can be cumbersome Basic Script Editor File Edit Run Debug Help sub SCR1 dim mytagi dim mtag2 as TAG set mytagt set mytag2 ketTag Task1 RIIT GetTag VIRTASK YRI this is a breakpoint if mytagi value gt mytag2 valuej then mutag value mytag d value outputi 1 Reade Line 7 Col 64 Modified Figure 10 6 Setting and Removing Breakpoints Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 13 10 14 An alternate strategy is to set one or more breakpoints at selected lines in your script Script Designer suspends execution of your script just before it reaches a line containing a breakpoint thereby allowing you to begin or resume stepping through the script from that point Setting Breakpoints You can set breakpoints to begin the debugging pr
225. ll need to locate a link that you create in GeniDAQ DDE Link Server E Tag l0DES1 Descriptor IN Service GeniDAg Topic Cancel Help Item DDES Figure 3 30 DDE server block setting The Service in this case is GeniDAQ It is the program name of the Windows application that is providing the data The Topic is the name of the particular file that is providing the data In GeniDAQ it would be the name of your particular strategy GNI The extension GNI is not needed here only the name of the strategy For example if your strategy were named DDEDEMO GNI the topic would be DDE DEMO Keep in mind that an untitled strategy will not be able to provide data through DDE it must be a unique saved filename The Item is the tagname of the block that is providing the data DDES1 DDES2 DDEC1 etc Other valid tagnames are AI1 DO3 etc first Analog input block third digital output block third elapsed timer block etc These I O blocks have DDE capability built in to their dialog boxes It 1s important to realize that these are the tagnames that GeniDAQ assigns to the particular blocks and not the description that the user can change These three fields are what the other Windows applications will be looking for Usually most other Windows applications will separate the fields in the following manner Service Topic Item Note that this is not a universal standard only common practice You should refer to the
226. log BOX cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesecesaeaeaaaanaesesaeaeanaeaeanaeaeanaeas 3 16 Figure 3 17 PID Control Block Information EE 3 17 Figure 3 18 PID Control Block Configuration Dialog BOX ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesesaeaeaaaaeaaaaaaeaeaeaeaeananaeananananaaas 3 18 Figure 3 19 Event Counter Block Information A bh ve ee 3 20 Figure 3 20 Event Counter Block Configuration Dialog Box 3 20 Fig re 3 21 Data File Block Information EE 3 21 Figure 3 22 Data File Block Configuration Dialog BOX ENNEN 3 22 Fig re 3 23 Log File Block toma EE 3 22 Figure 3 24 Log file Block Configuration Dialog BOX AAR 3 23 Figure 325 SeleCh data Storage EE 3 23 erg le Select file update Et ee iria dan E A ADA A AAA AE AAA AAA AAA 3 24 Figure 3 27 Select the delimiter between data cccccccecccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenenesananananananananananananananaeananenaeeanananans 3 24 Flguite 3 20 LOg Tile open close methods EE 3 25 Figure 3 29 DDE Server BIOCK le elt de WEE 3 26 Figure 3 30 DDE Server block Sia E AA eaa Aiea e eae Aa EEEE EREEREER Eea esate 3 27 Figure 3 31 DDE Client Block IN IOIMA O ie Ennn 3 28 Pigtire 3 32 DDE Chent DIOCK eenean neea eea eane a E eaea a Ee E ASAA E ea EEEa aE E Eea a ASAREE a AaS 3 28 Figure 3 33 Greate RRE 3 29 Figure 3 34 Tag Block niet re EE 3 29 Figure 3 35 TAG Block Configuration Dialog BOX ee 3 30 ee lg Ne an EE e DR ET EE 3 31 Figur
227. log Box Configuration Hardware Alarm Properties Enable Ele lee RF MESE hable alas Figure 5 25 Digital Alarm Block Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Device Item field Specifies the device associated with the block Please make sure the hardware alarm is enabled when the device is installed Alarm enabled field is YES as below EPERFA ADAM 4000 Module Parameters IN E mmm mmm LK Gel Heb gel Figure 5 26 Advantech ADAM 4000 Module Parameters Configuration Dialog Box 5 22 e Alarm limit settings After selecting the hardware alarm channel you can set the alarm range high and low values e Enable disable input If the Enable Disable Input is connected the alarm is enabled and disabled using this input This allows for total control over alarm operation during runtime If the enable disable input is not connected the alarm will be enabled when the strategy begins and disabled when it ends To enable the alarm using the enable disable input provide a rising edge from low zero to high to this input from another block Alarm status is output from the hardware alarm block with every scan of GeniDAQ unless the divisor explained below is set to a value other than 1 one By applying a falling edge from high to low digital value to the enable disable input the alarm may be disabled e Reset Input option By connecting a rising edge value to the block s Reset Input the alar
228. lors from which to select 4 30 e Privilege level This field is used for protection of system control The privilege level is from 0 to 255 with larger numbers having the higher privilege For example if the privilege level of a button is 100 then the user e privilege must be larger than or equal to 100 to press this button e Output value This field is used to configure the output value of a button There are two output modes for your selection You can select Up 0 and Down 1 or Up 1 and Down 0 e Options You can enable disable these option fields as you want e Restore the previous stop value This field is used to save the value of the control display at system stop and the value will be restored at next system start Menu Button Control Display Item gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 Fle Edt Setup View Window Bim Help CIE For Help press Fl Figure 4 39 Menu Button Control Display Item in Workspace Window Description This menu item is used while the system is in Runtime mode There are two functions provided by this menu button One is to start stop halt resume system execution Another is to switch between multiple display windows Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 31 Configuration Dialog Box Menu Button Display Item Ed Tag MENUB1 Label MENU C Display switching Task control Acton NONE Task Control Only e Start O Stop GG
229. low input e Hold from Block Any digital type block used to hold the ramp at the current value A high digital signal applied to this input stops ramping at the current value A low applied to this input will enable resume ramping No hold input is treated as a low input Description This block allows input and output A ramp of floating point values may be generated by using this block By connecting a high digital value to the reset input the ramp can be reset to its starting value By applying a high digital value to the hold input the ramp may be temporarily held at the current value The rate of increase decrease of the ramp is proportional to the sample rate scan task period selected e Wiring In Ramp blocks accept input data as Reset from or Hold from data and use the data in block configuration e Wiring Out Ramp blocks output generated analog values to connected blocks Beep Block Block Information Input 1 integer sia Figure 3 47 Beep Block Information e Number of inputs 1 e Input type integer e Number of outputs O e Output type none Interface Beep Block E4 Tag Description sP1 This block has no parameters Help Figure 3 48 Beep Block Configuration Dialog Box Description This block accepts one input It provides alarm output to the speaker in the PC or an external speaker Digital blocks are used as input e Wiring In Beep blocks accept digital input
230. lumn number starting at one 1 You can change the column numbers by double clicking on each input tagname so that a dash is displayed instead of the column number Double clicking again on each input s tagname starting at the one you want to be logged as column one 1 in the file will cause them to be numbered the way you want By pressing the Options button you can specify each column s width in characters desired header information and decimal point format For example if the format is specified as 0 000 the output would be displayed as 9 876 If you specify the output as 0 0 the output value would be 9 8 The Log On Off input if connected is used to control the logging of the input data A nonzero input allows input data to be logged while a zero input suspends the data logging process You can use this to select the right data to be logged or to take one of every N readings The Open Close input 1f connected 1s used to control the opening and closing of the log file This option only works with a wildcard file name since opening a file will trigger the block to use the next file name based on the wildcard characters The Advanced button will allow you to set up a total of 16 possible combinations for opening and closing the file 4 options for opening and 4 options for closing Advanced Options E Open method Open after SCAMS Open if File Control is 1 Open
231. ly to the I O Server Changes you make to the driver configuration while working with the OPC Server Tool automatically display in the Tree Browser Refreshing the Tree Browser To view changes made from another client application such as another OPC Server Tool accessing the server or a custom client application accessing the server you must refresh the Tree Browser display by selecting an item in the Tree Browser Collapsing and Expanding the Tree Browser You can collapse or expand the tree under an item by double clicking it C 8 Navigating in the Tree Browser Navigating through the Tree Browser can be done by selecting items with a mouse or by using the keyboard Use the up or left arrow keys to move up in the Tree Browser Similarly use the down or right arrow keys to move down in the Tree Browser You can also press a letter key to jump to the nearest item that begins with that letter Additional Tree Browser Features Connection lines show the relationship between devices groups and tags by displaying which devices are on a channel and which tags belong to a device The plus and minus buttons indicate whether items are fully expanded or collapsed The plus button shows the item is collapsed and the minus buttons indicates that the item is expanded For example a device with a plus sign next to it means that there are groups and possibly tags configured on that device The Menu Bar The Tool menu bar includes a title bar a Mi
232. m e Serial port communication Connecting Your Devices 5 29 5 30 D Historical Trending System Overview GeniDAQ provides a historical trending display object that allows you to record past data and then play it back at any time Up to eight pens can be trended with one historical trending display object and up to 99 historical trending display objects are supported Besides scrolling backward and forward the historical trending display object also allows you to go to a specific time and search for a specific value You can convert historical data to a text file for subsequent use by other software programs Contents e Creating a historical trend e Configuring a historical trend e Going to a specific time with the GoTo button e Going to a specific value with the Search button e Converting historical trend data into a text file e Summary Note GeniDAQ CE does not support the Historical Trend function Creating a Historical Trend To create a historical trend 1 Switch to the Display Designer 2 Select the historical trend display object in the display toolbox 3 Drag and drop the historical trend object into the Display Designer The historical trend appears in the window y A ER SR RR ER ER SR RR RR ER RR ER IR RR RR LR RR RR KR SR RR RR EE RI KR RR RR e Kl Figure 6 1 Historical Trend Display
233. m is reset to zero and alarm operation is resumed If the option is not enabled a falling edge will be treated as a low e Update times field The Update times is a divisor that allows the Alarm block to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the strategy This is useful if for example your strategy is running at 20Hz but you only want to sample the alarm status at a rate of 4Hz For this example you would set the Update Rate to 5 20 divided by 5 the update rate gives an effective scan rate of 4Hz In this scenario you will still get 20Hz data if you send the output to a Log File block or a display block but only one in five samples will be real The other samples are merely copies of the real sample Valid values for the update rate are between 1 and 32767 Wiring Information e Wiring In Hardware Alarm Block accepts the input data as reset or enable disable and displays the information in the configuration dialog box Selection Connect to E nableDisable Cancel Help Figure 5 27 Hardware Alarm Block s Wiring in Dialog Box e Wiring Out The Hardware Alarm block outputs one of three levels 0 No Alarm has occurred 1 Low Alarm is now set 2 High Alarm is now set Connecting Your Devices 5 23 RS 232 5 24 Output 0 string gt Output 7 string gt W gt Input 0 string Figure 5 28 RS 232 Block Block Information Interface e Number of inputs
234. me caution when editing this section AFX_ODL_ METHOD COleDB id 1 long GetTagDataLong BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index id 2 float GetTagDataFloat BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index id 3 BSTR GetTagDataSTR BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index id 4 boolean SetTagDataLong BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index long Data id 5 boolean SetTagDataFloat BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index float Data id 6 boolean SetTagDataSTR BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short Index BSTR Data id 7 long AddTag BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName short wType id 8 long AddTask BSTR szTaskName id 9 void DeleteTask BSTR szTaskName id 10 void DeleteTag BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName id 11 long ChangeTaskName BSTR szOldTask BSTR szNewTask id 12 long ChangeTagName BSTR szTaskName BSTR szOldTag BSTR szNewTag AFX_ODL METHOD y Class information for COleDB T uuid ODBB B28 2DFE 11D3 900C 002018650916 coclass OleDB 11 12 default y Primary dispatch interface for CTaskList dispinterface IOleDB uvuid ODBBEB2C 2DFE 11D3 900C 002018650916 dispinterface ITaskList properties NOTE ClassWizard
235. ment command in the Debug menu to move the instruction pointer to the desired line If you want to continue debugging at a line that isn t within the same subroutine here s how to move the instruction pointer to that line To continue debugging at a line outside the current subroutine 1 Place the insertion point in the line where you want to continue debugging 2 To set a breakpoint on that line press F9 3 Torun your script click the Start tool on the toolbar or press F5 The script executes at full speed until it reaches the line containing the breakpoint and then pauses with the instruction pointer on that line You can now resume stepping through your script from that point If you only need to debug parts of your script here s how to facilitate the task by using breakpoints To debug selected portions of your script 1 Place a breakpoint at the start of each portion of your script that you want to debug Note Up to 255 lines in your script can contain breakpoints 2 To run the script click the Start tool on the toolbar or press F5 The script executes at full speed until 1t reaches the line containing the first breakpoint and then pauses with the instruction pointer on that line 3 Step through as much of the code as you need to 4 To resume running your script click the Start tool on the toolbar or press F5 The script executes at full speed until it reaches the line containing the second breakpoint and then pau
236. mpt Regsrvce u adamopc dll or modbopc dl N Regsave 4 Run the strategy then it can connect the devices Connecting Simulation UO or Serial Port Devices After you download your strategy to HMI 640S you have to configure the I O devices on HMI 640S For simulation I O or serial port devices follow the procedure below to configure it 1 Launch the device installation program ADSDevicelnstall exe under Harddisk GeniDAQCE directory 2 Install and configure the simulation I O or serial port Note that make sure the I O settings is the same as that on host PC You can also configure these devices on your PC with the device installation program Then export the device configuration to a reg file and download it to HMI 640S Finally use device installation program to import the reg file on HMI 640S Configuring TCP IP Networking on HMI 640S Please follow the procedure described below to set up network connection between HMI 640S and host PC via Ethernet network 1 Before connecting to LAN first make sure you have properly set up your host PC on an Ethernet LAN running TCP IP networking protocol If you have not installed the TCP IP network protocol on you host PC you must install it first before joining the host PC to Ethernet LAN 2 Make sure the TCP IP network protocol is enabled on your HMI 640S Note If you use a CompactFlash drive which is preinstalled with Windows CE your HMI 640S is ready for TCP IP
237. n command prompt mode and execute it ADAM OPC Server C 3 The ADAM OPC Server will be registered into the Window CE system If you want to unregister the ADAM OPC Server type in the Regsvrce ADAMOPC u command in the command prompt window Quick Start C 4 You can retrieve channel data from any ADAM module listed above by using the following three step configuration e Step 1 Add New Device s Step 2 Add New Group e Step 3 Add New Tag Suppose you want to retrieve the analog input from an ADAM 4011 that uses address 5 and you use COMI to connect your computer to the device Under these conditions you can perform the following procedure Step 1 Add New Device 1 To add a new device select Add New Device from the main menu or push the corresponding button on the toolbar BS Adam tdb Advantech ADA Miel ES File PEE Edit View Help Hew Device Ctrlti Hew Group Ctrlte Hew Taz CtrltT Beeler Multiply Creates a new device a Figure C 1 Creating a New Device from the Main Menu new Device Ia ala seel pl El new Tag Tew Group Figure C 2 Creating a New Device from the New Device Toolbar Icon 2 Then the Device Properties dialog appears Device Properties F Name JADAM401 1 Device Type ADAM 4011 sl Word Swap Comm com sl Timeout fong tes E Slot i Simulate If0 does not access the physical device cancel Figure C 3 Device Properties C
238. n to using the Advantech DLL Drivers to enable your Advantech hardware this chapter covers the OPC Standard Interface Analog Input Analog Output Digital Input Digital Output Temperature Measurement Counter Frequency Measurement Pulse Output Hardware Alarm and RS 232 communication Chapter 6 Historial Trending System explains how to use the historical trend display control to view past data It also covers saving data to a text file so that you can recall 1t later Chapter 7 Monitoring Alarm and Event explains how to configure the alarm log block and use the alarm system at runtime Chapter 8 Communicating Through TCP IP Networking explains how to use the GeniDAQ s new support for the TCP IP network protocol In addition this chapters provides step by step information for setting up your Windows 95 98 NT environment to support TCP IP Chapter 9 Runtime and Security System explains how to use the GeniDAQ runtime to run your strategies Topics include setting password security how to log in and log off during runtime and how to work with the display control object at runtime Chapter 10 Advanced BasicScript Programming For Your Specific Needs explains how to use the BasicScript support that is embedded within GeniDAQ In addition to using the debugger to help you write your scripts all of the BasicScript commands methods and statements are introduced Chapter 11 Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center explains the concept of the
239. nanaenaees 4 24 Figure 4 31 Group Box Display Item Configuration Dialog BOX cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeaesesaeanaeaaaeeceseaeeeeeeesananaeas 4 24 Figure 4 32 Event Log Display ltem Dialog BOX init is A A A E dia 4 25 Figure 4 33 Connecting a Control Object to a Task Block cccceccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenececesaeaaeeaeaananeneneeaneeeeenenenananans 4 26 Figure 4 34 Binary Button Control Display Item in Workspace Window c oooooccninncicicicicoconenonenenenonocininnnononononnononnononononnnnonoss 4 27 Figure 4 35 Binary Button Display Item Configuration Dialog BOX ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeaeaeaaaeeseeeeeeeseeeeaeanaeas 4 28 Figure 4 36 Configure Operating Style to be Radio Button ooooncncnnicicccocinnnnonoconononenenonononcnnnnnonononononnononnonononnnononononcnnononoss 4 29 Figure 4 37 Conditional Button Control Display Item in Workspace Window oooooocnnccncicccccccinoconenenococicononononcononnononononnnnnos 4 29 Figure 4 38 Conditional Button Control Configuration Dialog BOX cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeaeaaaaueeseeeeeeeeeeesananaeas 4 30 Figure 4 39 Menu Button Control Display Item in Workspace Window cooocoononininnnnnnnncccncncncnnncnninoninenonononononnnnnnnononinicinnoness 4 31 Figure 4 40 Menu Button Display Mid SA A ds aE AAEEen EAE AES AEREE AREER EEEE EEEE ESA 4 32 Figure 4 41 Numeric Control Display Item in Configuration Window
240. nce It provides you a secure industrial and real time environment for your applications Advantech GeniDAQ also provides an open development environment You can easily communicate with other applications through DDE OLE Automation and TCP IP networking For database connec tivity there are embedded ODBC functions for SQL access to a wide range of databases GeniDAQ s open architecture design ensures that you can integrate your process data into existing enterprise information systems throughout your company Moreover GeniDAQ leverages the industry s OPC standard to provide plug and play connectivity with your devices including programmable logic controllers PLCs Advantech GeniDAQ supports different sized HMI models from 5 7 inch to 15 inch and different operating systems from Windows NT 98 95 to Windows CE GeniDAQ is all you need to build your front panel It saves a lot of effort and time when developing your applications For convenience Advantech GeniDAQ is used interchangeably with GeniDAQ throughout this manual Contents e System architecture e What s new in Advantech GeniDAQ 4 0 e Installation e How does GeniDAQ work e Quick Start to GeniDAQ e Compatibility and Upgrade Information e Summary System Architecture We designed GeniDAQ with a multi threaded modular oriented and open integrated architecture The open platform allows you to easily integrate GeniDAQ with other applications to share real time contr
241. nce of the line including the code to be ignored Breaking a BasicScript Statement across Multiple Lines By default in Script Designer a single BasicScript statement can extend only as far as the right margin and each line break represents a new statement However you can override this default if you want to break a long statement across two or more lines Here e how to indicate that two or more lines of BasicScript code should be treated as a single statement when your script is run To break a BasicScript statement across multiple lines 1 Type the BasicScript statement on multiple lines exactly the way you want it to appear 2 Place the insertion point at the end of the first line in the series 3 Press the spacebar once to insert a single space 4 Type an underscore _ Note The underscore is the line continuation character which indicates that the Basic Script statement continues on the following line 5 Repeat steps 2 4 to place a line continuation character at the end of each line except the last in the series Basic Script Editor File Edit Run Debug Help Sub 36R1 din nytagl din mytag set mtagd Getlag Taski AI1 set mytage Getlagt VIRTASK UR1 if mtagl value gt Break line mutag valuej then mtag 2 value mytagl value Ready Line 4 Col 36 Modified Figure 10 2 Breaking a Statement Across Multiple Lines When you run your script the code on this series of
242. ncnnnnccnnoncnacononnnacononnnnncncnnnnaros 4 6 WOKING Ree DE 4 7 Populating a Display with Objects paria ii 4 8 Selecting and SIZING Objects da 4 8 DUPlIcatlid DISCS sasssa e eea e reaa Eri 4 8 CUNO ODJ ECIS ee e 4 8 MOVING ODJECIS EE 4 8 o A A 4 8 Working with Display Objects cccccsssseeeeeseeseeeseeeenseeeseeeesseesseoeeseeees 4 10 General Guidelines for Using Display Objects oooooccccccccnocncccnncnnnnnncconononnnanenens 4 10 Choosing Input for Display Objects ooooccccncccccconccnnnncononancnnnonnononnccnnnnononanenns 4 10 INGICATON DISDIAY BEE 4 11 Numero Sting Display tem EE 4 12 Conditional Text Display ltem ii 4 14 Bar Graba DISplay Merci ini 4 15 vii Analog Meter Display Obert 4 17 Trend SrapA RR el E E 4 19 AY Graph Display Meana s 4 21 Conditional Bitmap Display Item cccccccnocncccnncccnononcnnnonnonannnnnnnnononnccnnncnnnnancnns 4 22 Text String Display MSM sii dd 4 23 Group Box Display MA ds 4 24 Event LOG Display EE 4 25 Working with Control Objects ccccccssesseeeseceeseeeeseeenseeeseeeenseesseeeeseeees 4 26 Connecting a Control Object to a Task Block 4 26 Connecting a Control Object to a Display Block 4 27 Restore the Previous Stop Value ccccccococoncconcccccooncnnnnononnnnnonnonononanennnnnnnnnnanennnnnos 4 27 PRMIEJS LEVO Stadt lc cion 4 27 Binary Button Control Display ltem occcccccoocnnncnnccncnonccnnncconononcnnnnononancnnnno
243. nd checking is done by the driver to see if on board registers have been initialized properly Device reset failure on d Where d is the I O device The device resetting routine cannot execute properly This error usually occurs when there is a driver software problem such as a configuration error However this error can also point to the I O hardware such as a data acquisition card that requires programmable gain setting etc during board reset Checking is done by the driver to see if on board registers have been reset properly Analog input initialization failure on d Where d is the I O device The Analog Input section cannot initialize properly Usually a driver software problem but can also point to the I O device hardware Analog Input section if I O card register checking is done by the driver Analog output initialization failure on d Where d is the I O device The Analog Output section cannot initialize properly Usually a driver software problem but can also point to the I O device hardware Analog Output section if I O card register checking is done by the driver Digital output initialization failure on d Where d is the I O device The Digital Output section cannot initialize properly Usually a driver software problem but can also point to the I O device hardware Digital Output section if I O card register checking is done by the driver Digital input initialization failure on d
244. ndow 6 The Add Item dialog box displays the devices groups and tags defined in the current server configuration You can select an item name of the connected OPC server and the OPC chent s Item ID will be generated automatically D 22 Add Item Dialog Dem ID Modbus DWORD Tagl Done Access Path Filter server Mod busOPCServer Items Add by Double Click Data Type E Native t Bool C Shortt Long Double String Figure D 25 Add Item Dialog Box In the Browse Items list select the device group and tag The full name appears in the Item Name field For example Modbus DWORD Tag1 To add more tags just repeat previous steps Accessing the OPC Server After connecting the OPC server and configuring the linkage OPC server data will be displayed in the Item window on the right side of the OPC client window immediately The OPC server data value is automatically updated at OPC client Item window Beside that you also can read or write data value to OPC server manually The steps to read or write data values manually to an OPC server are 1 Select the specific OPC item 2 Click the right button of the mouse to invoke OPC item s function menu 3 Select Read Write menu option Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 23 Advantech OPC Browser File View Help oele sA al gl Local OPC Servers 7 Advantech ADAM Modbusl Group Tas On 10 22 44 Good A
245. networking You don t have to install other components to run TCP IP networking 3 Disconnect any power source from your HMI 640S Note Be sure to power off the HMI 640S before you connect or disconnect any cable 4 Use a twisted pair UTP or STP cable category 3 4 5 to connect the HMI 640S through its RJ 45 port to a hub or a switch within the Ethernet LAN to which your host PC is also connected to 5 Assign valid IP addresses for your HMI 640S and host PC If you are joining an existing Intranet ask your network administrator for valid IP addresses If you are using a DHCP server on the network you have just no need to assign IP addresses yourself Note Note To assign the IP addresses to your machines just access Start Settings Control Panel Network Properties sheet and enter valid IP addresses for your machine If your network are using a DHCP server for dynamic IP address assignment you have then no need to assign by yourself since the IP addresses will be assigned to each networking device once it is connected to the network 6 Enter the device name for your HMI 640S for network identification 7 After properly establishing the IP status and the device name of your machine on the network you must reboot to make it viable on the network 8 After rebooting is complete verify that your HMI 640S is funtionable within the network Note To verify that your HMI 640S has joined that network and is property
246. niDAQ dongle while Advantech GeniDAQ is running If you do so Advantech GeniDAQ must be restarted and dongle may be damaged Versions of the Dongle Advantech GeniDAQ provides four kinds of software keys Development key for Development edition Runtime key for Runtime edition and Upgrade key for Upgrade edition and CE Development key for CE Development edition For the Upgrade edition you still need to enter the serial number of the old version when you run Advantech GeniDAQ for the first time Introduction 1 15 Uninstalling Advantech GeniDAQ L Select Settings Control Panel from the Windows Start menu and then double click the the Add Remove Programs icon Select the item Advantech GeniDAQ Version 4 0 and then click the Add Remove button 3 Click the Yes button in the Confirm File Deletion dialog box The uninstallation program removes the program files and registry entries from your computer Click the OK button when the uninstallation program finishes Remove Programs From Your Computer Figure 1 14 Removing GeniDAQ From the Computer Start Menu Shortcuts The GeniDAQ installation program creates the following program shortcuts on the computer s Start menu E Advantech Driver for 35 and 98 d Ey Microsoft Photo Editor Advantech GeniDAg 4 0 aA BasicScript Help E Borland Delphi 4 j da Device Installation E Descartes OPC Explorer af GeniDAG Builder E InstallShield 5 5 Professional Edition de
247. niDAQ manual is copied to your computer and a shortcut is set up in the Advan tech GeniDAQ 4 0 folder on your Windows Start menu The manual is in Adobe Acrobat format if you want to install the free Adobe Acrobat Reader software click the Yes button in the dialog box 2 Would pon like to install Acrobat Reader 4 0 for viewing the on line user s manual Figure 1 11 Click Yes to Install Adobe Acrobat Reader Introduction 1 13 12 If the DCOM98 components are not already installed on your computer the installation program prompts if you want to install them Answer Yes to the message box 2 For running Genil system must has DCOM installed Are you going to install OCOMIS Figure 1 12 Click Yes to Install the DCOM98 Components Meanwhile it will install OPC servers 13 GeniDAQ is now installed on the computer however you must restart the computer before you can start using the program If you want to immediately restart the computer select the Yes radio button otherwise click No Click the Finish button Setup Complete Setup has finished copying files to your computer Before you can use the program you must restart Windows or pour computer No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup SE Figure 1 13 Setup Complete Dialog Box Note To run the GeniDAQ program you first have to install the latest DLL drivers The DLL drivers a
248. niDAQ provide a lot of user interface enhancements including scrollable display windows for large Introduction 1 5 displays a dockable toolbox to customize your working style new menu bar icons for quick configura tion and icon tooltips for easy operation The new user interface enhancements increase your productiv ity Porting Device Configuration to Another Machine GeniDAQ now allows you to port the device configuration from one machine to another machine It saves your time by being able to avoid reconfiguring the devices on another machine You must first export the device configuration from the registry to a reg file on one machine You can then import the device configuration from the reg file to the Windows registry on another machine Please refer to Chapter 5 Connecting your Devices for the details Project Management GeniDAQ now utilizes project concepts to design your strategies It allows you to manage and maintain your project more easily GeniDAQ creates a new directory when you create a new strategy All files including strategy files historical data files exported device configuration files reg and log files exist in the directory New Basic Script Commands GeniDAQ adds a few new Basic Script commands including data lock function for multi threaded protection overrun message disabling and querying network status functions Please refer to Chapter 10 Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs
249. nimize button a Maximize button a Control menu box and the menus you can use to configure the driver The menu bar is initially displayed at the top of the screen but you can resize it and drag it to another location The Power Tool has the following menus e File e Add e Edit e View e Help You can customize the Tool s appearance by dragging the toolbars or the Tree Browser to the location you want You can also make the toolbars or the Tree Browser float above the Tool by dragging them to the center or the screen Later you can dock them or resize them as needed Using Shortcut Keys The following is a list of shortcut keys for working with the I O Driver Power Tool e lt Ctrl gt lt N gt Opens a new I O driver configuration file e lt Ctrl gt lt O gt Allows you to open an existing file e lt Ctrl gt lt S gt Saves the current file e lt Ctrl gt lt D gt Add a new device e lt Ctrl gt lt G gt Add a new group e lt Ctrl gt lt T gt Add a new tag e lt Ctrl gt lt M gt Add multiple new tags e lt Ctrl gt lt X gt Cut e lt Ctrl gt lt C gt Copy e lt Ctrl gt lt V gt Paste e Del Delete e lt Ctrl gt lt P gt Properties ADAM OPC Server C 9 C 10 Using the File Menu The following commands appear on the File menu File Neu LN Ipen LO DVE Ctd rave Ag Import Modsoft Cth Remport Mod soft CEHE Import CSW Reimport Cy Report Ca Reexport Cs 1 Adam tdb
250. nonanos 4 27 Conditional Button Control Display Item ooccooooonnccnnncccconnncnnnnnonnancnnnncnnnanonons 4 29 Menu Button Control Display Item ooconnncnccccccccccnnncocnnnoncnnnnnnnnancnnnncnnnnnnnons 4 31 NUNES OO dl ici 4 32 KNOP COMI Ol A e ates age ens Scie iaceaoisediires e tinas 4 34 Slider COM de EE 4 36 Working with Cell Objects cooononccconnccncccccoccnncccconcnnconcnnannncnnnnnnnnnnrrnnaannnnns 4 38 Grouping and Rotating Cell Objects 00 0 ccccccsseseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeseeeeesaaeaeeeeees 4 38 EENHEETEN 4 38 Rectangle Drawing Display Hem 4 39 Rounded Rectangle Gell ci clinical 4 39 o EE 4 39 Kelt ION WEE 4 39 EN EE S EEE A E E E ai 4 39 SUMMA ie 4 40 Chapter 5 Connecting Your Devices viii OV TVICW Ee 5 2 OB Suar NN 5 2 COMEN aitor ra fa Eegen 5 3 Using Advantech DLL Drivel csi a 5 3 Installing and Configuring Advantech I O Devices ccooooooconccccnciccccnnncnncnncnncnnnncnnnnns 5 3 Porting Device Configuration to Another Machme 5 5 Connecting Devices with OPC Standard Interface ccccesseeeeeeeeeeeees 5 6 Configuring OPC Communication Settings oooonccnccnnncccnnnonnnnncnnnnnnnnnonononananacnnns 5 6 Mapping OPC Items to VO BIOCKS asnicar aii oi 5 6 Analog WNDU scan 5 7 BLOCK tee add 5 8 Dialog Box Gontguration ici ltd 5 8 Through Advantech DLL Driver Interface oococccconncccccnnnccnccnnnccncnnnoncncncnnncnnnnnnnns 5 10 TNPOUGM OPO INtOna E sin ace
251. nos 6 6 Chapter 7 Monitoring Alarm and Event A oo nee mr arte se et PCR Pee reo ee a nee eee eee eee eee 7 2 A a a E 7 2 Configuring Alarm Settings Under the Runtime Preferences 7 2 Configuring the Alarm Log BIOCK oooonnccccnnnnnccoconccncocccnnnanonrcnnannnnrnnnannnnnos 7 4 Alarm System at Runtime cu a ii 7 5 SUMMA ia 7 6 Chapter 8 Communicating Through TCP IP Networking OVETVI C cioa e a 8 2 a EE 8 2 NetWork ArchitectUr e sic ida 8 2 Configure IP Addresses and Node Names on Client Site 8 3 ICICI CSCH OU OM li iii dto 8 3 lee KEIER BETEN 8 4 Configuring Network Input Blocks to Map Remote Tags ooooooo 8 4 BIOCK IMOM AUO std 8 4 MEIC EE 8 5 Descrip as 8 5 Dialog Box Contigua ON sit ol da dida 8 5 Enabling Event Log to Check Network Messages cccooooocooonccccnccnoaaaoos 8 6 Setup TCP IP in Windows 98 95 oooonccccncncccconncccnncnnconncnncncnnnncnenonnnnnnnannnnnnannnns 8 7 Setup TCP IP in du ee CH NEE 8 10 TEOUDIESAOO UNG EE 8 13 e e A 8 13 Chapter 9 Runtime and Security System KREE genge 9 2 AAA O O toe ah dds Wicca A 9 2 Working with GeniDAQ RUNTIME coonnnnccccncnanccncnncnnccocnnnnnnonnennnancrrnnnanncnnnnnas 9 2 Siidlungen MEN TE 9 2 JE tT see ac SNe ce rte pee A ene een eee ee 9 3 ied aile 9 4 Configuring Runtime Properties ccccccsssseeesscsesseeeseeeesseeeeeeenseeeseoeenees 9 4 Silder 9 4 Configuring Password Security
252. nput channel of MODBUS4011 is displayed in the tag view on the right side of the OPC Server dialog window dynamically i Modbus4011 23 Analog Input fi Simulate E Ready Analog Input has 1 Tags ee Ba Sarnple wh Modbus File Add Edit View Help ajaja Allez Name Type Location Processing Value Reg Input 030001 59 Figure D 7 OPC Server Dialog Window OPC Server Configuration OPC Server Tool The MODBUS RTU OPC Server tool is your main configuration utility for setting up and maintaining the MODBUS RTU I O driver It provides fields for specifying the properties of devices groups and tags Features The OPC Server is extremely flexible and can be utilized and used with DCOM for intranet and internet applications Key Features of the MODBUS RTU OPC Server Advanced OPC data Quality and data conversion to client request OPC server utilizes advanced free threading capabilities Supports Multiple Groups for easy configuration and manageability Read Write functionality Tag Multiplier let you create hundreds of tags in seconds GUI interface for viewing tags groups and real time Signals Full online help Change Device Group and Tag properties online Flexible engineering units and signal ranges Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 7 Access Methods From the Windows Start menu 1 Select Programs from the Windows Start menu 2 Select Advantech MODBUS RTU OPC Server from the Programs grou
253. ns the OPC servers will pass the data to GeniDAQ as long as the data 1s changed e Clicking the Advanced button will load the Advanced Option configuration dialog box OPC Server Properties Scan mode Ge Asunchronous C Synchronous Data source Ge Cache C Device Update rate li 000 Deadband zt 100 Cancel Figure 3 7 Advanced Option configuration Dialog Box Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 7 3 8 e Priority is the relative priority that the task has when using the operating system s multitasking features The priorities are from lowest to highest are Lowest Below normal Normal Above normal and Time critical Note All items in a task have the same OPC properties Each task has its own OPC properties Note The default resolution for the scan period is 10 ms The scan period must be mutiple of 10 ms You can change the resolution under system section in Windows GeniDAQ ini file TaskScheduleRes 10 The minimum is 5 ms Be careful when changing it It will affect your system s performance Working with Blocks Once you have created a new task in your strategy you are ready to design your control logic in the task s workspace Connecting Blocks All block connections are made while the Connection Wire function is enabled Enabling the Connec tion Wire function is accomplished by clicking the Connection Wire icon the angled wire on the Task Toolbox When the function is enab
254. o add a device means to increase the number of I O devices of the same type as the installed device driver When a device is added to the system only one driver is installed using the device DRIVERS utility provided in the Control Panel Main Window Configuration information is then added by using the Advantech Device Installation program You may have more than one I O device of the same type installed in a system at one time To add an I O card for instance you would press the ADD button in the Advantech Device Installation Program and then configure the base address and possibly other parameters Analog In electrical quantities having the property of varying in a continuous rather than incremental or discrete step manner C Centigrade Celsius Zero degrees Freezing and 100 degrees Boiling point of water at sea level CJC Cold Junction Compensation If two wires of different metals are connected end to end there are two junctions formed Current will flow in the resulting circuit if one junction is at a different temperature than the other Seebeck Coefficient This effect is the same for either junction except for polarity Call one of the junctions the measuring junction Separate the other junction and connect the two leads to a current meter When making temperature measurements if the current produced by this other junction cold junction is ignored an unknown error is created If the temperature of the cold junction is n
255. oard Setup E Bate Address il Cancel Help About Figure 5 4 Device Configuration Dialog Box 4 Use the default value and press the OK button You will see a new entry in the Installed Devices list 5 4 Advantech IO Device Installation Installed Devices El Y My Computer ER Advantech COM Devices ER Advantech CAN Devices PCL 841MIC 2630 PCM 2 F Advantech PCI 1710 Advantech PCI 1710HG ee P Figure 5 5 I O Device Installation Dialog Box Showing New Device 5 If you want to test the device that you have just installed click the device entry in the Installed Devices pane and then click the Test button 6 Click the Close button and exit the Device Installation Utility Porting Device Configuration to Another Machine GeniDAQ allows you to port the Advantech device configuration from one machine to another ma chine It saves your time to reconfigure the devices on another machine First you export run ADSDEVICEINSTALL EXE the device configuration from Registry to a reg file on one machine Then import the device configuration from the reg file to Registry on another machine To import the Advantech device configuration run ADSDEVICEINSTALL EXE from the directory where GeniDAQ is installed Select the Import option from the File menu in the ADSDEVICEINSTALL EXE utility To export a device configuration you have to launch the device installation program by click
256. ocess partway through your script to continue debugging at a line outside the current subroutine and to debug only selected portions of your script Valid breakpoints can only be set on lines in your script that contain code including lines in functions and subroutines Although you can set a breakpoint anywhere within a script prior to execution when you compile and run the script invalid breakpoints that is breakpoints on lines that don t contain code are automatically removed While you are debugging your script Script Designer will beep if you try to set a breakpoint on a line that does not contain code Here s how to begin the debugging process at a selected point in your script To start debugging partway through a script 1 Place the insertion point in the line where you want to start debugging 2 To set a breakpoint on that line click the Toggle Breakpoint tool on the toolbar Or Press F9 The line on which you set the breakpoint now appears in contrasting type 3 Click the Start tool on the toolbar Or Press F5 Script Designer runs your script at full speed from the beginning and then pauses prior to executing the line containing the breakpoint It places the instruction pointer on that line to designate it as the line that will be executed next when you proceed with debugging or resume running the script If you want to continue debugging at another line in the same subroutine you can use the Set Next State
257. of tags in seconds e GUI interface for viewing tags groups and real time signals e Full online help e Change device group and tag properties online e Flexible engineering units and signal ranges Access Methods From the Windows Start menu e Select Programs from the Start menu e Select Advantech ADAM OPC Server from the Programs group e Select the ADAMOPC execution file from the Programs submenu ADAM OPC Server C 7 Using the Tool s Browser The Tree Browser displays a hierarchical list of the I O driver and its devices groups and tags The I O driver appears at the top of the tree Tool Tree Browser E Adam tdb Advantech ADAM 4000 5000 485 OPC server File Add Edit View Help lalala Jeje RI E lt 2 Alarm Stat Alarm Status COMI Addr Di Status Digital Input COMI Adr Digital Output COM Addy Read Event Count Analog Data In CIC Channel POT 40110 T 4012 T 4013 T 40140 T 4016 T 4017 o E 4018 C 4018M El gt Digital amp Alarm Status has 3 Tags A Figure C 8 ADAM OPC Server Tool Tree Browser When you select an item in the Tree Browser its properties display in the Properties Viewer You can choose to view the item s configuration or statistics properties by clicking buttons on the Run time toolbar Changing Items in the Tree Browser When you add or modify devices groups or tags in the OPC Server Tool changes are made immediate
258. og box appears Specify the tagname that you want to use for the trend 3 Click the OK button Field Description e Number of samples in each graph point A divisor similar to the Update Rate in many blocks For each point in the historical trending display you can specify how many actual strategy samples will pass before the point is displayed e Number of graph points in one span Specify the total number of graph points that will be displayed at once e Show grid Specify whether to display the grid e Vertical Horizontal Resolutions Specify the number of tick marks between each grid line e of tics Specify the number of tick marks will be displayed for the vertical Y axis e Start tics Specify the number for the starting tick e End tics Specify the number for the last tick e Historical trend channel This field is used to add input data to display its historical values You can add a new input or delete an existing input You can also specify the pen color of each data to draw the historical trend Going to a Specific Time with GoTo Button 6 4 After launching the GeniDAQ runtime the Forward button of the historical trend will be pushed by default It means that the historical trend draws the traces automatically 12 30 1599 12 30 1999 20 45 53 33 20 43 38 05 220 PA 0 mim es ee oe ee Y G Figure 6 3 The Historical Trend When Running The starting date and time appears in the top left corn
259. oint to its previous position in the edit pane When the debugger has control you can modify the value of any of the variables on Script Designer s watch variable list Here e how to change the value of a selected watch variable To modify the value of a variable on the watch variable list 1 Place the mouse pointer on the name of the variable whose value you want to modify and double click the left mouse button Or Select the name of the variable whose value you want to modify and press Enter or F2 Script Designer displays the Modify Variable dialog box Note The name of the variable you selected on the watch variable list appears in the Name field If you want to change another variable you can enter a different variable in the Name field You can also select a different variable from the Variables list box which shows variables defined within the current function or subroutine When you use the Modify Variable dialog box to change the value of a variable you don t have to specify the context Script Designer first searches locally for the definition of that variable then privately then publicly 2 Enter the new value for your variable in the Value field 3 Click the OK button The new value of your variable appears on the watch variable list When changing the value of a variable Script Designer may convert the value you entered to match the type of the variable For example 1f you change the value of an Integer varia
260. ol 1 2 data The performance and number of I O blocks GeniDAQ can support are increased significantly through this new architecture The new architecture is outlined in Figure 1 1 Strategy GeniDAQ UT File Builder Runtime Application Wa VB Delphi VC Oo BasicScript Engine OPC amp I O Driver Data Center TCP IP Network O Devices Ethernet Figure 1 1 GeniDAQ System Architecture Module Description GeniDAQ Builder GeniDAQ Builder is application development software that allows users to create their HMI applica tions The development environment includes task display and script configuration It also provides running mode for verifying the configuration GeniDAQ Builder provides an intuitive object based graphical user interface GUI that simplifies control strategy and display setup You simply select icon blocks from the toolbox connect them configure the parameters and draw your dynamic display without any programming GeniDAQ Runtime GeniDAQ Runtime provides runtime execution environment for GeniDAQ application It doesn t allow any change to be made to the application BasicScript Engine The BasicScript engine is a set of DLLs that facilitates the compilation of script source at build time and execution of scripts at runtime Based on the world s most popular macro language Microsoft Visual Ba
261. om the moment the first file is opened this option allows the file to be closed every N minutes The next file is opened right after the previous file is closed if needed Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 25 In order to generate a different filename each time a file is created some of the OPEN CLOSE options listed above require wildcard character s in the filename The only wildcard character supported is the pound sign The character can appear at any position in the standard DOS file name in the place of a regular character It will be replaced by a digit 0 9 to form a real file name Use more characters together if you need a larger number of files A wildcard such as FILE LOG can generate 1000 file names from FILEO00 LOG to FILE999 LOG Make sure there are enough digits there for your strategy All wildcard characters must be together contiguous Valid filename examples using wildcards MYFILE LOG MY R LOG MYFILE MYFILE L ttt ett ee TXT RECORD TXT Invalid filename examples using wildcards MY FILE LOG Sign should be adjacent to each other FILE T sign should be adjacent to each other e Wiring In Log File Block accepts input data as logged data open close control and data logging on off This data is displayed in the block configuration dialog box e Wiring Out No output available Note The Strategy LogFile example demonstrates how to use the
262. ome to be known Your satisfaction is our primary concern Here is a guide to Advantech s customer services To ensure you get the full benefit of our services please follow the instructions below carefully Technical Support We want you to get the maximum performance from your products So if you run into technical difficul ties we are here to help For the most frequently asked questions you can easily find answers in your product documentation These answers are normally a lot more detailed than the ones we can give over the phone So please consult this manual first If you still cannot find the answer gather all the information or questions that apply to your problem and with the product close at hand call your dealer Our dealers are well trained and ready to give you the support you need to get the most from your Advantech products In fact most problems reported are minor and are able to be easily solved over the phone In addition free technical support is available from Advantech engineers every business day We are always ready to give advice on application requirements or specific information on the installation and operation of any of our products Technical Suppport Offices USA American Advantech Corporation 750 East Arques Avenue Sunnyvale CA 94086 Tel 408 245 6678 Fax 408 245 5678 Internet http www advantech com Asia Advantech Co LTD Ath Floor 108 3 Min Chuan Road Shing Tien City Taipei County
263. on Description Di Devicerltem o Connect to OPC server Select Update times Establish DDE link Figure 5 15 Digital Input Block Configuration Dialog Box I Field Description e Device Item field Specifies the device or OPC item associated with the block e Port field It is enabled only for using Advantech DLL driver interface A port consists of 8 bits e Update times The Update times is a divisor that allows the Digital Input block to have a different effective scan rate than the rest of the strategy This is useful if for example your strategy is running at 100Hz but you only want to sample at a rate of 20Hz For this example you would set the Update times to 5 100 divided by 5 the update times gives an effective scan rate of 20Hz In this scenario you will still get 100Hz data if you send the output to a Log File block or a display block but only one in five samples will be real The other samples are merely copies of the real sample Valid values for the Update times are between 1 and 32767 e Establish DDE Link field The Digital Input block also has DDE capabilities which allow it to exchange data with other Windows applications For more information about DDE please refer to DDE Client Server block Selection Channel List Channel O Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 3 Hel Channel 4 nep Cancel N Figure 5 16 Digital Input Block e Wiring out Dialog Box
264. on area 2 Right click the tag block The Tag Block configuration dialog box opens 3 Select the VIRTASK virtual task in the Display Virtual Tag list box and click the OK button 3 32 Working with Other Blocks Timer Block Block Information Timer Input 1 integer Block Output 1 integer Figure 3 40 Timer Block Information e Number of inputs reset e Input type integer e Number of outputs 1 e Output type integer Interface Timer Block Fa Tag Description Timer type Cycle Ge Time of day None C Yeal Elapsed time SE C Monthly Resolution C Weekl Lance C Daily fe 5 d SS C Hourly Tick 0 1 sec A Figure 3 41 Timer Block Configuration Dialog Box Description Accepts inputs for reset purposes and also allows outputs Time can be absolute or elapsed and resolution can be in ticks 0 1 seconds or seconds The time cycle range can be set from each minute to each year Output elapsed or absolute time can be sent to another block The Timer Block s output is a long integer from 0 to 4294967295 This block is very useful for any type of control strategy that involves time as an element The unit of the timer s output value is in either seconds or ticks depending upon the resolution that you choose Because of the constraints of the Windows environment it is difficult to get better resolution than that provided here Configur
265. on display item and many other blocks In the display editor the button display item is designed to output to one and only one other block Use of the JCT operator allows you to connect the button display item to many other blocks by using the JCT operator as a branching point e Wiring In Single Operator Calculation block accepts input data as operands for the operator e Wiring Out Single Operator Calculation block outputs the calculated value to connected block s Average Block Block Information Average Block Qutput 1 integer floating point Figure 3 13 Average Block Information Interface e Number of inputs 2 e Input type integer float e Number of outputs 1 e Output type integer float Description This block allows for input and output Field Description There are two averaging methods available If Moving Average method is selected the input is averaged over a number of samples The moving average 1s defined in the Number of points to be averaged field If Whole Average method is used then the output is the average of all samples For instance 1f 1t 1s desired to average the present sample value with the previous 9 samples then the user chooses the moving average method and uses 10 as the number of samples to be averaged This will tend to smooth out noise and any extraneous signals The Moving Average block should be placed between the sampling block and the next logical block
266. on to add the virtual tag R1 Pressing OK will exit this pop up window and return you to Task Designer irtual Tag Table Figure 2 44 Create a new Virtual TAG 3 Add an Al block a BasicScript block and a TAG block in Task1 2 30 Figure 2 45 Build Task icons Double click on the AI1 block to configure the input value from Advantech DEMO I O channel 0 Double click on TAG block to link with Virtual Tag Tag Block Figure 2 46 Link Tag block to Virtual TAG Select VIRTASK in the Display Virtual Tag field and VR1 in tag name field of the above window 4 Double click BasicScript block to edit Basic script program Key in the following text program in the pop up window Tutorial 2 31 sub CR A7 dim mytagl as TAG dim mytag2 as TAG set mytagl GetTag TASK1 AT1 set mytag2 GetTag VIRTASK VR1 1f mytagl value gt mytag2 value then mytag2 value mytagl value outputi 1 elses outputi 0 end if End Sub 5 Add 2 numeric display items 2 labels and 1 indicator display item in the Display1 window The 2 numeric display items will be configured to link and display the AI1 value and the virtual tag value in Task1 Max Value reflects the virtual tag value and Current Value reflects the AI value EFE TS Curent vole Figure 2 47 Build display screen Configure the indicator display item to link with the output 0 of BasicScript block 2 32 Indicator
267. ond the end of a line the space between the insertion point and the last character on the line is backfilled with tab characters Another way in which Script Designer differs from word processing programs is that in Script Designer text does not wrap If you keep entering text on a given line eventually you will reach a point at which you can enter no more text on that line Therefore you control the line breaks by pressing Enter when you want to insert a new line in your script The effect of pressing Enter depends on where the insertion 10 4 point 1s located at the time e If you press Enter with the insertion point at or beyond the end of a line a new line is inserted after the current line e If you press Enter with the insertion point at the start of a line a new line is inserted before the current line e If you press Enter with the insertion point within a line the current line is broken into two lines at that location If you press Tab a tab character 1s inserted at the location of the insertion point which causes text after the tab to be moved to the next tab position If you insert new text within a tab s expanded space the text that originally appeared on that line is moved to the next tab position each time the new text that you are entering reaches the start of another tab position When you enter certain types of text in Script Designer the text automatically appears in a distinctive color The default colors
268. onfiguration Dialog Box Type the name of the new device for example ADAM4011 Select the represented device module from the Device Type combo box choose ADAM 40011 Specify the COM port of the PC node where the newly added device is connected for example COM1 and set the device address in this COM port After doing this click OK Step 2 Add New Group After adding the new device ADAMA4011 you should add a new Group for the device The Group is used as a container of I O tags To add a new Group select Add New Group from the main menu or click the New Group icon on the toolbar When the Group dialog appears type in the group name for example Analog Input and click the OK button Group E Hame inal og Input Figure C 4 Type the Group Name in the Group Dialog Box Step 3 Add a New Tag Select the added group on the left side of the dialog window and right click the mouse Select New Tag from the pop up context menu to add a new tag ADAM OPC Server C 5 C 6 BA Untitled Advantech ADAM 4000 5000 485 OFC server Figure C 5 New Tag Pop Up Context Menu The Tag Properties dialog box will be displayed as below Tag Properties Analog Date Tn AAA FLOAT Channel je o 7 Figure C 6 Tag Properties Configuration Dialog Box Input the tag name and description for the added tag Select the specified tag type from the Tag Type combo box For example choose Analog Data In
269. onfigure this control button to be an ON OFF control and output a 0 or 1 data value Binary Button Display Item Figure 2 26 Add a binary button control item 3 Click once on the oval drawing item in the display item toolbox Drag the oval drawing item to the display working area Choose the added oval item and press Ctrl C to copy it Press Ctrl V to paste it to the same display working area Select one oval drawing item and move your mouse to one corner of the rectangle and enlarge the drawing item Tutorial 2 19 Figure 2 27 Add a binary button control item 4 Add two rectangle drawing items on the same display working area by drag and drop or copy and paste operations Figure 2 28 Add two rectangle drawing items 5 Configure the drawing items by double clicking on each one A pop up dialog will be displayed for configuring the input 2 20 Drawing Cell Display Block Figure 2 29 Configure Drawing item Select Display from Task Display field and BBTN1 ON OFF from TAG field in configuration dialog Set the color to be red while the input is equal to 1 and Set the color to be green while the input is equal to 0 Press OK to save the configuration 6 Arrange these drawing items to be a pump picture like the following You can send the rectangle objects to the back of oval objects by clicking on the Edit menu and Send to Back option After that select all the parts you wants to build into an object an
270. oos 10 16 Modifying or Deleting a Watch Variable oooncccconnncnnccconconoconanonononanennnononons 10 17 Exiting from Script Desi EE 10 18 Programming with GeniDAQ ocodccccnnnncinccnocacococnnnanconennannnononnanancrrenaannnnnnnas 10 18 Man SCD eee hated ee ce det io 10 19 Pre Task and Post Task ect KREE 10 20 BasicScript GeniDAQ COMMAN S ccnncccccoccnccnccnnnnncnnnnnnnanonnennnannrnennnannnnnnnas 10 21 DS A A gta cated nine ea cot et 10 21 DY SM EE 10 21 See d el E 10 21 SCAN haen ee ee ee 10 22 Ee E 10 22 REI ai APPO PRO etiam ties Seeded nenes ama uiines Sinan state 10 22 BASIC ocupe BIOL Misato ic 10 22 DY CL ain E eet 10 23 SVSLEMOLOD Dn ee EE 10 23 Sy StEMEXTAMECNODO ria iaa 10 23 GelNodestate Meno an 10 24 OverRunTimerSwh method 10 24 UbaatenolarIle Metodos 10 25 Scania eegene eg 10 25 Scan Task ODjECIIy De akties eee ee eee 10 25 ScanTaskObject GetStatus method s000nnno0aannnnannnnnnnnnnennnnnnonnrrnnnnnnnrnnnnnnne 10 26 ScanTaskObject SingleScan method 10 27 ScanTaskObject Start method srn Wants A 10 28 ScanTaskObject Stop method 10 28 GetscanTask UNCION Ae dee 10 29 E Te E 10 30 TAGMODICCIAY DG buscarte tata 10 30 Xi ION Value en EE 10 31 tagObj Array Channel number occcccccccoconcnnnccccnonccnnnnnononanennnnnnnnancnnonnnnonnnnnnnonoss 10 31 EE A A ee 10 32 AGO Ee MOTO TEEN 10 32 tagObj SetLockedValue Method ccooonnccnccccccoccccnncnononanonnnnnononn
271. oted at the same time as a measurement is made then the error from the cold junction can be added or subtracted from the reading to give a correct answer Automatic cold junction compensation is accomplished by sensing the terminal temperature cold junction with an RTD The RTD is in a circuit that produces a current equal and opposite to that produced by the cold junction Thus the current change from the cold junction plus that from the compensation circuit cancel one another Once this is accomplished it can then be assumed that the current meter reading represents the current produced by the measuring junction only Comp Loop An extra pair of wires going to the tip of an RTD but not connected to the element a novel way of lead wire resistance compensation Configure To configure an I O device is to set the parameters for use with the software the same as those set on the actual I O device The values set in the device specific dialog box should reflect those of the switches and jumpers you have set on the I O device board or card When an instance of a device is added it must be configured before it can be used with the software Controller Temperature A device or software program capable of receiving a signal from a temperature sensing probe within a process and regulating an input to that process in order to maintain a selected temperature control point Conversion Rate The number of analog to digital A D conversions
272. ou should add a new Group for the device The Group is used as a container of I O tags To add a new Group select Add New Group from the main menu or click the New Group icon on the toolbar When the Group dialog appears key in the group name for example Analog Input and click the OK button Name Analog Input Cancel Figure D 5 Group Dialog Box Configuration Window Step 4 Add a New Tag Select the added group on the left side of the dialog window and click the right button of the mouse Click New Tag from the pop up context menu to add a new tag The Tag Properties dialog will be displayed as shown below Tag Properties Nome P Description Analog Input 1 Cancel Location H Input Register Data Type WORD Hamber ob Estes i eimulation el Ramp MM Figure D 6 Tag Properties Configuration Dialog Box Input the tag Name and Description for the added tag Select the specified tag type from the Location combo box For example choose the Input Register type and set the location to be for the added ATI tag The offset address of the tag will be generated automatically We do not suggest that you change the offset address After that specify the data type of this tag for example WORD for the analog input data After completing the settings of the Device Group and Tag of the new device select View Monitor from the main menu of the MODBUS RTU OPC Server The real time value of the analog i
273. ou want to delete from the Tree Browser 2 Click on the Delete button in the Edit menu bar Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 15 D 16 Adding and Modifying Tags To add a new tag to the selected device 1 Select the group and device to which you want to add a tag from the Tree Browser 2 Click the New Tag button on the Add menu of the Configuration toolbar The new tag appears in the workspace at the left of the window The fields for entering tag properties appear in the Tag Properties dialog 3 Enter the tag name for the new tag Edits to a field do not take effect until you remove the focus or cursor from the field and press OK button Tag Properties Name AN Description Analog Input 1 Cancel Location ff Input Register Data Type WORD Himber ob Estes i simulation senal Ramp e Figure D 15 Tag Properties Configuration Dialog Box To modify an existing tag 1 Select the tag you want to modify from the Tree Browser 2 Click on the Properties button in the Edit menu bar The Tag Properties dialog will be displayed for tag modification 3 Edit the tag s fields as needed Tag Name Specifies the name of the added or modified VO tag e Valid Entries Up to 12 alphanumeric characters Tag Description Contains text about the selected tag Entries in this field can be very helpful when you look for the connection of I O tag and physical I O points The more detailed and specific the information you en
274. ovides a simple client based architecture for small scale network configuration You only have to specify the remote tags that you wish on the client site node You do not need to make any settings on the server site node Then client site node will request data from the server node automati cally Each node has its own GeniDAQ application or strategy The network architecture is shown in the following diagram Net Tag Data Center Communication Module WinSock Figure 8 1 GeniDAQ Network Architecture 8 2 For configuring TCP IP in Windows 95 98 and Windows NT please refer to the sections Setup TCP IP in Windows 95 98 and Setup TCP IP in Windows NT Configure IP Addresses and Node Names on Client Site After you configure the TCP IP settings for the local node in the Control Panel you should configure the IP address of remote nodes to connect them on client site By pressing the Settings button in the Networking Setting dialog box under the GeniDAQ s Setup Network menu the Remote Node Settings dialog box appears GeniDAQ allows you to map an IP address to a text name for easy identification The local node name and remote node names must be mapped to unique IP addresses Jegen P OOOO node name Client om node list Cancel server JBel tz a0 3 45 D Node name Server Add IP address 172 2 Figure 8 2 Network Settings Configuration Dialog Box Field Description Local node name Spec
275. p 3 Select the OPCMODBUS RTU program file from the Programs submenu Using the Tool s Browser The Tree Browser displays a hierarchical list of the I O driver and its devices groups and tags The I O driver appears at the top of the tree Sa Sample tb Modbus File Add Edit View Help jajaj Allez Type Location Processing Value All Reg Input 030001 Y Analog Input E Simulate Ready Analog Input has 1 Tags Y Figure D 8 Tool Tree Browser Window When you select an item in the Tree Browser its properties display in the Properties Viewer You can choose to view the item s configuration or statistics properties by clicking buttons on the Run time toolbar Changing Items in the Tree Browser When you add or modify devices groups or tags in the OPC Server Tool changes are made immediate ly to the I O Server Changes you make to the driver configuration while working with the OPC Server Tool automatically display in the Tree Browser Refreshing the Tree Browser To view changes made from another client application such as another OPC Server Tool accessing the server or a custom client application accessing the server you must refresh the Tree Browser display by selecting an item in the Tree Browser Collapsing and Expanding the Tree Browser You can collapse or expand the tree under an item by double clicking it Navigating the Tree Browser Navigating through the Tree Browse
276. perator calcula tion block Add and click once The single operator block will show order number 3 at the upper half of icon The single operator calculation block Subtract will be set as number 4 in Task Designer TASKI Figure 2 24 Arrange the execution order 7 If you want to exchange the order between single operator calculation block Subtract and single operator calculation block Add you have to click on the Layout menu and activate the Exchange order option After activating Exchange order function move the mouse to the desired two blocks and click on them The order numbers will be changed automatically Tutorial 2 17 2 18 Lee Echap er Figure 2 25 Exchange execution order 8 Refer to Tutorial 1 Step 9 to save the strategy file as TUTOR3 GNI 9 Run the strategy file to see the impact of different ordering Tutorial 4 Drawing tool in Display Designer Purpose The purpose of this tutorial 1s to teach you how to use the drawing tools in display item toolbox to customize you display Function Use oval and rectangle drawing blocks to draw a pump and combine them into a pump object using the Make Object option of the Edit menu After that link a binary control display item to the combined object and use the control item to assign different values to the pump object and change its color Procedure 1 Refer Tutorial 1 to start GeniDAQ and add new Tasks 2 Add a binary button control item at the Display1 C
277. play window for switching between windows Procedure 1 Refer to Tutorial 1 Step 1 2 Refer to Tutorial 1 Step 2 to Step 8 to create an AI block at Task1 a Numeric Display item at DISP1 and a trend graph display item at DISP2 3 Click once on the File menu and choose Add Display from the Add Delete submenu DISP2 display window will be added at the front of the screen Create a trend graph display item at DISP2 4 Choose the Menu Button Control item from display item toolbox at DISP1 Drag the item to DISP1 working area and click the left mouse button to drop it in DISP1 Figure 2 14 Add a display window Follow the same procedures to add a Menu button control item to DISP2 5 Double click on the menu button control item MENU1 at DISP1 A dialog box will appear to configure the Menu button Set the function field in the dialog to be Display Switching and select the Display Switch field of the dialog to be DISP2 Save the configuration by clicking on the OK button Menu Button Display Dem Figure 2 15 Configure display switch to DISP2 6 Follow the same procedures for DISP2 but change the Display Switch field of the dialog window to be DISP1 Tutorial 2 13 2 14 Menu Button Display Item Figure 2 16 Configure display switch to DISP1 Save the strategy file as TUTOR2 GNI 8 Run the strategy file by selecting Task from the Run menu The screen will first show DIS
278. ple tasks The number of tasks depends on the system resources The elements of a task window are as below The elements of task windows include Title Bar Icon Task Toolbar Window Button GeniDAB Task Designer TASK1 Zi Fle Edt Setup View Window Em Layout Heb Dep pe GE et re zt a afe E DEE Aen i a Ut SM eS SY Be PID St RS Bop Ba BS O se Re Ee la Hol Task Toolbox Scroll Bar Working Area Be Z ONFLONFI Channel 0 ET1 ET1 Channel 0 Figure 3 1 Main Parts of the Task Designer Window Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 3 Task Toolbox Task blocks can be placed in the Task Designer configuration window by selecting them from the task toolbox The following icons are available Tag Block Analog Output Digital Output Hardware Event Frequency Pulse Output RS 232 On Off Control Average BasicScript Time Stamp Data File DDE Server Network Input Beep System Control Connection Wire Analog Input Digital Input Temperature Measurement Hardware Alarm PID Control Single Operator Calculation SOC Event Counter Timer Ramp Log File DDE Client Alarm Log Sound Figure 3 2 Task Designer Task Toolbox e VO blocks include the Analog Input Analog Output Digital Input Digital Output Temperature Measurement Hardware Event Frequency Pulse Output Hardware Alarm and the RS 232 block Please ref
279. point is desired enter the static setpoint Dynamic Setpoint If an outside value is connected to this entry the setpoint value becomes dynami cally changed by the outside value instead of using the constant value When the dynamic setpoint is active the static one is disabled and ignored Wiring In PID Control block accept wiring input data as Feedback Setpoint P parameter parameter D parameter and Trigger for PID change value and use them in block configuration Wiring Out PID Control block outputs the controller value to a connected block Note The Strategy PID example demonstrates how to use PID block Please refer it for the detailed Note The PID algorithm is as below U n P e n P I TsSe k P D 6 Ts e n 3 e n 1 e n 2 e n 3 Where e U n PID block output at sample time n e P Proportional parameter Gain e I Integral parameter Reset e D Derivative parameter Rate e e n Setpoint Feedback error at sample time n e Ts Sample period task s scan time in minute Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 19 Event Counter Block Block Information Input integer _ Reset integer _ SCH Output 1 integer gt W gt Hold integer gt W gt Figure 3 19 Event Counter Block Information 4 h vsd Interface e Number of inputs 3 input reset and hold e Input type integer integer
280. press the left mouse button and drag up or down to select multiple lines Here s how to use keyboard shortcuts to select text in your script To select text with the keyboard 1 Place the insertion point where you want your selection to begin 2 While pressing Shift use one of the navigating keyboard shortcuts to extend the selection to the desired ending point The selected text is highlighted on your display Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 5 10 6 Note When you intend to select an entire single line of text in your script it is important to remember to extend your selection far enough to include the hidden end of line character This character inserts a new line in your script Here s how to use the keyboard to select one or more whole lines in your script To select an entire line of text with the keyboard 1 Place the insertion point at the beginning of the line you want to select 2 Press Shift Down arrow The entire line including the end of line character is selected 3 To extend your selection to include additional whole lines of text repeat step 2 Once you have selected text within your script you can perform a variety of other editing operations on it including deleting the text placing it on the Clipboard by either cutting the text or copying it and pasting it Deleting Text When you delete material it is removed from your script without being placed on the Clipboa
281. printer This provides real time event printing The shortcut word is e or E You can press Alt e or Alt E to enable disable this option Enable Operational Security Checking Before selecting the Enable Operational Security checking option you are advised to add users and passwords in GeniDAQ system using the Administration function If Enable Password Checking is selected GeniDAQ will request you to key in a user ID and password when you start to run a strategy or unlock a locked strategy while it is in runtime The shortcut key is p or P You can press Alt p or Alt P to enable disable this option User ID OPERA TOR Password peri Cancel Ke Pad Figure 9 5 Login User ID and Password Start running with LOCK on If this option is enabled GeniDAQ will lock the screen when you start to run a strategy You have to key in user ID and password to unlock it 1f the Enable Password Checking option is enabled If the Enable Password Checking option is disabled you can press ESC to unlock the screen This option 1s used for system security There 1s no shortcut for this option Frame layout Frame layout option is used to set up the display layout while it is in runtime There are three options Menu bar Tool bar and Title bar You can enable disable these three items as you want Display refresh period Display refresh period is used to specify the period to re
282. ption Tag This field is used to specify the tag name of the binary button control display item The tag name is used to represent the output value of this button If you want to access this button value you can configure a TAG in task designer to link with display number and tag name and this button value will be available for other blocks in task designer Label This field is used to specify the meaning of the button The label will be displayed at the front of the button You can change it using any alphanumeric characters The maximum number of characters is 30 Operating Style This field is used to specify the operating style of binary button to be On Off momentary or radio button For On Off style the button will act as a switch to turn on or turn off and output digital 1 or O based on the output value field setting For Momentary style the button will act as a pulse that is it will return to depressed status immediately after the button is pressed The button will output a down value and an up value immediately based on the output value field setting For Radio Button style the button will be exclusive from other binary buttons If the button is pressed down other related buttons will come back up In this style you have to configure the related buttons by double clicking buttons in the Buttons to eject when pressed field A start character will pop up at the front of related buttons The output values of Radio Button style are
283. r e Number of outputs O e Output type O System Control Block E Tag BA Descriptor eg Function Ge Action C Display switching Task control Schon NONE hd Task Control Orly ai Start 7 Stop Fun once Cancel Help Figure 3 51 System Control Block Dialog Box Description This block has input capability There are three functions provided by this block One is to start stop pause resume lock unlock login logout close exit system execution Second is to switch between multiple display windows Third is to start stop Run once system execution Field Description e Function You can set the System Control block to control system operation task operation or to act as a display switch e Action If you select Action mode you can specify Start Stop Pause Resume Lock Unlock Login Logout Close Exit or Refresh in this field If you select Display switching mode you must specify the window to switch If you select Task control mode you must specify the task to control e Task Control Only If you select Task control mode in the Function field you can specify Start Stop Run once in this field Note You have to enable Inactive option in the Setup Task Properties menu e Wiring In System control block accepts data as trigger for the specified operation Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 39 Summary 3 40 Task Designer uses a data flow programming model that
284. r this error can also occur if the I O card base address set on the I O device does not match that of the software configuration setting Digital input section failure on d Where d is the I O device Can be a problem with the driver software Also could be a problem in the I O device hardware Digital Input section However this error can also occur if the I O card base address set on the I O device does not match that of the software configuration setting Temperature section failure on d Where d is the I O device Cannot receive analog input temperature data from the I O device Can be a problem with the driver software Also could be a problem in the I O device hardware Analog Input section However this error can also occur if the I O card base address set on the I O device does not match that of the software configuration setting Device not found I O device is not properly installed Either the Strategy Editor I O Icon Block AI AO DI DO or Temperature block is not properly configured or the I O Device does not exist Configure the block and save the strategy or enter the Advantech Device Installation Utility and configure the device No XXX function supported on d Where d is the I O device and XXX is one of the I O functions Either the driver or GeniDAQ does not support an I O device s function or the I O device does not support a function that the driver or GeniDAQ is trying to access durin
285. r Control display item Field Description Slider Action Specify the slider action either smooth or incremental Initial Value Specify to which numeric value the slider will point at Runtime Startup Privilege level This field is used for protection of system control The privilege level is from 0 to 255 with the larger number having the higher privilege For example 1f the privilege level of a button is 100 then the user s privilege must be larger than or equal to 100 to press this button Show Ticks Specify whether Ticks will be displayed Ticks Start Specify the lowest number the slider will output 1 e where the Ticks will start Ticks End Specify the highest number the slider will output 1 e the Ticks ending number Ticks Number Specify how many total Ticks will be displayed This entry will be grayed out if Show Ticks is set to No Restore the previous stop value This field is used to save the value of the control display at system stop and the value will be restored at next system start Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 37 Working with Cell Objects 4 38 You can use cell objects to assemble your own pictures such as pumps or valves The cell objects include e Rectangle cell e Rounded rectangle cell e Oval cell e Polygon cell e Line cell GeniDAQ provides graphical tools to draw pumps valves rectangles circles segments and polygons It allows the user to configur
286. r adding the group you can add items for each OPC group Select the dedicated OPC group and right click the mouse You can add an tem for the connected OPC Server to the OPC Client The C 22 Add Item dialog box appears as shown below Dh Yer ihly oa zl al 8 E A diego Bowe ME Le G t een zm ire ADAH sr Advent kk q Let OK Tanken q Perso lr q Period Saray an OCR ener w COMICS Data Mar 717 a ICOBICE Maka b E Aivegbkch Ob Den Bloor 338 Jeanie Proparkac Adding a group El M a Figure C 22 Add Item Dialog Box 6 The Add Item dialog box displays the devices groups and tags defined in the current server configuration You can select an item name of connected OPC server and OPC client s Item ID will be generated automatically ADAM OPC Server C 23 Add Item Dialog Item ID JADAMSO17 ADAMSOI 7a Done Acces Fath Filter Gi server Advantech ADAM Items i Add by Double Click n ADAMAOL ADA M5024 204 M5051 ADAM S056 Data Type Ce Native Bool C Shot C Long Dobe C Stine Figure C 23 Add Item Configuration Dialog Window In the Browse Items list select the device group and tag The full name appears in the Item Name field For example ADAM5017 ADAM5017a To add more tags just repeat the previous steps Accessing the OPC Server After connecting the OPC server and configuring the linkage OPC server data will be displayed in the I
287. r and this document refers to this as a Server interface The other interface 1s Group This OPC client always creates a group and registers a device interface with 1t to get asynchronous data notification When an item is added the dialog displays either a hierarchy or a flat list of names depending on the server The names are queried from the Server object using the filter string and requested data type When the user either types or selects a name an item by that name is added to the Group object This item is also read immediately to get an initial value Items in a group are scanned by the server when their values change the device interface in the client is notified A data structure containing the data for each item whose value or quality has changed and only those items is passed to the client device interface The client unpacks and uses the data Server Status and Group Parameters C 20 The Server Status dialog box periodically queries the server object for status and displays the results The Group Parameters dialog queries the group state and displays the results The OK or Apply buttons in the Group Parameters dialog box writes the parameters from the dialog to the Group object and reads the parameters back This primarily controls the scanning and update of data When a group is inactive it does not send data notifications to the client and typically there is no reason to scan the items when the group is inactive The Update
288. r can be done by selecting items with a mouse or by using the keyboard Use the up or left arrow keys to move up in the Tree Browser Similarly use the down or right arrow keys to move down in the Tree Browser You can also press a letter key to jump to the nearest item that begins with that letter Additional Tree Browser Features Connection lines show the relationship between devices groups and tags by displaying which devices are on a channel and which tags belong to a device The plus and minus buttons indicate whether items are fully expanded or collapsed The plus button shows that the item is collapsed and the minus buttons indicate that the item 1s expanded For example a device with a plus sign next to 1t means that there are groups and possibly tags configured on that device The Menu Bar The Tool menu bar includes a title bar a Minimize button a Maximize button a Control menu box and the menus you can use to configure the driver The menu bar is initially displayed at the top of the screen but you can resize it and drag it to another location The Tool has the following menus e File e Add e Edit e View s Help You can customize the Tool s appearance by dragging the toolbars or the Tree Browser to the location you want You can also make the toolbars or the Tree Browser float above the Tool by dragging them to the center or the screen Later you can dock them or resize them as needed Using Shortcut Keys The followin
289. ragging your mouse cursor around them 2 Select Edit Copy or click the Copy toolbar icon 3 Select Edit Paste or click the Paste toolbar icon 4 The block s that you selected will be displayed in the task window Cutting Blocks You can cut blocks from one task window and then paste them into another task window 1 Select the block with your mouse cursor You can also select multiple blocks by dragging your mouse cursor around them 2 Select Edit Cut or click the Cut toolbar icon 3 Select Window on the main menu and then switch to the task target task window 4 Select Edit Paste or click the Paste toolbar icon 5 The block s that you selected will be displayed in the task window Arranging Blocks Execution Order GeniDAQ is a data flow programming model The execution order of the blocks depend on the data flow GeniDAQ will assign the execution order automatically You can also change the programming model to meet your needs GeniDAQ provides two methods to change the order The Task Designer includes block sequence arrangement feature that shows the order of execution on all blocks Users can rearrange the order of execution of the blocks icons under some restrictions It shows the order of execution among blocks in the run time program The user selects Order Layout from the View menu to display the order number of each block The order of blocks can be changed using the Complete Reorder and the Exchange Order op
290. rd This section explains how to remove one or more characters selected text or entire lines from your script To delete text To remove a single character to the left of the insertion point press BkSp once to remove a single character to the right of the insertion point press Del once To remove multiple characters hold down BkSp or Del Or To remove text that you have selected press BkSp or Del Or To remove an entire line place the insertion point in that line and press Ctrl Y Here e how to remove an unwanted line break from your script To combine the current line with the following line 1 Place the insertion point after the last character on the current line 2 Press Del once to delete the hidden end of line character The current line and the following line are combined Note lf any spaces were entered at the end of the current line you may have to press Del one or more additional times to remove these hidden characters first before you can delete the end of line character Pressing BkSp with the insertion point at the start of a line has no effect that is it will not combine the current line with the preceding line Cutting and Copying Text You can place material from your script on the Clipboard by either cutting 1t or copying 1t To cut a selection e Press Ctrl X The selection is removed from your script and placed on the Clipboard To copy a selection e Press Ctrl C The selection remains
291. re bundled within the installation CD ROM If you have not installed the DLL drivers on your system or the version you installed is less than this one the installation program will start driver installation automatically Note For Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime installation please refer to Chapter 12 Advantech GeniDAQ CE WinCE for HMI 640S Platform Inserting the Anti Piracy Hardware Key Dongle In order to prevent software piracy and minimize costs for our customers GeniDAQ employs an anti piracy parallel port key or dongle After installing the software you must must insert the hardware key into your computer s parallel 1 e printer port before attempting to start the software The soft ware program checks for the presence of the dongle during start up and will immediately close if it does not detect its presence If you do not insert the key you have the option to start a two hour trial period when the software will function without the key Dongle A dongle is required to run GeniDAQ If not installed with the dongle GeniDAQ can only run in demo mode for a limit of two hours Follow the instructions below to install the key 1 Power off the computer and all peripheral devices prior to installing the key since it is sensitive to static electricity 2 Remove any connections to your computer s parallel port 3 Secure the dongle in the parallel port and tighten the screws Note Do not remove the Advantech Ge
292. readed engine provides you the industrial secure and real time environment for your applications The modu lar oriented design simplifies the development for a complex application The open platform allows you to easily integrate GeniDAQ with other applications and devices to share real time control data Introduction 1 23 1 24 Overview In general the design procedure consists of the following steps The first step 1s to outline exactly what you expect to accomplish with GeniDAQ You can decompose your system into several modules and determine how many tasks you want in your strategy The second one is to make a sketch detailing the flow of data timing and so forth Then implement the system or task functionality and configure your display view or operator interface with GeniDAQ s Task Designer and Display Designer If your system needs some specific functionality such as special mathematical or calculation function logic operation task or display control or link with other applications which are not built into GeniDAQ you can make use of GeniDAQ s BasicScript programming to implement them The last step is to optimize the overall performance by tuning the task scanning display update and I O polling The intent of this chapter 1s to provide some general instructions and guidelines for performing basic Advantech GeniDAQ operations Throughout this chapter it is assumed that you can understand the fundamentals of GeniDAQ It is assume
293. rees C Glossary B 7 B 8 C ADAM OPC Server Introduction The Advantech ADAM OPC Server is a driver for both the OPC Client test function and a real working ADAM 4000 ADAM 5000 485 data acquisition and control module OPC Server This ADAM OPC server was implemented using advanced programming concepts from the most current version of the OPC specification for use in developing next generation industrial software applications Key Features of the ADAM OPC Server e Advanced OPC data quality and data conversion to client s request e Supports multi drop ADAM 4000 ADAM 5000 485 I O devices e Uses the concept of groups for easy configuration and manageability e Support all popular PLC data types such as WORD LONG FLOAT INT e Internally simulated for configuration and testing e Tag multiplier lets you create hundreds of tags in seconds e OPC sample client for rapid testing of your OPC data connections e GUI interface for viewing devices tags groups and realtime signals e Full online help and documentation e Online configuration of devices groups and tags e Flexible raw and engineering units and signal scaling System Configuration and Installation C 2 System Requirements for Windows 95 NT e IBM PC compatible with Pentium 133 or higher e 32 MB RAM e 10 MB disk space e Microsoft Windows 95 with DCOM Microsoft Windows 98 or NT4 0 Hardware Support This OPC Server driver supports ADAM 4000 and ADAM 5000 485 s
294. ring gt Figure 8 4 Network Input Block Information Diagram 8 4 Interface e Number of inputs 0 e Input type none e Number of outputs 1 e Output type integer floating point or string Description This block has output capability that supplies other blocks with remote data from the network Network input block specifies the remote tag and data type Dialog Box Configuration Net Tag Block Floating Point 2 Figure 8 5 Net Tag Block Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Node name Specifies the remote server name It is configured in the Network Settings dialog box e Task name Tag name Channels Specifies the tag on the remote server node e Data type Specifies the data type of the tag The option includes floating point integer and string Make sure that the data type matches with that of the remote tag e Default value Specifies the value when disconnecting If the remote server is running GeniDAQ allows you to configure the tag on line Press the Browse button a dialog box appears CommunicatingThrough TCP IP Networking 8 5 select Task amp Tag Name Task Name TASE Tag Name ER PETT CR TIRTASE os TAskl 3 8 DISPI Figure 8 6 Select Task 8 Tag Name Configuration Dialog Box You click the desired task on the Task List field and the desired tag in the Tag List Then the resulted tag is shown in the Task Name and Tag Name fields Enabling Event Log to Check Network Mess
295. ring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 5 Task Properties Icon PS RS nin Figure 3 4 Task Properties Toolbar Icon The ScanTask Setup configuration dialog box appears Scan Task Setup x Tag TASK Description Scan period time interval between scans o bourlsl IO minute s D second s ID mseels Starting method Ce Immediate Inactive activated by command C Delayed o Four i motel 0 sesanalsl C System time starts everyday based on system clock ker Ee Ota Seana i Duration Ge Free run run forever E Time based i bere i ciate o seconds E Scan based Steps Cancel Help OPE Setting Advanced Figure 3 5 ScanTask Setup Configuration Dialog Box ScanTask Setup Field Description e Tag is the name assigned by GeniDAQ to refer to the task This is the object name that should be called from BasicScript programming code e Description is a field that the user can enter to describe the task s function and purpose e Scan Period is the time interval between successive retrievals of information used by the task e Duration is the time when you want the task to run Free Run will enable the task to run continuous ly Time based will run the task for a given period of time and Scan based will run the task for a specified number of scans 1 e retrievals of data e Starting method controls when the task starts to run Immediate automatically runs the task when the runtim
296. ripts are executed once every scan The script will be compiled into p code after editing so it won t need to be compiled again Main Script Script Designer TUTORE GHI sub Maint y dim mytask as ScanTask set mytask GeticanTask TASKI mytask start for i 1 to 108 mtask singlescan Figure 10 8 Main Script Program The main script if present takes control of the entire runtime once it is started The main script can be used to do things such as starting a task stopping a task etc Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 19 Pre Task and Post Task script Pre Task Script Editor File Edit Run Debug Help SUB PRE_TASK1 End Sub File Edit Run SUB POST TASK1 End sub Figure 10 10 Post task Script Editor Each scan task has a pre task script and a post task script User can use these two scripts to initialize or reset tag value on some conditions 10 20 BasicScript Baste script Editor File Edit Run Debug Help Sub SERA as TAG dim mytag as TAG set mtagl Getlag Task1 VAIT set mytag GetTag VIRTASK HR if mytagi value gt mytag value then DEE ee Figure 10 11 BasicScript Block Editor BasicScript is a task block in Task Designer Toolbox It is designed to provide total flexibility so you can employ Visual Basic functions to do comparisons calculations etc BasicScript supports multiple inputs from all types of blocks Its output
297. rom Script Designer Here s how to get out of Script Designer What happens when you exit depends on 1 whether you have made changes to your script and 2 whether your script contains errors To exit from Script Designer e Choose the Exit and Return command from the File menu If you have made changes to your script Script Designer displays a dialog box asking whether you want to save the script If you either click the No button or click the Yes button and your script contains no errors you exit from Script Designer immediately If you click the Yes button and your script contains errors Script Designer highlights the line containing the first error and displays a dialog box asking whether you want to exit anyway If you click the Yes button Script Designer saves your script errors and all and then you exit from Script Designer If you haven t made any changes to your script you exit from Script Designer immediately regardless of whether the script contains errors from a previous editing session Programming with GeniDAQ 10 18 This powerful Visual Basic for Application VBA as a scripting engine is licensed from Summit Software Inc BasicScript is the most important component providing programmability in GeniDAQ The script engine is a set of DLLs that facilitate the compilation of script programs at build time and execution of scripts at runtime It not only provides the capability to manipulate tasks but also provides the
298. rough full scale industrial process control systems running many I O Devices simultaneously GeniDAQ provides you with the quickest and most efficient HMI solution The following overviews the basic concepts and editing tools for developing your applications with GeniDAQ Project GeniDAQ utilizes project concept to design your strategies It allows you to manage and maintain your project more easily GeniDAQ creates a new directory when you create a new strategy All files including strategy file historical data files exported device configuration file reg and log files exist in the directory Strategy The design work in GeniDAQ is saved as a strategy file A strategy file with extension GNI is a binary file that stores all information about an editing session A strategy is defined as one or more tasks together with one or more displays and one or no main script Task Display and Main Script are the three primary elements used to design strategies To protect your design work GeniDAQ provides security protection for your strategy file You can distribute your application with safety Task Designer The Task Designer is to configure the task functions such as I O function DDE function calculation function file function etc These functions are represented as function blocks or icons GeniDAQ uses a data flow programming model to describe your task and control strategy You intuitively cons
299. rted after a 5 second delay ooooonnnnnncicicicncocncononononnnnnnnnonononononnononononononononononononanenononos 2 38 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Main Parts of the Task Designer WINDOW a a 1a euaeasiecent 3 3 Task Designer Task TOO DO EE 3 4 Add Task Delete Task Toolbar EE 3 5 TaskProperties Toolbar ICON vendita dl AA AA AD EA AID AA EAS EAS 3 6 Scan Task Setup Configuration Dialog BOX TEE 3 6 OPC Server Properties Configuration Dialog Dos EEN 3 7 Advanced Option configuration Dialog BOX ET 3 7 Gomecta block 10 4 CISDIAV EE 3 9 Figure 3 9 Connect display control item to Task block ccccceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenecenananensaeananansananenanaeenanenananeneneaeans 3 10 Figure 3 10 Single Operator Calculation Block Information oooooconcnninnnnnnnncccccncinoconenonenenonnnonnnnonononnnnonnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnss 3 11 Figure 3 11 Single Operator Calculation Block TEE 3 12 Figure 3 12 Single Operator Calculation Block Operators and Functions occcccccncnnncccanononcnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncncnnnncnnnnnnns 3 13 Figu re 3 13 Average Block Information EE 3 14 Figure 3 14 Average Block Configuration Dialog BOX oooooococcccccococonononcnconcncncnnnnnnnnnnenennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnenenennss 3 15 Figure 3 15 On Off Control Block Information EE 3 15 Figure 3 16 On Off Control Block Configuration Dia
300. rver If the ADAM OPC Server is not registered in the Windows environment you have to register it manually The steps to register the ADAM OPC Server are listed below 1 Open a DOS command prompt window 2 Type in the ADAMOPC regserver command at the DOS prompt to execute it The ADAM OPC Server will be registered into the Windows system If you want to unregister the ADAM OPC Server type in ADAMOPC unregserver command in DOS prompt window Note As explained in the installation section of this manual Windows NT 4 0 or Windows 98 95 with DCOM is required to run the ADAM OPC server Install ADAM OPC Server at Windows CE 1 Insert the Advantech ADAM OPC disk 1 into the 3 5 inch disk drive 2 Copy ADAM OPC Server DLL file and TDB file configuration file to the application software directory It is recommended that you create a dedicated sub directory in the application software directory to store DLL and GDB files 3 Use a text editor to view the readme txt file Note The file name for ADAM OPC Server configuration file at Windows CE device must be ADAMOPC TDB Registering OPC Server Service If the ADAM OPC Server is not registered in the Window CE environment you have to register it manually The steps to register the ADAM OPC Server are listed below 1 Invoke the Command prompt window You can press Ctrl Esc to invoke the command execution dialog 2 Type in the Regsvrce ADAMOPC command i
301. rver will wait for a response about 1000 milliseconds equal to 1 second e Valid Entries 7 65535 Address Specifies the address number of the selected device in RS 485 communication line e Valid Entries O to 255 and NONE Simulation I O Specifies the device to be a virtual device It does not connect to any physical devices But 1t would provide a simulation signal to the server e Valid Entries Enabled and Disabled To delete an existing device 1 Select the device you want to delete from the Tree Browser 2 Click on the Delete button in the Edit menu bar Adding and Modifying Tag Groups To add a new group into the selected device 1 Select the device to which you want to add a tag group from the Tree Browser 2 Click the New Group button on the Add menu of the Configuration toolbar The new group appears in the Tree Browser and the fields for entering group properties appear in the Group Properties dialog 3 Enter the group name for the new tag group Edits to a field do not take effect until you remove the focus or cursor from the field and press the OK button Croup Name Analog Input Cancel Figure D 14 Group Configuration Dialog Box To modify an existing group 1 Select the group you want to modify from the Tree Browser 2 Select the Properties button from the Edit menu bar The Group properties dialog will pop up for modification To delete an existing group 1 Select the group y
302. s Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes 12 12 DISPLAY Blocks ROUND Rounded Rectangle Drawing Display Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 640S Platform 12 13 Summary 12 14 Applications for Advantech s HMI 640S model running Windows CE can be developed on computers running Windows NT 98 95 The application must then be downloaded or copied on the HMI 6405 By enabling TCP IP networking between the HMI 640S and a host PC you will establish real time data acquisition While most of the functions available in the Win32 version of GeniDAQ are also available for the WinCE version BasicScript DDE and OLE automation are not supported Some task are display blocks when used on WinCE only support a subset of the functions supported for the Win32 version of GeniDAQ A Runtime Error Code Listing Errors and Warnings The following is a list of possible errors and warnings that you may encounter during GeniDAQ Runtime These error messages can aid tremendously in troubleshooting various hardware problems when running GeniDAQ Runtime Error Warning Codes are as follows Open communication port failed on d Where d is the serial communications port This message flags a fatal error during Runtime initializa tion The configured I O device is capable of serial communications but for
303. s can be connect ed to a DDE client block and they can all use the data that the DDE client block is receiving from the server application To setup a DDE client block your other application should be running in the background Place the DDE client block on the Task Designer workspace and connect it to the blocks to which you wish to input data from the DDE client block or from another application Next double click on the DDE client block This will invoke the DDE client dialog box Within this dialog box click on the Connect button In the dialog box that appears Create DDE Link you should see your application name in the box under Service All of the applications that are currently running which have DDE capabilities should be displayed in the Service box It is possible that some applications will not be shown If the other applications are listed click once on the Service that you wish to use which will then place the available Topics in the next box under Service Topics Click once on the appropriate topic which will then place the available Items in the box under Topic Items Clicking on the OK button after going through this sequence will place the service topic and item in the format Servicel Topic ltem in the Create DDE Link dialog box The link is then created and you can receive data from the other application Create DDE Link E Service Service topics Topic items lates M ormal do Document Winword
304. s nivte wanna comencacdsuneasinieesa incon oneneaeseaan 5 10 PALO kel Tu e EE 5 11 a aaa a lt ete ede 5 11 Dialog BOL COMMOGURAON EE 5 11 Digital el GE 5 12 BIOCK INTOFM ALON EE 5 12 Dialog Box ele te Tee tsetse tonic saeco eee ee 5 13 DIJNALOUDUT til iio delia 5 14 BIOCKIMNMOIMN aludir io ci 5 14 Dialog lee ie te ge 5 15 Temperature Measurement oooccccnnnccnnncccnnnnccnnanonnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnrrnnnrrenannrrnnanrnnans 5 16 BIOCK IMPOR A OM a 5 16 Dialog BOX Ee ie re te 5 17 Counter Frequency Measurement Pulse Output ccccssssssseeeseeeeees 5 18 BIOCK MONNA ON isidro 5 18 Dialog BOX COMMUTATION as e 5 19 BIOCK IMMORM ANON DEE 5 21 HardWare Alarm a sin 5 21 Dialog BOX COmIiquralO EE 5 22 AOL OL o 5 24 DIOR Tute gn Ee Marido io aiii 5 24 Dialog Box e ie tte re si a le tale en o 5 25 Performance TOSU E 5 28 SUMMA ta 5 29 Chapter 6 Historical Trending System AA 2 1 PC O ao Ere a ano ae oe aia e eee ee eee 6 2 Eu EE 6 2 Creating a Historical Trend cccccccssssseeccesssseeesceenseeeeseessneeesseeeneeessseoeaes 6 2 Configuring a Historical Trend ccccccesssseeeeceessseeeeeenseeeeeeeenseeeseeeenneees 6 3 Fela DOSCIPION EE 6 4 Going to a Specific Time with GoTo ButtonN oooommmnncccccccconanannncnnnncnannnnnnnnos 6 4 Searching a Specific Value with the Search ButtOn ccsssssseeeeseesseeees 6 5 Converting Historical Trend Data to a Text File cccconnnnncccconocanconononannn
305. s will be shown in Event Log window and can be printed out TTS TFL TOLOHLO ALOT 110018 1125718100 41061 1500138 11H SSH 4051 Sr MA EA UK EA aoe 710014 11 HH ga Aksaeksl 11 nan 5 1 al iL 1 A a 5 Vale l 44 Low Alam amp High Alin Len Lor Alin E High High Alarm db WA saat acoria A Eslora narams E Gesin Bitcsle D A Figure 7 4 The Alarm System at Runtime You can double click on any alarm entry to acknowledge the message The message s color will change from red to black and an acknowledgement message will appear in the window The alarm message will be logged into the file genidaq elf and genidaq elh which are saved in your project directory The genidaq elf file stores the current messages and genidaq elh file stores the histori cal messages When the alarm messages exceed 100 entries in genidaq elf GeniDAQ will copy them into genidaq elh during the next run Both files are ASCII format You can view them in NOTEPAD EXE Monitoring Alarm and Event 7 5 User disp kil trategy alare gni started at 11 30 44 11 08 1900 11181000 11 38 00 Hl ALOGA TITE TIFI 11 39 18 HI HI ALOHI 11181000 11 39 39 Hl ALOGA SOF OR TIFI 145394 HI ALDO acknowledged 11 35 21 11181000 11 39 29 LU ALOGA VII AAPP 11 39 38 LO LO ALOHI 114181000 11 34 20 LO ALLOGI acknowledged 11 34 33 IB APP 14 39 39 LO ALO 111841900 11 34 40 HE ALOGT IBP PO 14 39 58 HI HI ALOHI 111841900
306. samples performed per second Counts The number of events or events counted by the event counter The event counter increments or decrements whenever a rising edge of a digital signal is sensed at the counter input D A Converter A device that converts digital information from the computer into a corresponding analog voltage or current This allows the computer to control real world events Analog outputs may directly control equipment in a process that is then measured by an analog input It is possible to perform closed loop or PID control with the D A function Analog outputs can also generate waveforms function generator The resolution of the device is proportional to the number of its digital input bits For instance a 16 bit D A converter is higher in resolution than a 12 bit D A Deadband Hysteresis In a digital on off controller there may be one switching point at which the signal increases and another switching point at which the signal decreases The difference between the two switching points is called hysteresis or deadband Differential Input A signal input circuit where SIG LO and SIG HI are electrically floating with respect to analog ground I O device analog ground which is normally tied to digital ground This allows the measurement of the voltage difference between two signals tied to the same ground and provides superior common mode noise rejection Glossary B 3 BA F Fahrenheit 32 degrees Fre
307. se Output Reset Input integer Start Stop Input intege CTFQ Output 0 floating point gt Total Period floating poin First Cycle floating poi 5 18 Figure 5 21 Counter Frequency Measurement Pulse Output Block Block Information Interface e Number of inputs 4 e Input type integer floating point e Number of outputs 1 e Output type floating point Description This block has output capability that supplies other blocks with analog values from the I O device The Hardware Counter block supports e Advantech I O hardware includes plug in DA amp C cards and ADAM 4000 5000 modules e OPC standard interface Dialog Box Configuration Event Counter Frequency Counter Pulse Output Proper ES Tag cr FO1 Description cr F01 Devicerltem Select LU settings Channel 7 l Ge kounter mput made OF Cancel 0 Erequeney measurement mode Help rk O enle output mode Gate mode e Reset from Start stop from Puke cutout Tet 12 cycle time jo Total pulze time fo Total pulse time from Update times l Tat 142 cycle time from Figure 5 22 Event Counter Frequency Counter Pulse Output Configuration Dialog Box Field Description Device Item field Specifies the device or OPC item associated with the block Counter Input Frequency Measurement option A hardware device s counter timer chip is used as a hardware event or frequency counter that
308. senecesaeaeesaeaeanananaeas D 24 Read Write Item Value Dialog Window AANEREN ENNEN D 24 Read Write Item Value Dialog Window AANEREN ENNEN D 24 Overview Congratulations on your purchase of Advantech s application builder for developing human machine interfaces Advantech GeniDAQ Advantech GeniDAQ is a comprehensive flexible data acquisition application environment that supports the functions and utilities to develop all types of automation applications in the Windows NT Windows 98 95 and Windows CE environment GeniDAQ provides an icon based mouse driven system for designing real time Automation and Control Strategies System Monitor Displays and Dynamic Operator Displays The package is extremely flexible and easy to use A library of icon blocks representing data acquisition and control industry standard mathematical and control functions is provided to you through the Task Designer You simply arrange icon blocks into a strategy connect them and then draw your Dynamic Display Display Designer provides lots of graphic objects to design monitoring and control pictures In addition to being easy to use GeniDAQ built in BasicScript programming tools to strengthen the ability to design complex calculation or analysis In addition Advantech GeniDAQ leverages 32 bit Windows preemptive multi tasking capability to support Windows NT 98 95 and Windows CE environments The GeniDAQ kernel is a multi threaded engine for optimal performa
309. ses with the instruc tion pointer on that line 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 until you have finished debugging the selected portions of your script Removing Breakpoints Breakpoints can be removed either manually or automatically Here s how to delete breakpoints manual ly one at a time To remove a single breakpoint manually 1 Place the insertion point on the line containing the breakpoint that you want to remove 2 Click the Toggle Breakpoint tool on the toolbar Or Press F9 The breakpoint is removed and the line no longer appears in contrasting type Here s how to delete all breakpoints manually in a single operation To remove all breakpoints manually e Select the Clear All Breakpoints command from the Debug menu Script Designer removes all breakpoints from your script Breakpoints are removed automatically under the following circumstances 1 as mentioned earlier when your script is compiled and executed breakpoints are removed from lines that don t contain code 2 When you exit from Script Designer all breakpoints are cleared Adding a Watch Variable As you debug your script you can use Script Designer s watch pane to monitor selected variables For each of the variables on this watch variable list Script Designer displays its context name and value The values of the variables on the watch list are updated each time you enter break mode Here s how to add a variable to Script Designer s watch
310. short Index float Data B short wDataType short Index BSTR Data short wDataType short Index B short wDataType short Index Da Da ta ta Data y uuid ODBBE Class information for CD id 10 BSTR GetTagDataSTRX long 1pDB short wDataType short Index id 11 boolean SetDataExp long 1pDB long pParam id 12 boolean GetDataExp long 1pDB long pParam id 13 long ChangeTaskName BSTR szOld BSTR szNew id 14 long ChangeTagName BSTR szTaskName BSTR szOld BSTR szNew id 15 long GetTaskRecordPtr BSTR szTaskName id 16 long GetTagEntryPtr BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName id 17 long GetTagEntryPtrX long dwTagID id 18 boolean SetData BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName long pParam id 19 boolean GetData BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName long pParam id 20 boolean SetDataX long dwTagID long pParam id 21 boolean GetDataX long dwTagID long pParam id 22 long GetTagID BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName 1id 23 boolean GetDatalnfo BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName long 1pDB id 24 boolean IsTagExist BSTR szTaskName BSTR szTagName id 25 boolean IsTagEnabled BSTR szTaskName
311. sic for Applications over 600 commands are available to perform any function you can imagine including calculations reading and writing files DDE and ODBC It also allows you to access and share data with other applications such as Microsoft Access and Microsoft Excel Introduction 1 3 OPC OLE for Process Control Client This 1s responsible for connecting OPC enabled devices Through the standard and high performance driver interface GeniDAQ can easily integrate your systems TCP IP Network This is responsible for communication with multiple GeniDAQ nodes GeniDAQ s networking capabil ity allows a computer in the control room to display data being collected by computers on the factory floor or vice versa through the TCP IP protocol Data Center Data Center is the central repository for data acquisition and control data It manages all of GeniDAQ s real time data and provides two sets of interfaces to the outside world DDE and OLE Automation Through these two interfaces other applications can retrieve or input data to GeniDAQ UO Driver This is responsible for accessing real time data from hardware GeniDAQ I O drivers covers all of Advantech s industrial automation hardware including plug in DA amp C cards PC based modular controller MIC 2000 ADAM 4000 remote I O modules and ADAM 5000 distributed I O modules What s New in Advantech GeniDAQ 4 0 1 4 GeniDAQ 4 0 includes the following new features Multi threade
312. some reason the chosen communications port is not responding Possible causes 1 The configuration of the driver is invalid You may have configured the I O device to be connected to a certain communications port that does not exist in your machine 2 The port itself is invalid The port may not exist in your machine The port may be used already such as with a mouse or other serial device 3 The RS 232 communications port hardware is bad Transmit failed on d Where d is the I O device such as RS 485 based ADAM module addressing This problem is possibly caused by bad RS 232 transmitter section hardware Receive failed on d Where d is the I O device such as RS 485 based ADAM module addressing Possible causes 1 Bad RS 232 or RS 485 bus wiring 2 Bad remote hardware such as a bad ADAM module or remote power supply 3 Bad RS 232 receiver section hardware 4 Scan rate sample rate is set much too fast Invalid data received on d Where d is the I O device such as with RS 485 based ADAM modules 1 Bad remote hardware such as a bad ADAM module or remote power supply 2 Bad RS 232 or RS 485 bus wiring Initialize failed on d Where d is the I O device This error usually occurs when there is a driver software problem such as a configuration error However this error can also point to the I O hardware such as a data acquisition card that requires programmable gain setting etc a
313. splays that can be edited etc the associated parameters can be changed during GeniDAQ Runtime During GeniDAQ Runtime commands and data can be entered using either the keyboard or the mouse Runtime Environment The GeniDAQ Runtime environment is shown below Figure 9 1 GeniDAQ Runtime Environment M Start icon to start running the strategy M Stop icon to stop the running strategy EISE Pause icon to pause the running strategy BIS Resume icon to resume the paused strategy s Lock icon to lock the strategy E Refresh icon to refresh the screen To display or hide the Status Bar at the bottom of the Runtime screen highlight the View Status Bar command with your mouse The Status Bar allows you to get quick concise help on menu commands As you highlight a menu item with your mouse you can view information on the item in the status bar at the bottom of the runtime window During runtime status information is displayed such as any errors that have occurred or whether the strategy 1s running normally Errors generally include hardware driver errors or errors due to timing problems The error codes are listed in the Appendix under Runtime Error Code Listing Starting Runtime Starting the GeniDAQ Runtime session is performed from the following methods 1 Enter the Advantech GeniDAQ 4 0 folder and double click on the GeniDAQ Runtime icon Open the desired strategy file with the suffix gn1 and press START on
314. ssociated with the block Please make sure to install and configure COM port settings with Device Installation program before using the block Idle time the time in ms that GeniDAQ will wait before it starts looking for a response from the serial device This feature is very convenient since some serial devices are very slow to respond Using an idle time will eliminate time out errors when slow serial devices are used Wait time the time in ms that GeniDAQ will wait for a return string after the idle time has elapsed If the wait time passes with no string received or no final character then GeniDAQ will retry sending the prompt string see below Retry the number of times that GeniDAQ will retry sending the prompt string before terminating Acceptable numbers for retry are between 0 and 3 Note The sum ldle Wait must be less than the scan task period Initial string Init String Used to configure the serial device It will be sent out as a first string and the data that is sent back to GeniDAQ will be thrown away Prompt String After the initial string is sent and the response which is ignored is received the Prompt String will be sent after which all data received back Response String can be used by another block that is connected to the RS 232 block You must specify the starting and ending point with respect to the data in the string By pressing More button additional response strings may be entered in the Additional
315. st check the Enable Event Log and Print Events in the Runtime Preference configuration dialog box You can open this dialog box by choosing Setup Runtime Preference from the main menu 7 2 Runtime Preference E4 No of errors allowed before stopping T Log errors to the error file RUNERR LOG Beep when error occurs during the run e Enable event log Enable operational security checking Start running with LOCK on Frame layout i Menuba W Toolbar W Title bar Display refresh period ms 50 Cancel Help Figure 7 2 Runtime Preference Configuration Dialog Box Monitoring Alarm and Event 7 3 Configuring the Alarm Log Block To configure alarm limits for a signal you must use an alarm block to set the alarm limits and check the alarm Place an Alarm Log icon on the Task Designer configuration window and right click the icon The Alarm Log Block configuration dialog box opens 7 4 Alarm Log Block Tag I OI Description D s Alarm settings High High o O High jo Cancel Low joo Low ost joo Alarm message format M Date MM DDAY YY Time HH MM DE Alarm type HI HI HI LO LO LO Tag name 4 Operator name only the first 10 characters Comment DO Value a lt 1 lt 1 lt 1 41 lt 1 4 Figure 7 3 Alarm Log Block Configuration Dialog Box This block has input and output capability The block allows Alarm data from inputs to be logged to the
316. t void GoBottom BSTR GetTaskName BSTR GetTagName void GoNext AFX_ODL_ METHOD l Class information for CTagList uuid ODBBEB30 2DFE 11D3 900C 002018650916 T coclass TagList default dispinterface ITagList y Primary dispatch interface for CDBCTR32 uuid 0DB UY T dispinterface IDBCTR32 properties NOT Kal B32 2DFE 11D3 900C 002018650916 ClassWizard will maintain property information here 1 1fAFX_ODL_ PROP CDBCTR32 AFX_ODL_PROP Use extreme caution when editing this section ClassWizard will maintain method information here AFX_ODL_METHOD CDBCTR32 methods NOTE id 1 lon id 2 lon id 3 lon id 4 lon id 5 id 6 id 7 id 8 id 9 Use extreme caution when editing this section g AddTaskName BSTR szTaskName long pT g DeleteTaskName BSTR szTaskName g AddTag BSTR szTaskName g DeleteTag BSTR szTaskName boolean SetTagDataLongX long lp boolean SetTagDataFloatX long 1 boolean SetTagDataSTRX long 1 long GetTagDataLongX long 1pD float GetTagDataFloatX long 1pD pD B BSTR szTagName short wDataType short wCount BSTR szTagName DB short wDataType short Index long Data pDB short wDataType
317. ta Source Specifies the data source from cache or device when GeniDAQ requests data for the OPC server The OPC server scans the physical device at a fixed rate the Update Rate The scan data will stored in memory The cache option means the data is stored in the memory of the OPC server It s more efficient For a device data source the OPC server retrieves data from the physical device e Update Rate Specifies the update rate that the OPC server scans the physical device e Deadband Specifies the percentage change in an item value when the OPC server causes a callback to GeniDAQ Note All items in a task have the same OPC properties Each task has ts own OPC properties Mapping OPC Items to I O Blocks After you configure the OPC communication settings you can map OPC items to I O tags You can activate the OPC item configuration dialog box in all I O blocks by enabling the Connect to OPC server option button The OPC Item Select configuration dialog box is shown as below PL KIT ficar Pah Ir Bees Ser hal es leg Figure 5 7 OPC Item Select Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Access Path The access path is intended as a way for the client to provide the server a suggested data path e g a particular modem or network interface It indicates how to get the data It 1s optional and depends on the OPC server You can input the access path manually or by pressing the Browse button to select the ac
318. ta acquisition modules which are connect ed to a user s computer via a cable and wires The ADAM OPC Server tool is your main configuration utility for setting up and maintaining the ADAM I O driver It provides fields for specifying the properties of devices groups and tags D Serial ModBUS OPC Server Introduction The Advantech Modbus RTU OPC Server was implemented using advanced programming concepts of the most current version of the OPC specification Version 2 0 for use in developing next generation industrial software applications The Advantech Modbus RTU OPC Server shows how to easily communicate with OPC clients and control devices This Modbus RTU OPC server contains a popular Modbus protocol and can be connected to real world Modbus compatible UO hardware Key Features of the MODBUS RTU OPC Server e Advanced OPC data quality and data conversion to the client s request e OPC server utilizes advanced free threading capability of the Modbus server e Supports multiple multidrop I O devices e Support several device types 384 484 584 884 984 Micro84 Modbus and Modcell devices e Uses the concept of groups for easy configuration and manageability e Supports RTU and ASCII device protocols e Support all popular PLC data types such as WORD LONG FLOAT INT e Internally simulated for configuration and testing e Tag multiplier lets you create hundreds of tags in seconds e OPC sample client for rapid testing of
319. tations such as add subtract multiply etc At least one block must be connected as an input block this will be the first operand The second operand can be either another block or a constant entered in the Single Operand Calculation block s dialog box Single Operator Calculation Block E Tag S0C Description First operand far 811 Output TOK UK Operator Cancel Second operand Hel 812 A12 Output 1 Hep Result data type Integer Figure 3 11 Single Operator Calculation Block Field Description Once two operands are selected the order can be switched by pressing the Swap Operands button This is important since some operators such as div or mod will yield different results depending upon what values you use for OPI and OP2 first operand and second operand The first block that is connected to the Single Operator Calculation block will be the default first operator in the dialog box If you wish to have a different order press the Swap Operands button This will switch the order of operation of the SOC block The Result Data Type output data type can be either Floating Point Real or Integer Operator Function Output Outputs 0 always OP1 OP2 X OP1 OP2 i CN ci U Outputs remainder of OP1 OP2 Logical AND of OP1 and OP2 Logical OR of OP1 and OP2 Logical XOR of OP1 and OP2 Outputs the maximum of OP1 and OP2 Outputs the minimum of OP1 and OP2
320. tem window at the right side of OPC client window immediately The OPC server data value is automatically updated in the OPC Client Item window Beside that you can also read or write data values to the OPC server manually The steps to read or write data value to OPC server manually are 1 Select the specific OPC item 2 Right click the mouse to invoke the OPC item s function menu 3 Select the Read Write menu option C 24 Figure C 24 Selecting the Read Write Menu Item 4 Click the Read button in the Read Write Item Value Dialog window and you will get the current value of the specific OPC item in the next field Read Write Item Valve Dialog Figure C 25 Read Write Item Value Dialog Box 5 If you want to write data values to a specific OPC item key in the output value in the blank field near the Write button and click the Write button This output value will be sent to the OPC server directly ADAM OPC Server C 25 Read Write Item Value Dialog Wem ID ADAM5024 ADAM502 4a Data Type float Figure C 26 Read Write Item Value Dialog Box 6 If you want to exit the Read Write operation click the Done button and you will return to the OPC client window Summary C 26 The Advantech ADAM OPC Server is a driver for both the OPC Client test function and a real working ADAM 4000 ADAM 5000 485 data acquisition and control module OPC Server This OPC Server driver supports ADAM 4000 and ADAM 5000 485 series da
321. ter in this field the easier it will be to identify the I O at a later date e Valid Entries Up to 40 alphanumeric characters and symbols Location This property indicates the register address that the tag represents The location 1s comprised of two parts One is the offset address and the other one is the base address The first part of the Location field 1s the offset value You can input the decimal value for it for example 1 The second part of the Location field is the type of I O tag Each type of I O tag is featured with different base address for the register The base address for each I O tag is listed as below Type of I O Tags Base Address Input Coil 000000 Output Coil 010000 Input Register 030000 Output Register 040000 Figure D 16 Type of I O Tags and Base Address For example if you define the I O tag to be Output Coil and its location is 6 the location address of this I O tag would be 010006 You can find this location address at Tag Browser area Data Type Specifies the tag s default data type The driver uses this data type for the tag if you do not specify a database block hardware option Valid Entries Data Type Description Signed 16 bit integer LONG Signed 32 bit integer 32 bit float point IEEE ASCII character set An individual bit from a register Unsigned 32 bit integer Figure D 17 Data Types and Their Description Scaling amp Simulation This group is used for I O simul
322. ter Configuration Dialog Box 5 If the TCP IP Protocol is not installed select the Protocol tab and click the Add button Network Y NetBEUI Protocol Y NWLink PSPY Compatible Transport Y NiwLink NetBIOS EE TCPAP Protocol Figure 8 16 Network Protocols Listing Dialog Box CommunicatingThrough TCP IP Networking 8 11 6 The Select Network Protocol dialog box appears Select TCP IP Protocol from the Network Protocol list box When finished click OK to install TCP IP Protocol met Felest Prenon Figure 8 17 Network Protocol Configuration Dialog Box 7 Select TCP IP Protocol from the Protocol tab and click the Properties button The TCP IP Properties dialog box appears as shown below Figure 8 18 TCP IP Properties Configuration Dialog Box 8 Select the IP Address tab Choose the Specify an IP address checkbox and enter your IP address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway into their respective fields Ask your network administrator for these values Once you have entered these values click OK You can also select Obtain an IP address from a DHCP server 8 12 Note If you enable the option you can issue an ipconfig command under a DOS prompt to get the address 9 Click OK to save your changes and exit the Network Control panel Restart the computer The computer is now ready to run GeniDAQ over the TCP IP protocol Troubleshooting If the nodes cannot communicate with each other you can check the following
323. ter the maximum and minimum values for the x 1 e horizontal axis e Range of y axis Enter the maximum and minimum values for the y 1 e vertical axis e Update Rate Enter the update rate in seconds 4 20 XY Graph Display Item gt Advantech GeniDAG Display Designer DISP1 Fle Edt Setup Vew Windows Em Help CIE kO Im eg D c BD DD SEa 10 100 60 20 20 6010 For Help press Fl Figure 4 25 XY Graph Display Item in Workspace Window Description The XY graph allows you to plot data from two separate blocks against each other The colors of the trace and background can be chosen as well as the length of the trace Using a trace with a smaller number of points will use less machine memory and your display will run much more efficiently The XY Graph displays data from two Strategy Blocks on its axes Configuration Dialog Box AT Graph Display Item E 2 als from CHANGE asie from CHANGE Trace color Background color C Black Size of the trace buffer 20 Points Style OF e numbers I e numbers Lok KR Xticks Y Y ticks _Lancel kg Outer frame Help Figure 4 26 Trend Graph Display Item Configuration Dialog Box Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 21 4 22 Field X Y axis from The XY graph allows you to plot data from two separate blocks against each other You can change the input data using the CHANGE button Trace
324. the demonstration strategies as well as how to design strategies within GeniDAQ It is designed with the beginner in mind If you follow the tutorial you should not encounter problems The first demonstration TUTOR1 GNTI will be fully explained Following examples will be more concise and use the understanding gained in the first demonstration as building blocks Tutorial 1 One Task with Display Purpose The purpose of this tutorial is to demonstrate how to work with GeniDAQ In this tutorial we will show you the easy way to use GeniDAQ to acquire data and display 1t with numeric display and trend graphs in the display window This tutorial introduces GeniDAQ Tutorial 2 5 2 6 Function Use Advantech DEMO I O device AI block to acquire simulated I O data and show the data by numeric value and trend chart in the display window Procedure 1 Invoke GeniDAQ by double clicking on the GeniDAQ Builder icon in the GeniDAQ workgroup After double clicking a blank window will be displayed on your screen Click once on the File menu to pull down the menu and choose New After creating a new strategy file two blank windows will pop up One is TASK1 of Task Designer and another is DISP1 of Display Designer The new TASK1 window will appear on the front of your screen and TASK block toolbox will be displayed on the left of TASK1 window The window should look like Figure 2 3 2 Choose the AI block from the Task block Toolbox and click on
325. the logical flow of a previously defined strategy with any number of Display objects in the Operator Panel Runtime executes your strategy in real time based upon data received from I O devices or by manual operator entry Through GeniDAQ Runtime the process can be monitored and controlled data can be logged to a disk replayed and manipulated GeniDAQ Runtime only provides runtime function However GeniDAQ builder GeniDAQ EXE provides editing and runtime environment for developing and testing your strategies In order to avoid unintentional or unauthorized operations which may affect system stability GeniDAQ security system provides privilege control and password protection Password protection offers built in log on with up to 255 levels of assignable access providing extension control for password access and conditional operations Contents Working with GeniDAQ Runtime Configuring Runtime properties Configuring password security Log in and Log off at runtime Working with display control object at runtime Working with GeniDAQ Runtime The GeniDAQ Runtime system behaves in different ways depending on the choices made by the designer who created the strategy and corresponding displays Its overall behavior 1s determined by the way Task Designer blocks have been arranged and connected in conjunction with the Scan Period s set in the Setup Tasks menu If the Display has been designed with output capability 1 e buttons numeric di
326. the selected text from the script and places it on the Clipboard e Copy Copies the selected text without removing it from the script and places it on the Clipboard e Paste Inserts the contents of the Clipboard at the current position of the insertion point e Undo Reverses the effect of the proceeding editing change s e Start Begins execution of a script e Break Suspends execution of an executing script and places the instruction pointer on the next line to be executed e End Stops execution of a script e Toggle Adds or removes a breakpoint on a line of BasicScript e Breakpoint code e Add Watch Displays the Add Watch dialog box in which you can specify the name of a BasicScript variable That variable together with its value 1f any is then displayed in the watch pane of Script Designer s application window e Calls Displays the list of procedures called by the currently executing BasicScript script Available only during break mode e Single Step Executes the next line of a BasicScript script and then suspends execution of the script If the script calls another BasicScript procedure execution will continue into each line of the called procedure e Procedure Step Executes the next line of a BasicScript script and then suspends execution of the script If the script calls another BasicScript procedure BasicScript will run the called procedure in 1ts entirety Note If you forget the name of a toolbar tool p
327. then inputs the user name password and domain for login the server 6 Then it shows the directory on the host PC or server Then issue the command N Copy Host_PC_Computer _Name Harddisk GeniDAQCE or N Copy WServer_Namel Miles to Harddisk GeniDAQCE directory on HMI 640S After copying all download files close Command Prompt Prompt Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 640S Platform 12 5 Creating GeniDAQ CE Strategy on Host 1 Launch Advantech GeniDAQ Builder and click on the File New menu to create a new strategy A dialog box is shown Click the Windows CE option in the Platform field and specify the desktop size Tiaa n STATE Location c Praga Far aichardech Berdi SCH ET A E Asiara E we indo LHT D Decking ios eee Pee C Dit 9 Cowon Er E L ol ee Figure 12 1 Select Windows CE and the screen size in the New Strategy Dialog Box 2 It generates a empty strategy for Windows CE platform Note some icons are disabled for Windows CE including BasicScript block DDE Server and Client blocks and conditional wavefile block 3 After developing your application click on the File Save menu to save the strategy file You have to save 1t with gce extension Save As Save in E Strequl sl EH e strigy om File name Save as type GeniDAG Files fort zocel Hi Cancel Figure 12 2 Save Your Strategy File with a gce File Extension 12 6 Downloading GeniDAQ CE Strategy Files to HMI 64
328. tion Display current value Yes CC Ho Cancel Knob action SMOOTH sl Help Digits of precision a Privilege level jo Font Initial value settings Initial value jo Restore the previous stop value dada Ticks settings Show ticks Ge YES NO Start ticks 5 End ticks E IR Ticks rate Figure 4 44 Configure Knob Control display item Field Description Display Current Value Specify whether the numeric display below the knob is active or not Knob Action Specify the knob action either smooth or incremental Decimal Places Specify the desired number of decimal places after the decimal point Initial Value Specify to which numeric value the knob will point at Runtime Startup Privilege level This field is used for protection of system control The privilege level is from 0 to 255 with the larger number having a higher privilege For example 1f the privilege level of a button is 100 then a user s privilege must be larger than or equal to 100 to press this button Show Ticks Specify whether Ticks will be displayed Start Ticks Specify the lowest number the knob will output 1 e where the Ticks will start End Ticks Specify the highest number the knob will output 1 e the Ticks ending number Ticks Rate Specify the rate at which the Ticks will increment Restore the previous stop value This field is used to save the value of the control display at system stop
329. tion file in the Windows CE device must be MODBOPC TDB Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 3 Registering the OPC Server If the MODBUS RTU OPC Server is not registered in the Window CE environment you have to register it manually The steps to manually register the MODBUS RTU OPC Server are shown below 1 Invoke a Command prompt window you can press Ctrl Esc to invoke the command execution dialog box 2 Type Regsvrce MODBOPC command in command prompt mode and execute it MODBUS RTU OPC Server will be registered to the Windows CE system If you want to unregister the MODBUS RTU OPC Server type the Regsvrce MODBOPC u command in the command prompt window Quick Start D 4 You can retrieve channel data from any MODBUS RTU module listed above by using the following four step configuration e Step 1 Set COM port parameters e Step 2 Add a new device e Step 3 Add a new group s Step 4 Add a new tag Suppose you want to retrieve the analog input from the MODBUS RTU 4011 that has address 5 and you use COM to connect your computer to the device Do the following Step 1 Add a New Device Advantech ModBUS RTU OPC Server connects the control device through the COM port You have to define correct parameters for the COM port connected to the control device Select Edit Ports from the main menu and the following dialog box is displayed Configure the parameters as follows Port Properties Port com sl
330. tion meactennenttannenptmenene ane B 5 EE B 5 E B 5 Reference JUNCO ii ei E e nie ee eee B 5 A iso ho Gata ee dae et gO etn eee led elated B 5 FICSOMMON TE B 5 PIESDONSE IMG EE B 5 RTD RE B 6 DECOMGaNYy JUMNCHON qiere ascii B 6 SEWING IMEI a B 6 ee A eee eee ee RCE B 6 Signal t ele ele TE B 6 Sind Ended pl oca B 6 Temperature ile ri B 6 Temperature Spa naaa aa E A EEN B 6 Temperature Stability Instability oooccocccocnnnnncnnnncononncnnnnononnancnnnnnnonanoncnnnnnos B 6 Beta elle UE B 7 Thermocouple Break Protection aca i AN E a B 7 TAINS AAA o aE EA B 7 Veal SiGe HEES B 7 Appendix C ADAM OPC Server INTOdUCUION ita C 2 Key Features of the ADAM OPC Genver C 2 System Configuration and Installation cccccssssseeeseeenseeeseeeeeseesseeeenees C 2 System Requirements for Windows ONT C 2 Installing the ADAM OPC Server Under Windows 98 95 NT cceeeeeeeeeeeees C 3 Install ADAM OPC Server at Windows CEA C 3 Quick Stail Ginter ARP rest et ier eR ee ene hs C 4 Step T Add NEW DEVICE E C 4 Slep 2 Add NEW AU OS C 5 Step 3 ACG A a Daaa aaa iaaa C 5 OPC Server Configuration sas id caia C 7 EE E ele EEN C 7 FOJO S nadmerne A EE acute C 7 ACCESS ale e EE C 7 Using the Tools BOWSER seess geess C 8 TOG WES BIOWSER EE C 8 The Men BA is C 9 USING INE GT E EE C 10 Usina Me AGG MG EE C 11 Using Me Edit MONU WEE C 12 Usina the Heb Ment acatar cialas rau nateuolaurn C 13 Configuring the I O
331. tions from the Layout menu Arranging Blocks Layout GeniDAQ provides Align and Space Evenly to arrange the task block layout Copying DDE Link GeniDAQ provides Copy DDE Link and Paste DDE Link menu options to establish the DDE connections between GeniDAQ and other applications After you select DDE Server blocks includ ing Analog Input Digital Input Temperature and DDE Server blocks you can select the Copy DDE Link menu option from the Edit menu to setup DDE linkage or other applications Pasting DDE Link After copying DDE link you select DDE Client blocks such as Analog Output Digital Output and DDE Client blocks Then select the Paste DDE Link menu option from the Edit menu to paste the DDE linkage from another application Working with Calculation Blocks The calculation blocks are used to perform some calculation Their descriptions are as follows Single Operator Calculation Block Block Information lInput 1 integer floating point Single Operator Calculation Output 1 integer floating point Input 2 integer floating point Block Figure 3 10 Single Operator Calculation Block Information Configuring Your System Functions With Task Designer 3 11 3 12 Interface e Number of inputs 2 e Input type integer float e Number of outputs 1 e Output type integer float Description This block does single operator math compu
332. tiveSync installation directory Connecting a HMI 640S device to host PC On HMI 640S select StartIProgramsl Communication Remote Networking Double click or double tap the Make New Connection icon In the Type a name for the connection box enter a unique name for the connection Select Direct Connection and then select Next In the Select the device field select the COM port that connects to the host PC Ch A BPW N ra Click Configure button it generates the Device Properties dialog box Click Port Settings tab We suggest to use 115200 bps for Baud rate field 7 Select Finish to close the New Connection settings The connection that you create appears as an icon in the Connections window Select StartlSettingsiControl Panel 9 Double click the Communication icon Click the PC Connection tab and change the connection to the new created connection 10 Launch windows repllog exe to setup connection Advantech GeniDAQ WinCE for HMI 640S Platform 12 3 12 4 9 pin NULL Modem Cabling Port Connector Port Connector ae i Carier Detect For more information about setup connection please refer to Microsoft ActiveSync on line help Copying GeniDAQ CE Runtime files from host PC to HMI 640S Using Microsoft ActiveSync you can copy or move information from the desktop to the device and vice versa 1 Onhost PC in ActiveSync click Windows Explorer Then it will open the Mobile Device window for your device 2 In W
333. to Block If the source of the connection is a display item then a Tag block in the Task toolbox needs to be created first in order to make a connection After creating a display control item in Display Designer window you have to create a TAG block in Task Designer window and configure it to represent this display control item For example the following figure shows a block TAGI in the Task Designer being connected with a Slider control SPIN1 in the Display Designer Tag Block E Tag ITA Description ap Attaching to Display Virtual Tag Tag name DISP1 SPINT SPIN Cancel Help Figure 3 9 Connect display control item to Task block Display Item to Display Item This type of connection can be made between different display windows or in the same window There are two ways to implement this type of connection One is to create a first display item and then configure a second display item to link with the first These two display items can be in different display windows The other way is to link different display items through TAG in Task Designer That is One display item can pass data to the TAG of Task Designer and another display item is configured to access this TAG Duplicating Blocks If you want to duplicate a block including its configuration settings that is already part of your display complete the following procedure 1 Select the block with your mouse cursor You can also select multiple blocks by d
334. to the OPC Client The Add Group dialog box appears as shown below Serial ModBUS OPC Server D 21 Advantech OPC Browser File View Help psal jl ol 2 CG B Local OPC Servers Group Na WO Type Update Ra Data Source Active Stat 1000 Cache CH Advantech ADAM r DSSI OPC TLSampServ Y FactorySoft InProc Y FactorySoft Sample a ICONICS AlarmServer a ICONICS Data Work 32 E ModbusOPC ICONICS Simulator AE OPCDVTet1 el d 7 BW Advantech OPC Item Monitor o a ModbusOPCSerw P GroupA Add Group Lommect Disconnect Delete Server 3GroupA Asynchwo DM 2 Figure D 23 Adding a Group in the Advantech OPC Browser Window 5 After adding a group you can add items for each OPC group Select a dedicated OPC group and right click the mouse You can add an tem for the connected OPC Server to the OPC Client The Add Item dialog box appears as shown below Advantech OPC Browser File View Help Dima zl a 3 SS Local OPC Servers r Advantech ADAM st DSSI OPCTLSampServ a FactorySoft InProc A FactorySoft Sample a ICONICS AlarmServer a ICONICS Data Work 32 HE ModbusOPCServer a ICONICS Si E OC Die d E Y Advantech OPC Item Monitor H ModbusOPCServer Modbus 14 14 06 38 Good Add Item Properties Delete Group NUM 2 Figure D 24 Adding an Item in the Advantech OPC Browser Wi
335. trategy to HMI 640S Configuring I O devices on HMI 640S Configuring TCP IP networking on HMI 640S Running Advantech GeniDAQ CE on HMI 6405 Summary Installing Advantech GeniDAQ CE on HMI 640S Microsoft Windows CE version 2 12 and Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime are optional pre installed in HMI 640S when shipping We also provide Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime installation CD ROM disc If the program is damaged on HMI 640S you can re install it from the CD ROM disc by following the steps below Installing Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime for HMI 640S via Microsoft ActiveSync Before you begin Install Microsoft ActiveSync by selecting the Install Advantech GeniDAQ CE Runtime item Set up a partnership between your device and desktop computer using a serial cable cradle or infrared connection For more information about setting up a partnership see Microsoft ActiveSync Help If your computer is running Windows NT 4 0 you need to install the Remote Access Service RAS If your desktop computer is running Windows 95 you need to install Dial Up Networking Upgrade DUN 1 3 or later which is available at http www microsoft com Windows95 downloads The follow ing procedures will not work with DUN 1 2 For Windows 98 it is built in Install a NULL modem for your desktop computer and configure it for general use as instructed in Windows Help or your modem instructions For more information please refer to readras doc in the Microsoft Ac
336. truct and connect the function block icons to build your system In addition GeniDAQ features block sequence arrangement functions that determine the order of execution of blocks in a task Users can change the execution order of the blocks according to the needs of the system GeniDAQ development environment allows you to decompose your system into several smaller modules or tasks The modular design is very useful to develop and maintain a large and complicated system more easily Each modular or task has its own properties such as scan rate start stop method and priority etc With 32 bit Windows multi tasking capability all tasks are running simultaneously at run time Moreover GeniDAQ allows you to prioritize your tasks to increase overall performance Display Designer The Display Designer is to configure the display view or operator interface GeniDAQ provides a wide variety of graphical wizards allowing users to quickly create an intuitive user interface The built in display objects include bar graph button indicator real time trending historical trending knob analog meter slider imported bitmap numeric display and control The historical trending display allows you to scroll backward forward go to a specific time search a specific value and convert historical data to a text file In addition GeniDAQ also provide graphic tools to draw rectangles circles segments and polygons These objects or cells can be link to a t
337. ual Tag Tag name DISP1 y Cancel Help Figure 3 35 TAG Block Configuration Dialog Box This block is used to link a task block to a display item or a virtual tag The value of a display control item can be passed to other blocks Virtual tags must be selected from within the TAG block Once the virtual tag 1s thus linked 1ts value can be applied to other task blocks e Wiring In TAG block accepts the input value from the display window e Wiring Out TAG block passes the values to connected block s To link a task block to a display control object using a tag block 1 Place a tag block on the Task Designer configuration area 2 Right click the tag block The Tag Block configuration dialog box opens 3 Select the display that contains the control object that you want to link in the Display Virtual Tag list box 4 The Tag Name list box will show the control objects in the selected display that can be linked to your tag block Select the object from the list Virtual Tag Virtual Tag is a powerful feature that provides the ability to create customized tags in Task Designer The virtual tag is created by Task Designer and stored in data center as other built in blocks The virtual tags are globally available to all tasks and can thus be used to share data among multiple tasks Add Delete Virtual Tag To create a virtual tag select the Add Delete Virtual Tag option from the Setup menu A dialog box will be displayed to a
338. uency Counter Pulse Output Configuration Dialog BOX cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 19 Figure 5 23 Counter Frequrency Pulse Block s Wiring in Dialog BOX oooooococococoocononcnononccncnnononononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononenenenoneness 5 21 Figure 5 24 Hardware Pilani Ee e 5 21 Figure 5 25 Digital Alarm Block Configuration Dialog BOX ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesesesaeaeaaaaaeaeanaeanaeanaeananaeanaaas 5 22 Figure 5 26 Advantech ADAM 4000 Module Parameters Configuration Dialog BOX ccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 22 Figure 5 27 Hardware Alarm Block s Wiring in Dialog BOX cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesesaeaeaeaaaaaaesesaeaeaeaeaeanananaaaans 5 23 PIGURG 5 26 R9 232 BIOCK EE 5 24 Figure 5 29 Serial Port Interface Block Configuration Dialog BOX 0ooooocococcncnnnnnncncncncononenennnononnnnnnnononononnnnnnnnonononnnnnonennnnnnss 5 25 Figure 5 30 RS 232 Block s Additional Response String Dialog BOX oooooooocccccoconononccncncccononononononnnnnnonnnnononnonencnononnnononnnnss 5 27 Figure 5 31 Adam Module Driver Performance Figures NN 5 28 ee lge 7 Historical MENG DIS e 6 2 Figure 6 2 Historical Trend Configuration Dialog BOX AAA 6 3 Figure 6 3 The Historical Trend When Running s ccseciscacesessesecescecsesnceieasssacaceuectadesssesssuneseasdscesdacedehovenssdeanecenceteasssteaudnendtands 6 4 Figure 6 4 Goto Specific Postion Configuration
339. ults The OK or Apply buttons in the Group Parameters dialog box write the parameters from the dialog to the Group object and read the parameters back This primarily controls the scanning and updating of data When a group 1s inactive it does not send data notifications to the client and typically there is no reason to scan the items when the group is inactive The Update Rate in the Group Parameters dialog box specifies the rate at which data notifications should be sent back to the client assuming that data has changed This is also the rate at which items are scanned on behalf of this client To write a value to an item select the item in the OPC Client windows and choose Write Value to Item from the OPC menu The client writes the value typed in the Write Item Value dialog box to the correct item in the Group object The method of writing data is determined by the synchronous check box When data is written synchronously the call to the server is blocked until the operation has completed which may take a long time When data is written asynchronously the call to the server returns quickly and the operation is carried out on another thread When writing has finished the client device interface is notified of the results The user can disconnect from the selected server by choosing Disconnect from the OPC menu The Disconnect command unregisters the device interface releases the Group object and then releases the Server object Releasing an ob
340. umeric control field e Restore the previous stop value This field is used to save the value of the control display at system stop and the value will be restored at next system start Configuring Your Display View With Display Designer 4 33 4 34 Knob Control i Advantech GeniDAQ Display Designer DISP1 Poe Be Oa AAA For Help press Fl Figure 4 43 Knob Control Display Item in Workspace Window Description A numeric type knob control may be drawn and interfaced Output to control a Task block variable with a certain tag name The size of the display may be adjusted This display item is used as an output from the keyboard or mouse data is to be sent to a Task block variable by an operator who specifies the data The knob may also be turned using the keyboard UP and DOWN arrow keys if the focus is currently on the knob to be turned The focus a standard Windows term refers to which display item currently can be controlled by the keyboard The TAB key can be used to shift the focus from one item to another Knobs can be used to achieve supervisory control The data is in real floating point format and the display format number of digits and location of the decimal point may be chosen The size and properties of the font used in this block can be changed by pressing the Font button in the Knob Control Display Item dialog box Configuration Dialog Box Enob Control Display Item E Tag EMOB1 Descrip
341. unction temperature rather than the measuring junction temperature Settling Time The time taken for the display to settle within one digit final value when a step is applied to the A D input Setup To set up an I O device is to set the parameters for use with the software the same as the settings of the actual I O device The values set in the device specific dialog box should reflect those of the switches and jumpers you have set on the I O device board or card Alternatively if you are using a software programmable device the device can be configured directly through the device specific dialog box in most cases Signal Conditioner A circuit module that offsets attenuates linearizes or filters the signal for input to the A D converter The typical output span of a signal conditioner is 5SVDC Single Ended Input Amplifier with one input referenced to ground Temperature Limit The full capability of the system from the lowest point to the highest point limited by the sensor Temperature Span Those two points anywhere within the temperature limit to which the signal conditioner amplifier can be calibrated FORMULA Maximum temperature minimum temperature span Temperature Stability Instability The unwanted change error of an instrument sensor amplifier etc caused by changes in the tempera ture surrounding it Usually expressed as the total change between two temperature limits or error degree C or F
342. uring junction thermocouple junction is compared The output voltage of a thermocouple is approximately proportional to the temperature difference between the measuring hot junction and the reference cold junction Remove To remove a device means e Once the driver is installed devices of the driver s type instances may be removed by highlight ing the listing in the dialog box of the Advantech Device Installation Program and pressing the remove button To remove the driver means e Remove the device s driver from WINDOWS using the device DRIVERS utility provided in the Control Panel Main window Resolution The degree to which nearly equal values of a quantity can be discriminated In analog devices the difference between the values represented by two adjacent divisions In digital values the value represented by a one digit change in the least significant digit Response Time The time necessary for a device sensor A D D A to reach 63 2 of a step change in measured quantity temperature voltage etc Glossary B 5 B 6 RTD Resistance Temperature Detector sensor bulb transducer precision winding of copper nickel balco nickel iron platinum industry standard or tungsten element used for temperature measurement Connected via 2 3 or 4 wire hook ups Secondary Junction An unwanted connection between a pair of thermocouple wires tending to produce a signal representa tive of the secondary j
343. use this value as input to the User Program Block and use it to turn something off during the weekend or turn some thing on during the weekdays You can also use several timers with different cycles to do more compli cated timer control See TIMER GNI in the Strategy Timer directory as an example of how to use the Timer Block This strategy makes 3 beeps at Oth 2nd and 4th second of every minute for the first 5 minutes of every hour Monday through Friday e Wiring In Timer blocks accept input data to reset timer s e Wiring Out Timer blocks output elapsed or absolute time values a long integer to a connected block Time Stamp Block Block Information Time Stamp Output 1 integer Block Figure 3 42 Time Stamp Block Information e Number of inputs O e Input type none e Number of outputs 1 e Output type string Interface Time Stamp Block EJ Tag Description E Format 14 43 52 time of day hd Cancel Help FEE Figure 3 43 Time Stamp Block Configuration Dialog Box Description This block has output capability The current time may be assigned to the display or to a log file by connecting this block s output to a log file or Numeric string display item Different output formats are allowed and these outputs are in the form of a string e Wiring In No wiring input connection Cannot accept input message will be displayed e Wiring Out Time Stamp bloc
344. utput an integer value to another block Comments If the channel argument is not given channel 0 is assumed The Outputi statement takes the following parameters e Channel Integer containing the output channel Valid channel numbers are from 0 to 7 e Ivalue Integer specifying the value to be output Example This example output a number to channel 0 dim count as integer If count gt 0 Then KEE count Else Q tpu uti I End If See Also Outputl statement Outputf statement Outputs statement Outputl statement Syntax Outputl longvalue Outputl channel longvalue Description Used in the Basic Script Block to output a long integer value to another block Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 37 Comments If the channel argument is not given channel O is assumed The Outputl statement takes the following parameters e Channel Integer containing the output channel Valid channel numbers are from 0 to 7 e Longvalue long Integer specifying the value to be output Example This example output a number to two channels dim count as long If count gt O Then Outputl 0 count Outputl 1 count End If See Also Outputi statement Outputf statement Outputs statement Outputs statement 10 38 Syntax Outputs svalues Where Outputs channel svalue Description Used in the Basic Script Block to output a string to another block Comments If the c
345. value Using the BasicScript Debugger CI TE File Edit Dun PHE Help H ele eil Add Watch Shitt F9 dim mytagt single Step E dim mtag2 Procedure step ohitt Fo Toggle Breakpoint F9 t tagi Serge Clear All Breakpoints set mytag if mtagl o nmytag2 value mytagi value selected yarable and value inthe watch pane L me 71 Cal _ Figure 10 4 Using the BasicScript Debugger While debugging you are actually executing the code in your script line by line Therefore to prevent any modifications to your script while it is being run the edit pane is read only during the debugging process You are free to move the insertion point throughout the script select text and copy it to the Clipboard as necessary You can also set breakpoints and add and remove watch variables but you cannot make any changes to the script until you stop running it To let you follow and control the debugging process Script Designer displays an instruction pointer on the line of code that is about to be executed This line will be executed next if you either proceed with the debugging process or run your script at full speed When the instruction pointer is on a line of code the text on that line appears in black on a gray background that spans the width of the entire line Tracing Script Execution Script Designer gives you two ways to trace script execution single step and procedure step both of which involve stepping through your
346. variable list To add a watch variable 1 Click the Add Watch tool on the toolbar Or Press Shift F9 Script Designer displays the Add Watch dialog box Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 15 10 16 Add Yatch Yariable Script Figure 10 7 Add a watch variable 2 In the Variable box type or select the name of the variable you want to add to the watch variable list If you are executing the script you can click the arrow in the Variable box to display the names of all variables that are in scope or defined within the current function or subroutine You can then select the variable you want from the open list 3 Inthe Procedure box type or select the name of the procedure containing the variable you want to watch If the variable you want to watch is a private or public variable then type or select All Procedures 4 In the Script box type or select the name of the script containing the variable you want to watch If the variable you want to watch is a public variable then type or select All Scripts 5 Click OK to add the variable to the watch variable list Script Designer displays the context name and value of the variable in a three column list in the watch pane If you have previously added other watch variables Script Designer will display these as well Types of Variables You Can Watch Script Designer permits you to monitor only variables of fundamental d
347. ve the insertion point is not currently visible but you know the number of the target line To move the insertion point to a specified line in your script 1 Press F4 Script Designer displays the Goto Line dialog box 2 Enter the number of the line in your script to which you want to move the insertion point 3 Click the OK button or press Enter The insertion point is positioned at the start of the line you specified If that line was not already displayed Script Designer scrolls it into view Note The insertion point cannot be moved so far below the end of a script as to scroll the script entirely off the display When the last line of your script becomes the first line on your screen the script will stop scrolling and you will be unable to move the insertion point below the bottom of that screen Inserting Text In Script Designer inserting text and other characters such as tabs and line breaks works much the same as it does in a word processing program you position the insertion point at the desired location in the script and start typing However as noted in the preceding subsection Script Designer lets you position the insertion point in empty spaces This means that you can also insert text into empty spaces a feature that comes in handy when you want to insert a comment in the space beyond the end of a line in your script Adding comments to your script is discussed later in this section When you insert characters bey
348. visory Control may be achieved The data format can be set to integer or real The display format how many digits and the location of the decimal point can be set for floating point format only The size and properties of the font used in this block can be changed by pressing the Font button in the Numeric Control Display Item dialog box Configuration Dialog Box Numeric Control Display Item E Tag NCTLI Cancel Integer Help Privilege level o Font Digits of precision li High limit 5 0 Shep value li D Low limit 150 Initial value settings Initial value E Restore the previous stop value Tikit Y Beep when pressed W Auto font sizing Figure 4 42 Numeric Control Display Item Configuration Dialog Box Field Description e Data Type This field is used to select the data type of a display value The type can be floating point real integer e Privilege level This field is used for protection of system control The privilege level is from 0 to 255 where the larger number has the higher privilege For example if the privilege level of a button is 100 then a user s privilege must be larger than or equal to 100 to press this button e Initial Value This field is used to set the initial value of the numeric control field e Step Value This field is used to set the value of the numeric control field for each step e High limit Low limit This field is used to set high low limit values of the n
349. w your process in different formats You can divide the process into logical segments with summary screens showing the complete process and other screens showing detailed parts of the process In addition Advantech GeniDAQ also provide graphical tools to draw rectangles circles segments and polygons These objects or cells can be linked to a tag value They can change color according to the tag value They can also be grouped together to make a single object You can use them to draw pumps valves or other industrial symbols Contents e Working with the display window e Working with objects e Working with display objects e Working with control objects e Working with cell objects e Summary Working with the Display Window Advantech GeniDAQ allows you to create multiple displays The number of displays depends on the 4 2 system resources You can switch to or toggle between the displays using the menu button object or BasicScript s Display command When you create a new display window you will be required to define certain properties for that window such as pop up placement default size title bar icon and window button options The elements of a display window are as shown below The elements of display windows include Title Bar Icon Window Button Display GeniDAQ Display Designer DISP1 Toolbar M Fle Edt Set View Window Em Help SE ES A MEA 7 KE SI Display Toolbox
350. will maintain property information here Use extreme caution when editing this section methods y AFX_ODL_PROP CTaskList AFX_ODL_PROP NOT E ClassWizard will maintain method information here Use extreme caution when editing this section AFX_ODL_METHOD CTaskList id 1 void GoTop id 2 void GoBottom id 3 BSTR Get id 4 void GoNext id 5 boolean EndofList AFX_ODL_ METHOD Class information for CTaskList uuid 0DB UJ T B2D 2DFE 11D3 900C 002018650916 coclass TaskList default y dispinterface ITaskList Primary dispatch interface for CTaglist T B2F 2DE E uuid ODBB 11D3 900C 002018650916 dispinterface ITagList properties NOT Kal ClassWizard will maintain property information here Use extreme caution when editing this section AFX_ODL_PROP CTagList AFX_ODL_PROP Sharing Real Time Data with Data Center 11 13 11 14 methods NOT Kal ClassWizard will maintain method information here AFX_ODL_METHOD CTagList id 1 id 2 id 3 id 4 id 5 id 6 id 7 Use extreme caution when editing this section boolean SelectTask BSTR szTaskName void GoTop boolean EndofLis
351. wing procedure 1 Select the object that you want to cut in the Display Designer window 2 Select Edit Cut from the main menu 3 Select Window on the main menu and then choose the display to which you want to paste the object 4 Select Edit Paste from the main menu Moving Objects If you want to move an object that appears in the Display Designer window select the object by clicking it Use keyboard or mouse to move it If you need finer tuning for arranging display items click View Grid menu to disable the grid function These grid lines will be the bases of display item arrangement Arranging Objects You can layer the objects in your window by positioning the objects in front or behind each other Also you can use grid lines to arrange objects For example consider the following display that shows a conditional text display item overlapping another conditional text display item fy Advantech GeniDAQ Display Designer DISP1 EM Fie Edit Setup View Window Em Help l xl OSA BAM bas E IEEE a tele S Ki ko nmm Ooms G a MMDA For Help press Fl Figure 4 9 Example of Send to Back Bring to Front To change the z order of two overlapping display items 1 Select the object whose z order you want to change 2 Select Edit Bring to Front from the main menu to make the selected object appear on top of the other objects Select Edit Send to Back to make the selected object appear behind the other
352. y effective for the blocks that enable the save and restore function including knob numeric control slider button conditional button digital output analog output and log file block Example Sub SCRL dim MyTag as Tag set MyTag GetTag DISP1 BBIN1 1f MyTag Value 1 then UpdateHoldFile end if End Sub ScanTask ScanTask object type Syntax ScanTask Description An object type used to declare a variable which accepts object returned from GetScanTask function Comments When declaring more than one variable on the same line the syntax is Advanced BasicScript Programming for Your Specific Needs 10 25 dim MyTaskl as ScanTask MyTask2 as ScanTask Example This example start the task MyTask Sub Main dim MyTask as ScanTask set MyTask GetScanTask TASK1 MyTask Start End Sub See Also GetScanTask Function GetStatus method Start method Stop method SingleScan method ScanTaskObject GetStatus method 10 26 Syntax MyTask GetStatus Description A method of the ScanTask object used to get the status of specified task Return An integer value will be returned to represent the current status of specified task e means the specified task is idle that is task is not started or is stopped e 2 means the specified task is waiting for delayed time or system time set in task properties e 3 means the specified task is running for GeniDAQ scan Comments Applies to ScanTas
353. y object s configuration dialog box will open Choosing Input for Display Objects You must specify an input source for all display objects This is normally from a task object that you have previously created in the Task Designer The following example illustrates the configuration of an input source from a Temperature Measurement object in the Task Designer for the Analog Meter display The process of configuring input sources for other display objects is the same To configure a display object s input source 1 Switch to the Task Designer window by choosing Window Task Designer TASK1 from the main menu 2 Place a Temperature Measurement object on the Task Designer window 3 Switch to the Display Designer window by choosing Window Display Designer DISP1 from the main menu 4 Place an Analog Meter display object on the Display Designer window Right click the object to open the Analog Meter Display Object configuration dialog box 5 Click the Select button The Connection configuration dialog opens that allows you to select the input source for the display object The list boxes in the Connection dialog box will show you the available input sources in your system see the following figure for more information e Task Display Virtual Select the task or display name where the input is located e TagName Select the tag name that provides the input source e Channels Select the channels for the input source
354. y pulse output block with every scan of GeniDAQ unless the Connecting Your Devices 5 19 5 20 divisor explained below is set to a value other than 1 one By applying a falling edge from high to low digital value to the start stop input the counter may be stopped at the current value e Reset from By connecting a rising edge value to the block s Reset Input the count can be reset to its starting value and counting is resumed A falling edge value to the reset input will have no effect on counting reset input not connected is treated as a low e Pulse Output Option You can create a pulse generator output from the counter timer section of the I O device if supported by the DLL driver To do so specify the Total Period and first 1 2 cycle time in seconds You can use the static values specified in the dialog box or supply the block with floating point values on its input from another block Not all I O devices support a varying first 1 2 cycle due to hardware limitations of the counter timer chip In this case when you specify a total period the device will generate a 50 duty cycle square wave on its output pin Check the DLL driver on line help for specifications on hardware support If the Total Period Input is connected to a block that supplies floating point output such as the User Programmable Block the total pulse time 1 frequency of the pulse output is controlled by this input This allows for control over total pulse
355. your OPC data connections e GUI interface for viewing devices tags groups and realtime signals e Full online help and documentation e Online configuration of devices groups and tags e Flexible raw and engineering units and signal scaling System Configuration and Installation D 2 System Requirements for Windows 95 NT e IBM PC compatible with Intel Pentium processor at 133 MHz or faster e 32 MB RAM memory e 10 MB disk space e Microsoft Windows 95 with DCOM or Microsoft Windows 98 or NT4 0 Hardware Support This OPC Server driver supports Modbus compatible I O hardware A cable and wires must be present to connect the user s computer to Modbus compatible I O hardware Installing MODBUS RTU OPC Server on Windows 95 NT GeniDAQ version 4 1 or higher includes the OPC server It is installed and registered on the system when GeniDAQ 1s installed You can skip the installation and registration steps below 1 Insert the Advantech Modbus RTU OPC Server disk 1 into a 3 5 inch disk drive 2 Select Run from the Windows Start menu and type the following in the Run dialog box replacing A with the actual letter of the 3 5 inch disk drive A Setup 3 Follow the instructions of the setup program The setup program will ask you to select a folder where most of the files will be copied 4 When the installation program finishes click the OK button to view the readme file and launch the OPC client application Note As

Advantech GeniDAQ User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents